Agenda packet — Ontario City Council, February 17, 2026 (part 3 of 5)

(c) Corner lots may have a rear yard access drive from a side street, subject to Planning Director and City Engineer approval. The rear yard access drive shall not exceed 12 FT in width and shall lead to a parking area that is screened by a view-obstructing wall or fence, with appropriate view-obstructing gate.

b. Circular Driveways. Circular driveways shall be permitted on lots developed with a single-family dwelling, which meet all of the following:

(1) The lot is located within the AR-2, RE-2, RE-4, or LDR-5 zoning district, or AG overlay zoning district, and is at least 10,000 SF in area;

(2) The property takes vehicular access from an arterial street, as identified on Exhibit M1 (Mobility Plan Map) of the Policy Plan component of The Ontario Plan, and does not front onto, or take vehicular access from, Euclid Avenue;

(3) The dwelling is setback at least 30 FT behind the front property line; and

(4) The proposed circular driveway does not exceed 10 FT in width.

c. Maximum Drive Approach Width.

(1) Driveway Access for Traditional Single- Family Developments —A drive approach on a public street shall not exceed the maximum widths prescribed by Table 6.01- 7 (Maximum Single -Family Residential Drive Approach Widths), below, based upon the lot width range.

417
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-38 Ontario Development Code Table: 6.01-7: Maximum Single-Family Residential Drive Approach Widths Lot Width Range Maximum Drive Approach Width
Less than 51 FT 12 FT
51 to 80 FT 16 FT
Greater than 80 FT 20 FT

(2) Drive Aisle Access for Single- Family Cluster and Multiple -Family Developments—A drive approach providing street access to an intersecting drive aisle shall not exceed the width of the corresponding drive aisle, not to exceed 26 FT in width, unless otherwise required by the City Engineer.

d. Drive Approaches, Driveways, and Drive Aisles Serving Developments with Multiple Dwellings.

(1) Drive approaches serving a development project of 5 or more dwellings shall be delineated with enhanced paving treatment, such as interlocking pavers, textured and color pigmented concrete, or stamped concrete. Such treatment shall extend from the back of the drive approach to the first intersecting drive aisle or parking space.

(2) Single-family and multiple-family development projects that include dwellings configured into one or more motorcourts, shall incorporate enhanced paving treatments consisting of interlocking pavers, and textured and/or color pigmented concrete, throughout all motorcourt drives.

(3) Pedestrian pathways that cross driveways and drive aisles shall be delineated by enhanced paving treatments, such as interlocking pavers, and textured and/or color pigmented concrete.

8. Conversion of Garages. No garage shall be converted to another use unless a replacement garage is constructed on- site, which meets the minimum requirements of Division

6.03 (Off- Street Parking and Loading) of this Chapter, excepting a garage conversion to accommodate an Accessory Dwelling Units conforming to Section 5.03.010 (Accessory Dwelling Units) of this Development Code.

9. Equestrian Trails and Related Facilities. The following standards shall govern the establishment of equestrian trails and easements within the City:

a. If required by Table 6.01- 1 (Traditional Single -Family Residential Development Standards) of this Section, an unobstructed 8 -FT wide easement for equestrian trail purposes shall be dedicated immediately adjacent to the front property line. Furthermore, if determined necessary by the Planning Director, additional 8 -FT wide equestrian trail easements may be required at the end of blocks, and along interior side, street side, or rear property lines, to create connections to adjacent public streets or equestria n trail easements. Moreover, if determined by the Planning Director that providing equestrian easements on both sides of a street is not necessary or practical, the requirement to provide equestrian trail easements may be waived.

b. Trails shall not be surfaced with hard materials such as concrete or asphalt.

Preferred surface materials include wood chips, decomposed granite, and shale;

418
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-39 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) c. Fencing built at the edge of an easement shall not be over 48 inches in height; an additional inch of height shall be allowed for every 2 inches that the fence is setback from the easement. Within 4 FT of the easement, fences shall not be opaque for more t han 50% of their surface area. Wooden rail and wood plank fencing are preferred, while chainlink and wrought iron fencing should be avoided. Entries to individual properties should be accentuated with hitching posts and gates;

d. Entrances to an equestrian trail from the street shall allow the free movement of pedestrians and equestrians. Vehicular access to the trail may be limited by removable bollards or a gate and should be designed to permit emergency vehicle access and occasional vehicular access by residents, as shown in Figure 6.01 -4 (Equestrian Trail Step-Through Entry Design) and Figure 6.01-5 (Equestrian Trail Steel Barrier Gate Entry Design). Street crossing by pedestrians and equestrians should be facilitated at the str eet-trail entry by restricting on -street parking, narrowing paved widths (to minimize crossing distances), and marking the crossing with striping and signs.

10. Infill Traditional Single-Family Dwellings. Infill traditional single-family dwellings within existing residential neighborhoods are to be complementary with the character of the surrounding neighborhood in which they are proposed in terms of building height, setbacks, general architectural style, and use of exterior finish materials, and shall comply with the following standards:

a. New infill traditional single -family dwellings constructed within existing residential neighborhoods shall be integrated with existing surrounding homes to protect, enhance, and preserve the physical integrity of the existing neighborhood.

b. The area, dimensions, lot coverage, height, bulk, and scale of a proposed infill traditional single-family dwellings shall be compatible with existing residential development in the surrounding neighborhood.

Equestrian Trail Entries Equestrian Trail Entry Condition Figure 6.01-4: Equestrian Trail Step-Through Entry Design 419
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-40 Ontario Development Code

c. Infill traditional single-family dwellings shall be plotted on a lot in a manner consistent with the pattern of development in the surrounding residential neighborhood. The front door should be oriented toward the frontage street and any secondary entrances and side yard facing windows should be situated in such a way that the privacy of adjacent homes is not substantially impacted. Placing side yard facing windows across from side yard facing windows of adjacent houses is discouraged.

d. Garages shall be oriented consistent with garage orientations within the surrounding neighborhood. Garages shall be oriented with access off an alley on lots with alley access.

e. New street curb cuts should not be permitted on lots with alley access. If permitted, new curb cut locations should not compromise street trees, visibility , or neighborhood consistency.

f. Separation of pedestrian and vehicular circulation within the lot is encouraged. Exterior doors should not exit onto a driveway unless a porch or landing is provided.

11. Mobile Homes and Manufactured Housing on Residential Lots Not Constructed Within a Mobile Home Park . The following standards shall govern the development of mobile homes and manufactured housing on residential lots not constructed within a mobile home park:

a. Each housing unit shall meet and be certified under the standards set forth in the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Act (42USC5401 et. seq.), as amended, at the time of any application for the placement of a mobile home or a manufactured housing unit;

b. The mobile home or manufactured housing unit shall be placed on a permanent foundation system;

c. The mobile home is to be covered with exterior finish materials similar in appearance to new, conventionally constructed dwellings within area surrounding the project site;
Drilled
footing
Gate Elevation
Gate Plan
Figure 6.01-5: Equestrian Trail Steel Barrier Gate Entry Design 2X6 rectangular steel tube gate members continuous
weld. miter at corners.

Lockable anchor pins
6x6 concrete or steel gate post
Attach gate to post with heavy duty hinge
Line of wall or fence
8 to 16 FT
8 to 16 FT
4 FT min
12" min
2 FT min

4 to 5 FT
Steel plate
protector
Finish
grade
Equal Equal
420
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-41 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

d. The exterior finish material shall extend to the ground. If a solid concrete or masonry perimeter foundation is used, the exterior finish material need not extend below the top of the foundation. Alternative skirting materials commonly found on conventionally built residential structures shall be considered compatible;

e. The roofing material shall be of a type commonly found on conventionally built residential structures located within the area surrounding the project site;

f. Electricity, water and natural gas service, and sewer connections are to be made in a permanent manner, as typically required for permanent buildings. Gas shut -off valves, meters, and regulators shall not be located beneath a mobile home or manufactured ho using structure; and

g. An attached or detached garage, which is similar to conventionally built residential structures within the area surrounding the project site, shall be provided for each mobile home or manufactured housing unit. The roof material and exterior wall finishes of the garage or carport shall exactly match the mobile home or manufactured housing unit.

12. Gutters, Vents, and Downspouts . Gutters, vents, and downspouts shall be concealed from public view to the extent possible. Exposed gutters and downspouts, where necessary, shall be colored to match the fascia or wall material to which they are attached. Roof vents shall be colored to m atch the roof material or the dominant trim color of the structure, as appropriate.

13. Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs, Spas, Ponds, and Decorative Bodies of Water. Swimming pools, hot tubs, spas, ponds, and decorative bodies of water shall be permitted ancillary to those land uses allowed within residential zoning districts pursuant Table 5.02-1 (Land Use Matrix), subject to the following regulations governing their placement, construction, and security:

a. Swimming pools, hot tubs, spas, ponds, and decorative bodies of water that are 1.5 FT or more in depth, shall be secured by a decorative fence or wall pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.02.020.A.3 (Ponds and Swimming Pools) of this Development Code.

b. All gates or doors within the fence or wall shall be kept securely closed at all times when not in use.

c. A clear path, minimum of 3 FT wide , shall be provided around the entire perimeter of a swimming pool, hot tub, spa, pond, or decorative body of water to permit emergency access. For properties containing 2 or fewer dwellings, a clear path shall be provided around at least 50 percent of said perimeter.

d. Swimming pools, hot tubs, spas, ponds, and decorative bodies of water that are 1.5 FT or more in depth shall not be constructed within a front yard area and shall be setback a minimum of 3 FT from any side or rear property line.

e. Diving boards, slides, waterfalls, fountains, decorative rockscapes, and other similar appurtenances shall be setback a minimum of 5 FT from side and rear property lines, except that appurtenances that exceed 6 FT in height, measured from adjacent grade to the highest point of the structure, shall comply with the minimum building setback requirements of the applicable zoning district.

421
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-42 Ontario Development Code f. Swimming pools, hot tubs, spas, ponds, and decorative bodies of water shall comply with all applicable provisions of the City's building code.

14. Lighting. Exterior light fixtures shall be designed and /or located to eliminate adverse impacts of light spillover on to adjacent properties and promote safe vehicular and pedestrian access.

a. Exterior light fixtures shall prevent glare and light spillover on t o adjacent properties, buildings, and public and private streets and roadways.

b. Parking lot lighting shall comply with Section 6.03.05 0 (Parking Lot Lighting) of this Development Code, and OMC Section 4-11.09(j).

c. Exterior l ight fixtures should use color-correct luminaires such as halogen, metal halide, or LED, to ensure true -color at night, visual comfort for pedestrians, and energy efficiency.

d. Pedestrian-level pole-mounted lighting, bollard lighting, ground -mounted lighting, or other low, glare-controlled fixtures mounted on buildings or walls, shall be used to light pedestrian walkways. Pole-mounted, building-mounted, or tree-mounted lighting fixtures shall be no more than 12 FT in height. Bollard-type lighting shall be no more than 4 FT in height.

e. Steps, ramps, and seatwalls shall be illuminated with built -in light fixtures, were possible.

15. Building Color . Building exteriors shall incorporate colors that are of compatible hues and intensities. Color schemes shall tie building elements together, relate separate buildings within the same development, and enhance the architectural form of a building.

a. Exterior building colors shall be low -reflecting and subtle. Furthermore, overly intense, overly bright, or fluorescent or Day -Glo colors, shall not be used on a building exterior, as determined by the Planning Director.

b. The exterior building color of a new development project shall be reviewed and approved in conjunction with the approval of the structure by the Approving Authority.

Development projects consisting of multiple buildings shall incorporate colors that are coordinated between structures, utilizing compatible hues and intensities. The final review and approval of paint colors, utilizing a color test, may be required by the City, prior to painting a building.

c. All building mechanical equipment and appurtenances, including, but not limited to, meters, flues, vents, gutters, and utilities, shall match or complement the permanent color of the surface from which they are attached or project.

16. Equipment Screening.

a. Single-Family Dwellings . The placement of new exterior roof -mounted mechanical, heating and air conditioning equipment is prohibited; however, the replacement of existing permitted roof mounted equipment shall be permitted provided the replacement equipment does not exceed the size, height, and location of the existing equipment.

422
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-43 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) b. Multiple-Family Dwellings . T he placement of exterior roof -mounted mechanical, heating and air conditioning equipment, and all appurtenances thereto, shall be completely screened from public view by parapet walls or roof screens that are architecturally treated so as to be consistent with the building architecture.

c. All ground -mounted utility equipment and structures, such as tanks, transformers, HVAC equipment, and backflow prevention devices, shall be located out of view from a public street, or adequately screened by landscaping and/or decorative low garden walls.

G. Small Lot Infill Subdivisions.

1. Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to regulate the development and subdivision of existing lots within certain residential and mixed use zoning districts, with infill small lots as an alternative form of fee simple homeownership.

2. Applicability. Small Lot Infill Subdivisions are permitted within residential and mixed use zoning districts specified in Table 5.02-1 (Land Use Matrix) of this Development Code.

3. Development Standards.

(a) Site Development Standards. A Small Lot Infill Single-Family Subdivision shall comply with the following site development standards:

(1) Maximum Number of Dwelling Units. A Small Lot Infill Single -Family Subdivision shall contain no more than 45 dwelling units.

(2) Density Range. A Small Lot Infill Single -Family Subdivisions shall comply with the density requirements of the underlying zoning district in which it is located.

(3) Lot Area and Dimension. Each individual lot established by a Small Lot Infill Single-Family Subdivision shall have a minimum area of 480 SF and a minimum lot width of 16 FT.

(4) Lot Coverage and Open Space.

(a) There shall be a maximum lot coverage of 80 percent for each individual lot established by a Small Lot Infill Subdivision.

(b) As an alternative to Subdivision (a), above, a Small Lot Infill Subdivision may provide common open space amenities within a common open space easement, which is equal to at least 20 percent of the total subdivision area, and having no horizontal dimension less than 5 FT Furthermore, each dwelling shall be provided a minimum of 50 SF of private open space (patios and/or balconies) having no horizontal dimension less than 5 FT.

(5) Lot Access. Access to a lot containing a dwelling unit and its required parking shall be by way of a public or private street, alley, or access easement.

(6) Off-Street Parking. Small Lot Infill Subdivisions shall provide off-street parking facilities pursuant to the requirements of Division 6.03 (Off -Street Parking and Loading) of this Development Code, except as follows:

423
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-44 Ontario Development Code (a) Off-street parking shall be provided for each dwelling at the minimum rate of 1.0 parking space per bedroom, plus guest/visitor parking at the minimum rate of 0.2 parking space per bedroom. A minimum of one space shall be provided in a fully enclosed garage.

(b) There shall be no limitations on the use of tandem parking spaces, except that tandem parking shall be no more than 2 parking spaces in depth and shall not be used for guest/visitor parking.

(7) Fences, Walls, and Obstructions. Refer to Section 6.02.020 (Design Standards for Residential Zoning Districts).

(8) Landscaping. Refer to Division 6.05 (Landscaping) and Paragraph

6.01.010.G.6 (Landscaping).

(9) Historic Preservation. Certain portions of residential and mixed use zoning districts are identified as historic or potentially historic and are listed on the City 's Historic Resources Eligibility List. Development regulations set forth in Division 7.01 (Historic Preservation), and application processing and permitting regulations set forth in Division 4.02 (Discretionary Permits and Actions) and of this Development Code, shall apply in these instances.

(10) Security Standards. Refer to Ontario Municipal Code Title 4, Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Buildings).

(11) Noise. Habitable structures shall be designed and constructed to mitigate noise levels from exterior sources. Refer to OMC, Tile 5 (Public Welfare, Morals, and Conduct), Chapter 29 (Noise).

(12) Airport Safety Zones. Properties within the Airport Influence Area (AIA) established by the Ontario International Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (ALUCP) shall be subject to the requirements and standards of the ALUCP.

(b) Building Development Standards.

(1) Minimum Setbacks.

(a) No front, side, or rear yard setback is required between interior lots within an approved Small Lot Infill Single -Family Subdivision; however, a minimum 5- FT setback shall be provided where a lot abuts a lot that is not created pursuant to this Section.

(b) The front yard setback required by the underlying zoning district shall apply to the front lot line of a Small Lot Infill Subdivision that abuts a public street.

(c) Any Small Lot Infill Subdivision sharing a property line with a LDR-5 (Low Density Residential - 2.1 to 5.0 DUs/Ac) or higher density residentially zoned property, shall provide front, side, and rear yard setbacks along the subdivision perimeter that are consistent with the requirements of the underlying residential zoning district.

(d) Any Small Lot Infill Single -Family Subdivision not sharing a property line with a LDR-5 (Low Density Residential - 2.1 to 5.0 DUs/Ac) or higher density residentially zoned property shall provide a minimum 5 -FT setback along the side lot line of the subdivision perimeter and a minimum 10-FT setback along the rear lot line of the subdivision perimeter. 424
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-45 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

(2) Building Separations. There shall be a minimum 6 -FT separation between buildings, except that a minimum 10 -FT separation shall be provided between the front face (contains the primary entry) of a Small Lot Home and the adjacent building wall of a neighboring Small Lot Home. Chimneys may extend up to 2 FT into the minimum building separation area.

(3) Maximum Height. Within a Small Lot Infill Subdivision, the maximum allowed building height is 40 FT.

(4) Driveway Length. Straight-in driveways to garages shall have a minimum length of 18 FT, measured from the right-of way of a public or private street, or from the edge of a private drive. No driveways shall be more than 5 FT in length if parking is not provided in front of a garage.

4. Building Design.

(a) Dwelling Orientation.

(1) Small Lot Dwelling Units that abut a public or private street shall orient the primary entryway (front door) toward the street. Where there is a physical site constraint, provide a clearly identifiable pedestrian entry to the site from the street.

(2) Small Lot Dwelling Units located in the interior of the subdivision shall orient the primary entryway toward, and be visible from, a pedestrian pathway that is connected to a public or private street.

(3) Small Lot Dwelling Units that abut an alley shall orient the primary entryway toward the alley or shall be connected to a pedestrian pathway that leads directly to a public or private street.

(b) Small Lot Dwelling Primary Unit Entries.

(1) All Small Lot Dwelling Units shall have a primary entry. All primary entries shall be provided with the address or unit identification, ornamental low -level lighting to illuminate the entry area, and a porch or landing.

(2) All primary entries shall incorporate all of the following elements:

(a) The entry shall be recessed at least 3 FT behind the building façade to create a covered porch or landing area.

(b) The entry shall be designed with an overhead projection of at least 12 inches (awning, canopy, roof, or other design features) in depth, which distinguish the entry area from the rest of the building façade.

(d) The entry porch or landing area shall be raised at least one stair step (6 -inch riser) above the pedestrian pathway, except as otherwise required by the Building Code, Americans with Disabilities Act, or Universal Design Standards. 425
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-46 Ontario Development Code

(e) The entry porch or landing area shall be enhanced with decorative paving, texture, pattern, or color that is differentiated from the pedestrian pathway.

(c) Façade Articulation. Façades facing a public or private street, the project perimeter, and all portions of exterior building elevations located greater than 7 FT from an adjacent Small Lot Dwelling Unit, shall be treated with an equal level of detail and articulation, and shall incorporate all of the following façade articulation techniques:

(1) Change in exterior building materials to include at least two high - quality building façade materials that accentuate or correspond to variations in building massing.

Building materials may include, but are not limited to wood, glass, brick, metal spandrel, cement board siding, tile, or other material acceptable to the Approving Authority.

(2) Porticos, awnings, terraces, balconies, eyebrows, or trellises of at least 12 inches in depth that provide variations in the building plane.

(3) Window treatments that are recessed behind the building façade a minimum of 4 inches. Windows or doors that are flush with the plane of the building (rather than recessed at least 4 inches) will not qualify as facade articulation.

(4) A break in the façade plane of at least 8 inches in depth, which is applied to at least 10 vertical FT of the facade.

(5) Other additional architectural enhancements that create a human scale to the building. Examples include handrails, fixed planters, and ornamental details such as lighting, molding, tiles, or other similar design elements acceptable to the Approving Authority.

(d) Varied Roofline. Any Small Lot Dwelling Unit façade exceeding two stories in height, which faces a public or private street, shall be provided with an articulated roofline incorporating at least two of the following design elements:

(1) A roof with a slope equal to or greater than 3 inches of rise for every 12 inches of run, including but not limited to a sloped or curved roofline at the top of the dwelling.

(2) An open deck having a minimum clear area of 6 FT in depth and 8 FT in width.

(3) A flat roof with a minimum of 2 FT vertical height difference for a minimum of 10 horizontal FT along the roofline of each building façade.

(4) A vertical break in the façade plane of at least 1.5 FT in depth, which extends up and through the roofline.

(5) Any form of roofline variation incorporating a change or break in roof plane, such as horizontal recesses, incorporation of dormers, or other similar design elements acceptable to the Approving Authority.

(e) Roof Decks. All roof decks shall be stepped back a minimum of 5 FT from the roof edge to prevent direct views of abutting residential neighbors, except that roof decks facing a street are not required to be stepped back.

426
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-47 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) (f) Building Massing Variation.

(1) Small Lot Dwelling Units shall be grouped into clusters to avoid long spans of building wall, not to exceed six dwelling units in a single continuous row or 180 linear FT, whichever is less. Clusters of Small Lot Dwelling Units shall be separated with a building gap of at least 6 FT, which shall be treated with a combination of landscaping, open space, common walkways, or driveways.

(2) Small Lot Dwelling Units in a single row shall provide a horizontal change in plane in the building façade of at least 1.5 feet for every 3 dwelling units, or every 90 linear FT, whichever is less. The Approving Authority may approve alternate exterior building designs that achieve the City's desired variation in building massing.

(3) The exterior design of adjoining Small Lot Dwelling Units shall be unique, so as to provide architectural variety within a subdivision. A Small Lot Infill Subdivision containing more than 5 dwelling units in a single row shall provide at least two variations in building design, such as changes in dwelling orientation, primary entryways, fenestration patterns, façade articulation, and rooflines. A Small Lot development of 10 or more dwelling units shall provide at least 3 variations in exterior building design.

5. Pedestrian Connectivity and Access.

(a) Pedestrian Pathways.

(1) Pedestrian pathways, minimum 3 FT in width, shall be provided from the public street to all primary entryways and common areas.

(2) A pedestrian pathway located within or parallel to a common driveway shall be constructed and/or treated with a change of material, finish, pattern, or paving that distinguishes the pathway from vehicular traffic.

(3) Small Lot Infill Subdivisions shall provide pedestrian and bicycle access to surrounding neighborhood streets.

(b) Walls and Fences.

(1) Walls and fences abutting a public or private street or alley, or common open space area, shall be decorative. Walls shall be finished with a decorative masonry material, such as brick, natural or cultured stone, or stucco, or be constructed of decorative concrete block, such as split-face, slump, burnished, or shot block. Fences shall be constructed of ornamental tube steel or iron.

(2) Garden walls and fences, maximum 3 FT in height, that abut a public or private street shall provide a point of entry into each individual lot that abuts the street.

(1) All areas of a Small Lot Infill Subdivision not used for buildings, parking areas, driveways, pedestrian pathways, utilities, or common open space areas shall be automatically irrigated, and fully landscaped and maintained.

427
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-48 Ontario Development Code (2) Required common open space areas shall have a minimum area of 300 SF, with no horizontal dimension less than 15 FT, measured perpendicular from any point on each of the boundaries of the open space area. Driveways, parking spaces, or pedestrian pathways cannot be counted toward the open space requirement.

(3) Required common open space areas shall be open to the sky and have no structures that project into the common open space area, excepting structures provided as a common open space enhancement pursuant to Subparagraph G.3(c)(5), below.

(4) Common open space areas shall be located at grade level, contiguous or connected, and readily accessible to all residents of the Small Lot Infill Subdivision.

(5) Common open space areas shall be multi-functional and designed to accommodate a range of passive, active, or social uses, and may include enhancements such as activity lawns, swimming pools, spas, picnic tables, benches, children 's play areas, ball courts, barbecue areas, sitting areas, decorative bike racks, and/or dog washing stations. Enhanced common side and rear yards that meet the minimum area and dimension specified in Subparagraph G.3(c)(2), above, may be counted toward common open space requirement s.

(6) All yards of a subdivision abutting the right-of-way shall be improved with landscaping (combination of groundcover, shrubs, and trees) and amenities. Amenities may include decorative fencing, uncovered patios, enhanced pedestrian pathways, garden walls, seating areas, and/or decorative bike racks.

6. Small Lot Infill Subdivisions with Existing Dwellings . Small Lot Infill Subdivisions incorporating existing dwelling units, such as, but not limited to, multiple detached single -family structures or historic detached bungalow courts on a single lot, may be subdivided. The conversion of an existing structure to a Small Lot Infill Subdivision shall be required to comply with the following design standards:

(a) Common Access Driveway. Existing common access driveways, pedestrian pathways, and central common open space areas shall be maintained and not reduced in size.

(b) Pedestrian Pathway. Pedestrian pathways, minimum 3 FT in width, shall be provided from the public street to all primary entryways and common areas, such as centralized trash enclosures, guest parking, and open space easements, etc. If narrower pathways exist, they may be maintained in the same footprint and area and shall not be further reduced in width.

(c) Existing Structures. New dwelling unit construction or building additions affecting designated or identified historic structures shall be in conformance with the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation.

(d) New Dwelling. All new dwelling units shall meet all applicable design standards in Paragraphs G .3 (Development Standards) and G .4 (Building Design) of this Subsection.

(e) Landscaping. All areas of the Small Lot Infill Subdivision not used for buildings, parking areas, driveways, pedestrian pathways, utilities, or amenity areas shall be fully landscaped and maintained, and automatically irrigated.

H. Density Bonus and Other Incentives.

428
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-49 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

1. Purpose. The purpose of these provisions is to establish a process whereby the City may provide a density bonus and other incentives to a developer agreeing or proposing to produce affordable housing within the City. The density bonus and incentives allowed by th ese regulations are used by the City as a means of meeting its commitment to encouraging the provision of affordable housing to all economic groups living within the City.

2. Applicability. A developer may request a density bonus and other incentives as prescribed in GC Section 65915, et seq. These density bonus provisions shall apply to single -family and multiple -family residential development projects, and mixed -use development projects, which contain a minimum of 5 dwelling units, excluding dwellings units granted as a density bonus.

3. Procedure.

a. A request for a density bonus and other incentives shall be filed, processed, and acted upon following the procedures for Development Agreements contained in Section

4.01.015 (Development Agreements) of this Development Code, and shall require the approval and adoption of a Development Agreement and a Density Bonus Agreement for its implementation. The Density Bonus Agreement shall be filed, processed, and acted upon following the procedures for Development Agreements.

b. A request for a density bonus , in and of itself, shall not require a General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, Development Agreement, or other discretionary approval and shall be filed, processed, and acted upon following the procedures for Ministerial (Administrative) Permits and Decisions.

4. Findings and Decision . In considering a proposed density bonus and other incentives, the Approving Authority shall consider and clearly establish that the density bonus and other incentives are consistent with the Vision, Policy Plan (General Plan), and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan, and any applicable specific plans, giving reasons as to how the proposed density bonus and other incentives are consistent. Furthermore, the Approving Authority shall grant the requested concession or i ncentive, unless one or more of the following findings is established, based upon substantial evidence:

a. The concession or incentive is not required in order to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in HSC Section 50052.5, or for rents for the targeted units to be set as specified in GC Section 659159(c).

b. The concession or incentive would have a specific adverse impact, as defined in GC Section 65589.5(d)(2), upon public health and safety or the physical environment, or on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to low- and moderate-income households.

c. The concession or incentive would be contrary to state or federal law.

I. Residential Design Guidelines.

1. The City Council adopted Residential Design Guidelines, included as Reference "D" of this Development Code, applicable to all residential zoning districts, which are intended as a reference to assist the designer in understanding the City 's goals and objectives for residential development. The guidelines compliment the mandatory residential development regulations 429
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-50 Ontario Development Code contained in this Section, by providing examples of potential design solutions, and by providing design interpretations of the various mandatory regulations contained herein.

2. The design guidelines authorized herein shall be enforceable in the same manner and to the same extent as any other applicable requirement of this Development Code.

6.01.015: Commercial Zoning Districts

A. Purpose. The purpose of the provisions of this Section is to ensure that development within commercial zoning districts of the City will contribute toward an urban environment of stable, desirable character; which is compatible with existing and future development; and is consistent with the goals and policies of the Vision, Policy Plan (General Plan), and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan. These regulations are further established to:

1. Promote the construction of well-designed professional office buildings.

2. Reserve certain areas of the City, consistent with the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, allowing the establishment of a full range of retail stores, business and professional offices, personal and business service establishments, transportation related service establishments, and certain wholesale establishments, which are scaled to meet the needs of City neighborhood dwellers, residents of the City as a whole, residents of the nearby region and visitors.

3. Establish appropriate standards for the siting of neighborhood convenience retail stores, helping foster neighborhood cohesion, and reducing the need for vehicular traffic.

4. Encourage the construction of attractive and functional community shopping centers at strategic locations throughout the City, consistent with the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan.

5. Ensure adequate space on commercial lots to meet the needs of commercial development, including on-site parking, loading, and landscaping.

6. Provide a strong economic and financial base, and to increase employment opportunities for City residents and those of the surrounding area.

7. Ensure a high quality of exterior appearance for commercial uses and structures is maintained in harmony with the visual character of the area in which they are located, and at the same time, minimize the impact of uses and structures on surrounding reside ntial neighborhoods.

8. Provide specific design guidelines that will result in well- designed and high quality commercial development projects.

B. Applicability. The standards and guidelines established by this Section shall apply to each of the City's commercial zoning districts. Furthermore, the provisions of this Section shall apply to all commercial land subdivisions and any new commercial construction, addition, remodel, or reallocation requiring a building permit or other similar entitlement by the City.

C. Commercial Zoning District Development Standards. Development within commercial zoning districts shall comply with the requirements of Table 6.01 -8 (Commercial Zoning District 430
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-51 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) Development Standards), below, which specifies standards for the development of structures within the CS, CN, CC, CR, CCS, OL, and OH zoning districts.

Table 6.01-8: Commercial Zoning District Development Standards Requirements Commercial Zoning Districts Additional
Regulations
CS CN CC CR CCS[6] OL OH

A SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

1. Minimum Lot Size 10,000 SF 20,000
SF
7,200 SF Note 1

2. Maximum Floor Area
Ratio (FAR)

0.4 1.0 0.75 Note 5

3. Minimum Lot Dimensions
a. Lot Width 100 FT 60 FT Note 1
b. Lot Depth 100 FT Note 1

4. Minimum Landscape
Coverage
Refer to Division 6.05 (Landscaping) landscape standards.

Also refer to Paragraph 6.01.010. G.6.c (Single-Family Cluster and Multiple-Family Development) for additional standards addressing multiple-family development within commercial zoning districts.

a. Interior Lots 15% 10% 15% Notes 2 and 3
b. Corner Lots 18% 13% 18% Notes 2 and 3
c. Off-Street Parking
Areas
7% Section

6.05.040.D
(Landscaping of
Off-Street
Parking
Facilities)

5. Minimum Parking Space
and Drive Aisle Separations

a. Parking Space or
Drive Aisle to Street Property Line

(1) Freeway 20 FT
(2) Arterial Street 20 FT 25 FT 20 FT
(3) Collector and
Local Street
20 FT 15 FT 10 FT
b. Parking Space or
Drive Aisle to Interior Property Line
10 FT 5 FT
Exception: Property
line common to a residential
zoning district
10 FT (area shall be densely landscaped)
c. Parking Space or
Drive Aisle to Buildings, Walls, and
Fences
5 FT Note 4

6. Walls, Fences and
Obstructions
Refer to Section 6.02.02 5 (Design Standards for
Nonresidential Zoning Districts).

7. Off Street Parking Refer to Division 6.03 (Off-Street Parking and Loading).

8. Property Appearance
and Maintenance
Refer to Division 6.10 (Property Appearance and
Maintenance).

431
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-52 Ontario Development Code Table 6.01-8: Commercial Zoning District Development Standards Requirements Commercial Zoning Districts Additional
Regulations
CS CN CC CR CCS[6] OL OH

9. Historic Preservation Certain portions of commercial zoning districts are identified as historic or potentially historic and are listed on the City 's Historic Resources Eligibility List. Development regulations set forth in Division 7.01 (Historic Preservation), and application processing and permitting regulations set forth in Division 4.02 (Discretionary Permits and Actions) and of this Development Code, shall apply in these instances.

10. Signs Refer to Division 8.1 (Sign Regulations).

11. Security Standards Refer to Ontario Municipal Code Title 4, Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Buildings).

12. Noise Buildings shall be designed and constructed to mitigate noise levels from exterior sources. Refer to OMC, Tile 5 (Public Welfare, Morals, and Conduct), Chapter 29 (Noise).

13. Airport Safety Zones Properties within the Airport Influence Area (AIA) established by the LA/Ontario International Airport Land Use
Compatibility Plan (ALUCP) shall be subject to the
requirements and standards of the ALUCP.

B BUILDING DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

1. Minimum Street Setback
a. From Freeway
Property Line
20 FT
b. From Arterial Street
Property Line
20 FT 25 FT 20 FT
c. From Collector and
Local Street Property Line
20 FT 15 FT 10 FT

2. Minimum Interior
Property Line Setback
10 FT 5 FT 0 FT 5 FT 0 FT
Exception: Setback at a
property line common to a
residential zoning district
15 FT 20 FT 15 FT

3. Maximum Height 35 FT 55 FT 35 FT 65 FT
Exception: Project
contains properties having one or
more property lines common with,
or across the street from, a
residential zoning district
Same as the adjacent residential zoning district. This exception shall not apply to development projects within the CIV (Civic) zoning district that are subject to the requirements of the OH zoning district.

4. Minimum Setback from
Major Pipelines (to habitable
structures)
50 FT Note 5
Notes:

1. There is no minimum lot area or dimension for common interest subdivisions established pursuant to Section 6.08.010 (Common Interest Subdivisions) of this Development Code.

2. Landscaped areas with a minimum dimension of 5 FT or more shall contribute toward the " minimum landscape coverage" calculation.

3. The "minimum landscape coverage" calculation for interior and corner lots shall exclude all landscaped areas located within public rights-of-way.
432
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-53 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

4. The minimum separation area between a building, wall or fence, and a parking space or drive aisle, shall be fully landscaped. The separation area may include pedestrian walkways, as necessary; however, a minimum 3 -FT wide planter area shall be maintained b etween a building wall and a pedestrian walkway. The minimum separation dimension does not include any area devoted to vehicle overhang.

5. Includes major high pressure pipelines for fuel oil, gasoline, and diesel and aviation fuels within the City. Existing pipelines include:
a. Two parallel pipelines (a 16 -inch and a 20 -inch) that enter the City at Benson Avenue, traveling parallel to the northerly side of the Southern Pacific right -of-way to Ontario International Airport, then parallel to the southerly side of the Southern Paci fic right-of-way, then parallel to the northerly side of the right- of-way beyond Ontario International Airport, then exiting the City at Etiwanda Avenue; and b. Two parallel pipelines that traverse the easterly portion of the City, entering the City at the southerly portion of Milliken Avenue, then traveling north under Milliken Avenue to Inland Empire Boulevard, then east to Rochester Avenue, then north to the City Limits.

6. Development standards applicable to projects within the CCS (Convention Center Support Commercial) zoning district within the Ontario Sports Empire may be subject to the Minor Adjustments/Alterations process under Section

4.02.020(C) of this Development Code.

D. Exceptions to Development Standards.

1. Building Height.

a. Aerials and Antennas, Chimneys, Cupolas, Elevator Penthouses, Flagpoles, Monuments, Parapet Walls, Spires, Towers, Water Tanks, and Other Similar Structures . Aerials and antennas, chimneys, cupolas, elevator penthouses, flagpoles, monuments, parapet walls, spires, towers, water tanks, and other similar structures may be erected to a height of up to 25 percent above the prescribed height limit of the base zoning district.

b. Amateur (HAM) Radio Antennas . HAM radio antennas may exceed the maximum prescribed height limit of a zoning district by a maximum of 10 FT. The Zoning Administrator, however, may allow HAM radio antennas to exceed this height limitation if it is necessary to accommodate amateur radio service communications. A HAM radio antenna that exceeds the maximum prescribed height limit of the zoning district in which it is located shall not exceed the minimum height and dimensions necessary to accommodate amateur radi o service communications.

c. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities. Wireless telecommunication facilities shall comply with Section 5.03.4 20 (Wireless Telecommunications Facilities) of this Development Code.

2. Encroachments into Required Setback Areas.

a. Balconies. Balconies may extend into a required street or interior property line setback area a maximum of 50 percent of the required setback, not to exceed 4 FT.

b. Cornices, Eaves, Canopies, Decorative Wall Elements, and Similar Architectural Features . Cornices, eaves, canopies, decorative wall elements, and similar architectural features may extend into a required street or interior property line setback area a maximum of 50 percent of the required setback, not to exceed 4 FT.

c. Signs. Signs and advertising structures may encroach into a required front setback area, street side setback area, or rear setback area of a through-lot, pursuant to Division

8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code.
433
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-54 Ontario Development Code

d. Walls, Fences, and Obstructions. Walls, fences, and obstructions may be permitted within required setback areas pursuant to the provisions of Division 6.02 (Fences, Walls, and Obstructions) of this Chapter.

E. General Provisions.

1. Building Setback Areas Adjoining Streets. Except as otherwise specifically provided by this Development Code, required setback areas adjoining streets shall only be used for the placement of landscaping and irrigation installed pursuant to Division 6.05 (Landscaping) , vehicular and pedestrian accesses, off -street parking and vehicular circulation, and site lighting pursuant to Division 6.03 (Off -Street Parking and Loading), walls and fences installed pursuant to Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions), and sig ns installed pursuant to Div ision 8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code.

2. Location of Off -Street Parking Lots on Properties that Front or Have Direct Access to Euclid Avenue . Proposed off -street parking lots on properties with Euclid Avenue frontage, or having direct access to Euclid Avenue, shall be located at the side or rear of the buildings they serve, excepting shared off -street parking lots serving shopping centers. This provision shall not preclude the City approval of access driveways to parking lots on properties with Euclid Avenue frontage or having direct access to Euclid Avenue.

3. Parking Space and Drive Aisle Setback Areas . Parking space and drive aisle setback areas required pursuant to Table 6.01 -7 (Commercial Zoning District Development Standards) of this Division shall only be used for landscaping and irrigation installed pursuant to Division 6.05 (Landscaping), walls and fences installed pursuant to Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions), and signs installed pursuant to Division 8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code.

4. Compatibility with Existing Surrounding Development . New buildings shall respect and enhance the qualities and features of the existing neighborhood or area in which they are built. In -fill development projects within existing developed areas that have an established character shall be compatible with, or complement, the established architectural character of the area in terms of [i] consistency of rooflines, materials, and colors; [ii] similar window and door patterns; and [iii] similar decorative elements.

5. Compatibility within a Complex or Center . Development projects consisting of multiple buildings within a complex or center shall be designed as a distinct place or district, establishing a cohesive identity for the development, which differentiates it from other commercial development projects within the area.

6. 360-Degree Architecture . Buildings shall not have the appearance of a false facade attached to the front of a uniform building shell. A building shall be designed to ensure that it's massing and proportion, along with its colors and architectural detailing, are consistent on all building walls, giving a four-sided (360-degree) appearance.

7. Corporate Architecture. A building within a complex or center, or an in-fill building within a developed area that has an established character, shall not be dominated by corporate or trademark architectural details, or building forms intended to serve as signing and marketing elements.

434
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-55 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) a. Individual corporate image, trademark, or design elements and colors intended to market the occupant of a building shall be incorporated only as secondary design elements, and not as dominant features of the building. These secondary design elements shall be compatible with the surrounding development and shall not define the character or style of the building or development.

b. The City hereby reserves the right to require significant departures from "corporate architecture, " which is proposed for the purpose of marketing or branding the occupant of a structure, when such architectural features are determined by the Approving Authority, to dominate the established architectural theme or character of a complex or center, or that of a developed area that has an established architectural character.

8. Building Materials. Building exteriors shall be finished with attractive and durable materials, which are of high quality and require minimal maintenance.

a. Acceptable Exterior Building Finishes. Exterior building finishes shall be classified according to their visual weight and are listed in Table 6.01 -9 ( Acceptable Exterior Building Finishes), below. The list of finishes is not all -inclusive but is intended to describe the types of finishes applicable to each weighted category.

Table 6.01-9: Acceptable Exterior Building Finishes
Heavy Materials Intermediate Materials Light Materials
Natural Stone Stucco Natural Wood
Integrally-Colored Decorative
Masonry Block
Exterior Insulation and Finishing
System (EIFS)
Cement Board
Brick Smooth Textured Tilt-Up or Precast
Concrete Panels
Synthetic Wood
Cast and Synthetic Stone Architectural Metal
Richly Textured Tilt-Up or Precast
Concrete Panels
Glass Curtain Wall

b. Hierarchy of Materials.

(1) Heavy Materials—Heavy materials shall be principally located: (a) at the base of the structure, as a foundation material that visually carries the weight of the structure; and/or (b) on significant architectural elements of a structure, to define those elements or suggest that the building has been built and added to, over time. Generally, heavy materials comprise the foundation (most visually significant) materials used on the exterior wall surface area.

(2) Intermediate Materials—Intermediate materials shall be situated so as to be visually supported by heavy materials. Generally, intermediate materials comprise the body (primary building material) of a building.

(3) Light Materials —Light materials shall be positioned above intermediate materials, at the top of the structure, and visually supported by the intermediate and heavy materials below.

c. Manufactured Materials. The use of manufactured materials, such as synthetic, cast, and cultured materials is allowed, provided the materials are identical in 435
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-56 Ontario Development Code appearance and of equal or greater durability to the natural materials they are intended to emulate.

9. Use of Structural Masonry and Masonry Veneers. Concrete block, brick, stone, and other types of structural masonry or masonry veneer shall be detailed as masonry bearing walls, especially at openings. Proper masonry detailing allows the building to be more pleasing to the eye, as the openings appear to be structurally supported.

a. Exterior Corners. Stone and brick used on exterior walls shall not terminate at exterior corners, except where such termination would be consistent with the architectural style being represented.

b. Masonry Openings. Openings in a block, brick, or stone façade , including all windows and doors, shall have a lintel, arch, or soldier course at the top of the opening, which appears to structurally support the area of masonry above the opening.

c. Horizontal Change in Material. A h orizontal change in material from masonry to another material shall include a decorative cap or sill that projects from the face of the building.

10. Parapets and Cornices.

a. A parapet wall and decorative cornice shall be used to visually terminate an exterior wall on a building with a flat roof and shall be used as the primary method for screening roof-mounted mechanical equipment.

b. The parapet and cornice design shall be in proportion to the size and scale of the building and shall reflect the architectural style and detailing of the building.

11. Gutters and Downspouts.

a. Gutters and downspouts shall be concealed from public view, unless designed as a continuous architectural feature.

b. Exposed gutters and downspouts used as architectural features should be colored to match the fascia or wall material to which they are attached.

c. Care shall be taken to avoid locating downspouts near building public entrances and openings.

12. Glazing. The ground floor glazing of a building shall be transparent. Ground floor transparency guarantees a visual connection to the casual observer located at the building exterior, which is an essential feature of commercial structures. By exposing the ground floor to the exterior, there is an invitation to participate with the activity inside. Furthermore, the use of transparent glazing provides the City's public safety personnel the ability to view inside a building without having to first enter the structure.

a. The minimum glazing required on all primary building façades shall be equal to at least 60 percent of the view plane area, with at least 50 percent of the view plane area being transparent.

436
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-57 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) b. For the purposes of these regulations governing glazing on a building, the following words, terms, and phrases are defined as follows:

(1) Primary Facade. Primary facade shall mean any exterior building elevation that faces a street, access way, pedestrian walkway, or drive aisle internal to a complex or center. For the purposes of this requirement, alleys and service drives shall not be considered a street, access way, or internal drive aisle.

(2) View Plane Area. View plane area shall mean the wall area on the primary façade of a building, which is located between 2 FT and 10 FT above the adjacent exterior grade.

(3) Transparent. Transparent shall mean glazing that is see-through from both the exterior and the interior of the building. This does not, however, preclude the use of tinted glazing.

c. This standard shall not apply if the Approving Authority determines that the required transparency is inconsistent with the operational or design needs of the building.

13. Lighting. Commercial development shall incorporate lighting fixtures that are decorative and are designed to eliminate adverse impacts of light spillover and promote safe vehicular and pedestrian access.

a. Light fixtures shall be full cut-off fixtures to prevent glare and light spill off the project site onto adjacent properties, buildings, and roadways.

b. Parking lot lighting shall comply with Section 6.03.05 0 (Parking Lot Lighting) of this Development Code and OMC Section 4-11.09(j).

c. Lighting fixtures shall be color-correct types, such as halogen, metal halide, or LED, to ensure true-color at night, visual comfort for pedestrians, and energy efficiency.

d. Pedestrian-level pole-mounted lighting, bollard lighting, ground -mounted lighting, or other low, glare-controlled fixtures mounted on buildings or walls shall be used to light pedestrian walkways. Pole-mounted, building-mounted, or tree-mounted lighting fixtures shall be no more than 12 FT in height. Bollard-type lighting shall be no more than 4 FT in height.

e. Steps, ramps, and seatwalls shall be illuminated with built -in light fixtures, were possible.

14. Building Color . Building exteriors shall incorporate colors that are of compatible hues and intensities. Color schemes shall tie building elements together, relate separate buildings within the same development, and enhance the architectural form of a building.

b. The exterior building color of a new development project shall be reviewed and approved in conjunction with the approval of the structure by the Approving Authority.

Development projects consisting of multiple buildings shall incorporate colors that are coordinated between structures, utilizing compatible hues and intensities. The final review and 437
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-58 Ontario Development Code approval of paint colors, utilizing a color test, may be required by the City, prior to painting a building.

15. Roof Access Ladders. Ladders for roof access shall be mounted on the inside of the building, or if located on the building exterior, shall be completely concealed from public view.

16. Equipment Screening.

a. All exterior roof -mounted mechanical, heating and air conditioning equipment, and all appurtenances thereto, shall be completely screened from public view by parapet walls or roof screens that are architecturally treated so as to be consistent with the building architecture.

b. All ground -mounted utility equipment and structures, such as tanks, transformers, HVAC equipment, and backflow prevention devices, shall be located out of view from a public street, or adequately screened by landscaping and/or decorative low garden walls.

17. Refuse Storage Areas (Trash Enclosures).

a. Within commercial zoning districts, refuse and recyclable materials shall be stored in an appropriate container, out of view of public or private streets, and adjacent properties.

b. Refuse and recyclable materials container storage shall be within City - approved enclosures designed to contain separate containers for the collection of refuse and recyclable materials. The number of trash enclosures required, their precise locations and dimensions, and their design shall be pursuant to the City's Refuse and Recycling Planning Manual.

The requirement for refuse container storage areas may be reduced or waived by the Approving Authority if a trash compactor is used, which is screened from public view.

c. Trash enclosures shall consist of a minimum 6 -FT high decorative masonry wall, with appropriate view -obstructing gates for container access, and separate pedestrian access, which is designed to screen the interior of the enclosure from view from the exterior and prevent refuse dispersion. The enclosure design shall be consistent with the architectural design of adjacent buildings and shall include a decorative overhead roof structure to protect bins containing recyclable materials from adverse environmental conditions, which might render the collected materials unusable.

d. To the extent practicable, trash enclosures shall be located away from property lines common with sensitive uses, such as, but not limited to, dwellings, schools, playgrounds, childcare centers, health care facilities, rehabilitation centers, convalescent centers, and retirement homes.

e. Trash enclosure dimensions shall be of adequate size to accommodate containers consistent with the City 's current methods of collection within the area in which the project is located.

438
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-59 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) f. Signs clearly identifying all recycling and refuse collection areas, and the materials accepted for recycling , shall be posted adjacent to all points of access to each trash enclosure.

g. Trash enclosures shall be bordered by a minimum 5 -FT wide planter and screened with landscaping on all exposed sides, excluding the side with bin access gates, except when located out of public view.

h. Prior to the issuance of an occupancy permit, a developer or property owner(s) may be required to develop a written recycling plan, which specifies the identification of targeted materials to be recycled, and methods of recycling program promotion to tenan ts.

18. Trip Reduction. All new development projects shall fully implement trip reduction measures in compliance with Division 6.04 (Congestion Management and Trip Reduction) of this Chapter.

19. Outdoor Loading and Storage Areas.

a. Loading facilities shall be designed and constructed pursuant to Division

6.03 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this Development Code.

b. Areas designated for open space, landscaping, off-street parking, loading, and vehicular circulation and maneuvering shall not be used for the outdoor storage of materials or equipment.

c. The outdoor storage of materials and equipment shall be permitted only within the CC and CR zoning districts in conjunction with, and ancillary to, the primary allowed land use. Outdoor loading and storage areas, and loading doors, shall be fully enclosed by a masonry screen wall with view -obstructing gates pursuant to Paragraph 6.02.025.A.2 (Screening of Outdoor Loading and Storage Areas, and Loading Doors) of this Development Code. Walls and gates visible to the public shall be decorative . Chain link fenc ing with a screening material shall not be used to screen loading and storage activities and areas.

20. Outdoor Activities . All business activities shall be conducted entirely within a completely enclosed structure, except for the following:

a. Sale or display of new or used automobiles, boats, trucks, recreational vehicles and similar large equipment;

b. Outdoor cafes and eating areas;

c. Sale or display of building material, lumber, nursery stock and similar bulk stock, subject to the location and screening requirements of this Section;

d. Temporary activities, such as Christmas tree sales, sidewalk sales and other temporary or seasonal activities, subject to the issuance of an Administrative Use Permit for temporary uses, activities, and facilities pursuant Section 4.03.015 (Administrative Use Permits) of this Development Code;

e. Off-street parking facilities, and outdoor loading and storage areas, which are properly screened pursuant to Paragraph 6.02.025.A.2 (Screening of Outdoor Loading and Storage Areas, and Loading Doors) of this Chapter; and
439
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-60 Ontario Development Code

f. As allowed pursuant to the standards contained in Division 5.03 (Standards for Specific Land Uses, Activities as Facilities) of this Development Code.

21. Noise. Within all commercial zoning districts, structures and equipment shall be designed, located, constructed, and operated in a manner so as not to exceed the maximum interior and exterior noised levels set forth in OMC Title 5 (Public Welfare, Morals, and C onduct), Chapter 29 (Noise).

22. Airport Safety Zones . Within commercial zoning districts, properties located within the Airport Influence Area (AIA) established by the LA/Ontario International Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (ALUCP) shall be subject to the requirements and standards of the ALUCP.

23. Security Standards. Within commercial zoning districts, any lot, and any building or structures thereon, shall comply with all applicable requirements of OMC Title 4 (Public Safety), Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Buildings).

F. Commercial Design Guidelines.

1. The City Council adopted Commercial Design Guidelines, included as Reference "E" of this Development Code, applicable to all commercial zoning districts, which are intended as a reference to assist the designer in understanding the City 's goals and objectives for commercial development. The guidelines compliment the mandatory commercial development regulations contained in this Section, by providing examples of potential design solutions and by providing design interpretations of the various mandatory regulations contained herein.

2. The design guidelines authorized herein shall be enforceable in the same manner and to the same extent as any other applicable requirement of this Development Code.

6.01.020: Mixed Use Zoning Districts

A. Purpose.

1. The purpose of this Section is to establish regulations intended to encourage innovative mixed -use development as an alternative to the typical suburban, use -segregated developments found throughout the Inland Empire, which is consistent with the goals and policies of the Vision, Policy Plan (General Plan), and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan. Generally, mixed-use districts are intended for the creation of development projects that:

a. Create a dynamic, walkable, mixed-use environment;

b. Provide for a development pattern that encourages the use of public transportation;

c. Provide for a mix of housing types that are within close proximity to retail and service uses;

d. Establish high standards for the design and development of buildings, infrastructure, and landscaping;

440
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-61 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) e. Ensure a high degree of pedestrian and vehicular connectivity, and enhance the vitality of commercial corridors within the City;

f. Facilitate the development of housing, retail, and office uses within close proximity to one another, allowing residents to walk to retail and service uses, and transit services; and

g. In selected areas, locate buildings close to the street, so that streets and squares feel enclosed, establishing outdoor rooms.

2. The intent of each established mixed-use district is as follows:

a. Downtown Mixed-Use Area. The Downtown Mixed-Use District (MU-1 zoning district) is intended to accommodate an intensive mixture of vertical and horizontal retail and office uses at a development intensity of up to 2.0 FAR, and residential uses at a density of 25 to 75 DU/AC. The Downtown Mixed -Use District is intended to encourage the development and revitalization of the City's historic downtown district in such manner as to achieve the District 's full potential as a unique shopping and residential area, a s well as the City's focus for governmental, cultural, and educational activities.

b. East Holt Mixed -Use Area . The East Holt Mixed -Use District (MU -2 zoning district) is intended to accommodate the intensification of the East Holt Boulevard Corridor with low-rise (up to 5 stories) buildings housing a mixture of retail and office uses at a development intensity of up to 2.0 FAR and 1.0 FAR, respectively, and residential uses at a density of 14 to 40 DU/AC. The intent of this zoning district is to create identity and place along the Holt Boulevard Corridor and provide a connection between the Downtown Mixed Use Area and the Ontario Airport Metro Center.

c. Euclid/Francis Mixed-Use Area. The Euclid/Francis Mixed-Use District (MU-11 zoning district) is intended to accommodate a low-rise (up to 3 stories) mixture of retail uses at an intensity of up to 1.0 FAR, and residential uses at a density of 14 to 25 DU/AC, that will create identity and place along the Euclid Avenue corridor.

B. Applicability. The standards and guidelines established by this Section shall apply to each of the City's mixed-use zoning districts. Furthermore, the provisions of this Section shall apply to all land subdivisions for mixed-use purposes, and any new mixed-use construction, addition, remodel, or reallocation requiring a building permit or other similar entitlement by the City.

C. Mixed Use Zoning District Development Standards. Development within the MU -1, MU-2, and MU-11 mixed-use zoning districts shall comply with the following standards:

1. MU-1 (Downtown Mixed Use Area) Zoning District.

a. Planned Unit Development Required. Within the MU -1 zoning district, development shall occur only after a Planned Unit Development has first been adopted for the affected property pursuant to Section 4.01.030 (Planned Unit Developments and Amendments) of this Development Code.

b. Area Plan and Form-Based Development Standards In Lieu of Planned Unit Development Adoption. In lieu of Planned Unit Development adoption, the City may elect to prepare and adopt an Area Plan to provide additional policy -level guidance for development 441
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-62 Ontario Development Code within MU -1 zoning district, in conjunction with the inclusion of appropriate form -based development standards within this Section, to be established on a minimum per block basis.

c. Allowed Development Density/Intensity. Within the MU -1 zoning district, residential development shall range from a minimum allowed density of 25 dwelling units per acre, to a maximum allowed density of 75.0 dwelling units per acre. Commercial- retail and/or office development shall not exceed 2.0 FAR.

d. Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines. In August 1998, the City Council adopted the Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines, included as Reference " C" of this Development Code, which establishes a set of architectural, graphic, and lighting design principles, to provide guidance to business owners, homeowners, City staff, and design professionals, for the development and/or rehabilitation of properties within the City 's historic original downtown area (project area). The project area is bordered by "I" Street on the north, Vine Street on the west, Sultana Avenue on the east, and railroad tracks on the south, and is defined in Figure 1.4 (Land Use Districts) of the Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines. The design guidelines also apply to those properties located across the street from, and directly abut, the project area.

2. MU-3 (East Guasti Mixed Use) Zoning District.

a. Planned Unit Development Required. Within the MU -3 zoning district, development shall occur only after a Planned Unit Development has first been adopted for the affected property pursuant to Section 4.01.030 (Planned Unit Developments and Amendments) of this Development Code.

b. Allowed Development Density/Intensity. Within the MU -3 zoning district, commercial and residential development shall be low -rise, not to exceed 5 stories in height.

Residential development shall range from a minimum allowed density of 20.0 dwelling units per acre, to a maximum allowed density of 65.0 dwelling units per acre. Commercial-retail and office development shall not exceed 1.0 FAR.

3. MU-6 (East Holt Boulevard Mixed Use Area) Zoning District.

a. Planned Unit Development Required. Within the MU -6 zoning district, development shall occur only after a Planned Unit Development has first been adopted for the affected property pursuant to Section 4.01.030 (Planned Unit Developments and Amendments) of this Development Code.

b. Allowed Development Density/Intensity. Within the MU -6 zoning district, residential development shall range from a minimum allowed density of 14.1 dwelling units per acre, to a maximum allowed density of 40.0 dwelling units per acre. Commercial- retail development shall not exceed 1.0 FAR and commercial-office development shall not exceed 2.0 FAR.

4. MU-8B (Mountain/Fourth Mixed Use) Zoning District.

a. Planned Unit Development Required. Within the MU -8B zoning district, development shall occur only after a Planned Unit Development has first been adopted for the affected property pursuant to Section 4.01.030 (Planned Unit Developments and Amendments) of this Development Code.

442
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-63 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) b. Allowed Development Density/Intensity. Within the MU -8B zoning district, commercial and residential development shall be low -rise, not to exceed 5 stories in height .

Residential development shall range from a minimum allowed density of 20.0 dwelling units per acre, to a maximum allowed density of 75.0 dwelling units per acre. Commercial-retail and office development shall not exceed 1.0 FAR.

5. MU-8C (West Holt Boulevard Mixed Use) Zoning District.

a. Planned Unit Development Required. Within the MU -8C zoning district, development shall occur only after a Planned Unit Development has first been adopted for the affected property pursuant to Section 4.01.030 (Planned Unit Developments and Amendments) of this Development Code.

b. Allowed Development Density/Intensity. Within the MU -8C zoning district, commercial and residential development shall be low -rise, not to exceed 5 stories in height .

Residential development shall range from a minimum allowed density of 14.0 dwelling units per acre, to a maximum allowed density of 40.0 dwelling units per acre. Commercial- retail development shall not exceed 1.0 FAR and commercial-office development shall not exceed 2.0 FAR.

6. MU-8D (Euclid/Francis Mixed Use Area) Zoning District.

a. Residential Development. Within the MU-8D zoning district, low-rise (up to 5 stories) residential development shall be allowed pursuant to the standards of the HDR -45 zoning district and shall range from a minimum allowed density of 20.0 dwelling units per acre, to a maximum allowed density of 75.0 dwelling units per acre.

b. Nonresidential Development. Within the MU -8D zoning district, nonresidential development shall be allowed pursuant to the requirements of the CC zoning district, and shall not exceed 1.0 FAR.

7. MU-8E (Euclid/Walnut Mixed Use) Zoning District.

a. Planned Unit Development Required. Within the MU -8E zoning district, development shall occur only after a Planned Unit Development has first been adopted for the affected property pursuant to Section 4.01.030 (Planned Unit Developments and Amendments) of this Development Code.

b. Allowed Development Density/Intensity. Within the MU -3 zoning district, commercial and residential development shall be low -rise, not to exceed 5 stories in height.

6.01.025: Industrial Zoning Districts

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to ensure that development within the industrial zoning districts of the City will contribute toward an urban environment of stable, desirable character, which is harmonious with existing and future development, and is consistent with the goals and policies of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan. These regulations are further established to:
443
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-64 Ontario Development Code

1. Reserve appropriate areas in the community for a full range of industrial uses, which are grouped to achieve maximum compatibility with respect to the characteristics of the various types of industrial activities and processes;

2. Encourage the development of all types of industrial establishments in a manner that is consistent with sound standards of public health and safety;

3. Allow certain types of light industrial uses that are relatively free of nuisance or hazardous features, which may be located in areas nearest to residential, office, and commercial areas, while providing space for industrial uses with more severe impacts in more remote locations;

4. Protect areas appropriate for industrial development from intrusion by residences and other incompatible uses, while providing opportunities for various types of industrial establishments and similar uses to concentrate in mutually beneficial relationships to each other;

5. Ensure the provision of adequate space to meet the needs of industrial development, including landscaped setbacks, off-street parking and truck loading areas;

6. Strengthen the City 's economic base and jobs -housing balance by increasing employment opportunities close to home for residents of the City and surrounding communities;

7. Ensure that the appearance of industrial buildings and uses is compatible with the visual character of the area in which they are located; and

8. Provide a sufficient number of appropriately located sites for adult businesses within the IH (Heavy Industrial) zoning district.

B. Applicability. The standards and guidelines established by this Section shall apply to each of the City 's industrial zoning districts. Furthermore, the provisions of this Section shall apply to all industrial land subdivisions and any new industrial construction, addition, remodel, or reallocation requiring a building permit or other similar entitlement by the City.

C. Development Standards. Development within industrial zoning districts shall comply with the requirements of Table 6.01-10 (Industrial Zoning District Development Standards), below, which specifies standards for the development of structures within the BP, IP, IL, IG, and IH zoning districts.

Table 6.01-10: Industrial Zoning District Development Standards Requirements
Industrial Zoning Districts Additional
Regulations BP IP IL IG IH
A. SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

1. Minimum Lot Area 1.0 AC 10,000 SF Note 1

2. Maximum Floor Area Ratio
(FAR)

0.60 0.55 Note 7

3. Minimum Lot Dimensions 100 FT – Lot Width
100 FT – Lot Depth
Note 1

4. Minimum Landscape
Coverage
Refer to Division 6.05 (Landscaping)
a. Interior Lots 15% 10% Notes 2 and 3
444
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-65 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) Table 6.01-10: Industrial Zoning District Development Standards Requirements
Industrial Zoning Districts Additional
Regulations BP IP IL IG IH
b. Corner Lots 20% 15% Notes 2 and 3
c. Off-Street Parking
Areas
7% See Section

6.05.040.D
(Landscaping of
Off-Street
Parking
Facilities)

5. Minimum Parking Space
and Drive Aisle Separations

a. Parking Space or
Drive Aisle to Street Property Line
20 FT 10 FT
b. Parking Space or
Drive Aisle to Interior Property Line
5 FT Notes 4 and 5
Exception: From
property line common with
residential district
10 FT (area shall be densely
landscaped)
n/a
c. Parking Space to
Buildings, Walls, and Fences
10 FT - Areas adjacent to public entries and office areas 5 FT - Areas adjacent to other building areas
Note 5
Exception: Within
screened loading and storage yard
areas
0 FT
d. Drive Aisles to
Buildings, Walls, and Fences
10 FT Note 5
Exception: Within
screened loading and storage
yard areas
0 FT

6. Minimum Screened
Loading and Storage Yard
Separations

a. Enclosed Loading and
Storage Yard to Street Property Line
20 FT - Freeways
20 FT - Arterial Streets
10 FT - Collector/Local Streets

b. Screened Loading
and Storage Yard to Interior
Property Line
0 FT
Exception: From
interior property line common with
residential district
10 FT (area shall be densely landscaped) n/a
c. Screened Loading
and Storage Yard to Buildings, Walls,
and Fences
0 FT

7. Walls, Fences and
Obstructions
Refer to Section 6.02.02 5 (Design Standards for Nonresidential Zoning Districts).

8. Off Street Parking Refer to Division 6.03 (Off-Street Parking and Loading).

9. Property Appearance and
Maintenance Refer to Division 6.10 (Property Appearance and Maintenance). 445
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-66 Ontario Development Code Table 6.01-10: Industrial Zoning District Development Standards Requirements
Industrial Zoning Districts Additional
Regulations BP IP IL IG IH

10. Historic Preservation Certain portions of commercial zoning districts are identified as historic or potentially historic, and are listed on the City 's Historic Resources Eligibility List. Development regulations set forth in Division 7.01 (Historic Preservation), and application processing and permitting regulations set forth in Division 4.02 (Discretionary Permits and Actions) and of this Development Code, shall apply in these instances.

11. Signs Refer to Division 8.1 (Sign Regulations).

12. Security Standards Refer to Ontario Municipal Code Title 4, Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Buildings).

13. Noise Buildings shall be designed and constructed to mitigate noise levels from exterior sources. Refer to OMC, Tile 5 (Public Welfare, Morals, and Conduct), Chapter 29 (Noise).

14. Airport Safety Zones Properties within the Airport Influence Area (AIA) established by the LA/Ontario International Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (ALUCP) shall be subject to the requirements and standards of the ALUCP.

B. BUILDING DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

1. Maximum Area Per
Building
45,000 SF - Single-Tenant
60,000 SF - Multi-Tenant
See Note 9 n/a

2. Minimum Street Setback
a. From Freeway
Property Line
20 FT
b. From Arterial Street
Property Line
10 FT - Holt Boulevard
20 FT - All Other Arterial Streets

c. From Collector and
Local Street Property Line
10 FT

3. Minimum Interior Property
Line Setback
0 FT Note 6
Exception: Property line
common with residential districts
30 FT

4. Maximum Height 45 FT 55 FT Note 7

5. Minimum Setback From
Major Pipelines (to habitable
structures)
50 FT Note 8
Notes:

1. There is no minimum lot area or dimension for common interest subdivisions established pursuant to Section 6.08.010 (Common Interest Subdivisions) of this Development Code.

2. Landscaped areas with a minimum dimension of less than 5 FT shall not contribute toward the "minimum landscape coverage" calculation.

3. The "minimum landscape coverage" calculation for interior and corner lots shall exclude all landscaped areas located within public rights-of-way.

4. Within yard areas fully screened by a decorative wall, there shall be no minimum drive aisle or parking space setback required, unless adjacent to residentially zoned properties. 446 Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-67 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

5. The minimum separation area between a building, wall, or fence, and a parking space or drive aisle, shall be fully landscaped. The separation area may include pedestrian walkways, as necessary; however, a minimum 3 -FT wide planter area shall be maintained between a building wall and a pedestrian walkway. The minimum separation dimension does not include any area devoted to vehicle overhang.

6. There shall not be a minimum required building setback from property lines that are interior to a business park, or industrial park or complex.

7. The maximum building height and FAR may be restricted pursuant to the Ontario International Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (ALUCP). Refer to the ALUCP for properties affected by airport safety zones.

8. Includes major high pressure pipelines for fuel oil, gasoline, and diesel and aviation fuels within the City. Existing pipelines include:
a. Two parallel pipelines (a 16 -inch and a 20 -inch) that enter the City at Benson Avenue, traveling parallel to the northerly side of the Southern Pacific right -of-way to Ontario International Airport, then parallel to the southerly side of the Southern Paci fic right-of-way, then parallel to the northerly side of the right- of-way beyond Ontario International Airport, then exiting the City at Etiwanda Avenue; and b. Two parallel pipelines that traverse the easterly portion of the City, entering the City at the southerly portion of Milliken Avenue, then traveling north under Milliken Avenue to Inland Empire Boulevard, then east to Rochester Avenue, then north to the City Limits.

9. Within the IL zoning district, lots abutting, or directly across the street from, a residentially zoned property, shall comply with the "Maximum Height" applicable to the BP and IP zoning districts.

D. Exceptions to Development Standards. The following exceptions from the industrial zoning district development standards stipulated in Table 6.01 -8 (Industrial Zoning District Development Standards) shall be permitted:

1. Building Height.

c. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities. Wireless telecommunication facilities shall comply with Section 5.03.4 2 (Wireless Telecommunications Facilities) of this Development Code.

2. Encroachments into Required Setback Areas.

a. Cornices, Eaves, Canopies, Decorative Wall Elements, and Similar Architectural Features . Cornices, eaves, canopies, decorative wall elements, and similar architectural features may extend into a required street or interior property line setback area a maximum of 50 percent of the required setback, not to exceed 4 FT.

447
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-68 Ontario Development Code b. Signs. Signs and advertising structures may encroach into a required front street setback area pursuant to Division 8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code.

c. Walls, Fences, and Obstructions. Walls, fences, and obstructions may be permitted within required setback areas pursuant to the provisions of Division 6.02 (Fences, Walls, and Obstructions) of this Chapter.

E. General Provisions. The following general regulations shall be applicable to all land uses, activities, and facilities within each industrial zoning district:

1. Building Setback Areas Adjoining Streets. Except as otherwise specifically provided by this Development Code, required setback areas adjoining streets shall only be used for the placement of landscaping and irrigation installed pursuant to Division 6.05 (Landscaping) , . vehicular and pedestrian accesses, off -street parking and vehicular circulation, and site lighting pursuant to Division 6.03 (Off -Street Parking and Loading), walls and fences installed pursuant to Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructi ons), and signs installed pursuant to Division 8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code.

2. Parking Space and Drive Aisle Setback Areas . Parking space and drive aisle setback areas required pursuant to Table 6.01 -10 (Industrial Zoning District Development Standards) shall only be used for landscaping and irrigation installed pursuant to Division 6.05 (Landscaping), walls and fences installed pursuant to Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions), and signs inst alled pursuant to Division 8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code.

3. Refuse Storage Areas (Trash Enclosures).

a. Within industrial zoning districts, refuse and recyclable materials shall be stored in an appropriate container, out of view of public or private streets, and adjacent properties.

The requirement for refuse container storage areas may be reduced or waived by the Approving Authority if a trash compactor is used, which is screened from public view.

448
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-69 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) e. Trash enclosure dimensions shall be of adequate size to accommodate containers consistent with the City' s current methods of collection within the area in which the project is located.

f. Signs clearly identifying all recycling and refuse collection areas, and the materials accepted for recycling shall be posted adjacent to all points of access to each trash enclosure.

4. Lighting. Commercial development shall incorporate lighting fixtures that are decorative and are designed to eliminate adverse impacts of light spillover and promote safe vehicular and pedestrian access.

a. Light fixtures shall be full cut-off fixtures to prevent glare and light spill off the project site onto adjacent properties, buildings, and roadways.

b. Parking lot lighting shall comply with Section 6.03.05 0 (Parking Lot Lighting) of this Development Code and OMC Section 4-11.09(j).

c. Lighting fixtures shall be color-correct types, such as halogen, metal halide, or LED, to ensure true-color at night, visual comfort for pedestrians, and energy efficiency.

d. Pedestrian-level pole-mounted lighting, bollard lighting, ground -mounted lighting, or other low, glare-controlled fixtures mounted on buildings or walls shall be used to light pedestrian walkways. Pole-mounted, building-mounted, or tree-mounted lighting fixtures shall be no more than 14 FT in height. Bollard-type lighting shall be no more than 4 FT in height.

e. Steps, ramps, and seatwalls shall be illuminated with built -in light fixtures, were possible.

5. Equipment Screening.

6. Outdoor Loading and Storage Areas.

449
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-70 Ontario Development Code a. Loading facilities shall be designed and constructed pursuant to Division

6.03 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this Chapter.

b. Areas designated for open space, landscaping, off-street parking, loading, and vehicular circulation and maneuvering, shall not be used for the outdoor storage of materials or equipment.

c. The outdoor storage of materials and equipment shall be permitted only within the IL, IG, IH, and ONT zoning districts in conjunction with, and ancillary to, the primary allowed land use, except as otherwise allowed pursuant to Table 5.02 -1 (Land Use Matri x) of this Development Code.

d. Outdoor loading and storage areas, and loading doors, shall be screened from public view by a decorative masonry wall with view -obstructing gates , pursuant to Paragraph 6.02.025.A.2 (Screening of Outdoor Loading and Storage Areas, and Loading Doors) of this Development Code. Furthermore, loading and storage areas, and loading doors, shall not face a freeway, Euclid Avenue, or Mission Boulevard , unless fully screened from view of the freeway or street.

e. The outdoor storage of materials or equipment shall not be allowed within the BP and IP zoning districts.

7. Outdoor Manufacturing and Processing.

a. Manufacturing and processing activities shall be conducted within a wholly enclosed building, except that outdoor manufacturing and processing activities may be allowed within the IG, IH, and ONT zoning districts in conjunction with, and ancillary to, the primary allowed land use, subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to Section 4.02.015 (Conditional Use Permits) of this Development Code.

b. Outdoor manufacturing and processing activities allowed pursuant to Subparagraph C.7.a, above, shall be screened from public view by buildings and/or decorative masonry walls with view-obstructing gates.

8. Outdoor Sales and Display . Within industrial zoning districts, all sales and display activities shall be conducted within a wholly enclosed building, except as follows:

a. Sale or display of new or used automobiles, boats, trucks, recreational vehicles and similar large equipment;

b. Outdoor cafes and eating areas;

c. Sale or display of building material, lumber, nursery stock and similar bulk stock, subject to the location and screening requirements of this Section;

450
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-71 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) e. Off-street parking facilities, and outdoor loading and storage areas, which are properly screened pursuant to Paragraph 6.02.025.A.2 (Screening of Outdoor Loading and Storage Areas, and Loading Doors) of this Chapter; and

f. As allowed pursuant to the standards contained in Division 5.03 (Standards for Specific Land Uses, Activities as Facilities) of this Development Code.

9. Building Color . Building exteriors shall incorporate colors that are of compatible hues and intensities. Color schemes shall tie building elements together, relate separate buildings within the same development, and enhance the architectural form of a building.

b. The exterior building color of a new development project shall be reviewed and approved in conjunction with the approval of the structure by the Approving Authority.

10. Roof Access Ladders. Ladders for roof access shall be mounted on the inside of the building, or if located on the building exterior, shall be completely concealed from public view.

11. Gutters and Downspouts. Gutters and downspouts shall be concealed from public view, unless designed as a continuous architectural feature. Exposed gutters and downspouts used as architectural features should be colored to match the fascia or wall material to which they are attached.

12. Trip Reduction. All new development projects shall fully implement trip reduction measures in compliance with Division 6.04 (Congestion Management and Trip Reduction) of this Chapter.

13. Noise. Within all industrial zoning districts, structures and equipment shall be designed, located, constructed, and operated in a manner so as not to exceed the maximum interior and exterior noised levels set forth in OMC Title 5 (Public Welfare, Morals, and C onduct), Chapter 29 (Noise).

14. Airport Safety Zones . Industrially zoned properties located within the Airport Influence Area (AIA) established by the LA/Ontario International Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (ALUCP) shall be subject to the requirements and standards of the ALUCP.

15. Security Standards . Within industrial zoning districts, any lot, and any building or structures thereon, shall comply with all applicable requirements of OMC Title 4 (Public Safety), Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Buildings).

F. Industrial Design Guidelines.
451
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-72 Ontario Development Code

1. The City Council adopted Industrial Design Guidelines, included as Reference "F" of this Development Code, applicable to all industrial zoning districts, which are intended as a reference to assist the designer in understanding the City 's goals and objectives for industrial development. The guidelines compliment the mandatory industrial development regulations contained in this Section, by providing examples of potential design solutions and by providing design interpretations of the various mandatory regulations contained herein.

2. The design guidelines authorized herein shall be enforceable in the same manner and to the same extent as any other applicable requirement of this Development Code.

6.01.030: Specialized Use Zoning Districts

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to ensure that development within each Special Purpose zoning district of the City will contribute toward an urban environment of stable, desirable character, which is harmonious with existing and future development, and is consistent with the goals and policies of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan.

B. Applicability. The standards and guidelines established by this Section shall apply to each of the City's special purpose zoning districts. Furthermore, the provisions of this Section shall apply to all subdivisions of land and any new construction, addition, remodel, or reallocation requiring a building permit or other similar entitlement by the City, within a Special Purpose zoning district.

C. Specialized Use Zoning District Standards. The design and development of properties located within specialized use zoning districts shall comply with the following:

1. CIV (Civic) Zoning District. The CIV zoning district is established to accommodate permanent public facilities such as City Hall, public libraries, museums, public and private schools and colleges/universities, police and fire stations, and other similar facilities utilized by the public.

Properties within the CIV zoning district shall be developed pursuant to the standards and guidelines applicable to the OH zoning district (see Section 6.01.015 (Commercial Zoning District) of this Division).

2. MHP (Mobile Home Park) Zoning District. The MHP zoning district is established to accommodate communities consisting of mobile homes and manufactured housing. All development within the MHP zoning district shall be designed and constructed pursuant to the requirements of Section 5.03.295 (Mobilehome Parks) of this Development Code.

3. ONT (Ontario International Airport) Zoning District. The ONT zoning district is established to accommodate on-going development of Ontario International Airport and surrounding properties directly impacted by airport operations. All development within the ONT zoning district shall be designed and constructed pursuant to the applicable requirements of Section 5.03.020 (Air Transportation) of this Development Code.

4. OS-C (Open Space -Cemetery) Zoning District . The OS- C zoning district is established to accommodate cemetery sites. Properties within the OS -C zoning district shall be developed pursuant to the standards and guidelines applicable to the OL zoning district (see Section 6.01.015 (Commercial Zoning District) of this Division).

5. OS-R (Open Space -Recreation) Zoning District . The OS- R zoning district is established to accommodate open space uses, such as public parks and recreation centers. 452
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-73 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) Properties within the OS -R zoning district shall be developed pursuant to the standards and guidelines applicable to the OL zoning district (see Section 6.01.015 (Commercial Zoning District) of this Division).

6. PUD (Planned Unit Development) Zoning District. The PUD zoning district is established to accommodate the development and use of properties that require Planned Unit Development approval pursuant to Exhibit LU -05 (Additional Plans Map) of the Policy Plan component of The Ontario Plan. All development within the PUD zoning district shall only be allowed pursuant the applicable Planned Unit Development document.

7. RC (Rail Corridor) Zoning District. The RC zoning district is established to accommodate permanent rail or fixed transit corridors through the City, as well as stations and similar ancillary facilities. Properties within the RC zoning district shall be developed pursuant to the standards and guidelines applicable to the IH zoning district (see Section 6.01.025 (Industrial Zoning District) of this Division).

8. SP (Specific Plan) Zoning District. The SP zoning district is established to accommodate the adoption of Specific Plans pursuant to Exhibit LU-05 (Additional Plans Map) of the Policy Plan component of The Ontario Plan. All development within the SP zoning district shall be designed and constructed pursuant to the standards and guidelines of the applicable Specific Plan document. (Note: If no specific plan has been adopted for a property within the SP zoning district, a new specific plan shall be adopted for the property, or the property shall be annexed to an existing neighboring specific plan, prior to the issuance of any grading or building permits.)

9. UC (Utility Corridor) Zoning District. The UC zoning district is established to accommodate flood control channels, retention and detention basins, electrical transmission corridors, and landfills, and may include ancillary recreational facilities in conjunction with the primary use of the site. Properties within the UC zoning district shall be developed pursuant to the standards and guidelines applicable to the OL zoning district (see Section 6.01.015 (Commercial Zoning District) of this Division).

6.01.035: Overlay Zoning Districts

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to ensure that development within each Overlay zoning district of the City will contribute toward an urban environment of stable, desirable character, which is harmonious with existing and future development, and is consisten t with the goals and policies of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan.

B. Applicability. The standards and guidelines established by this Section shall apply to each of the City's overlay districts. Furthermore, the provisions of this Section shall apply to all subdivisions of land and any new construction, addition, or remodel requiring a building permit or other similar entitlement by the City, within an overlay district.

C. Overlay Zoning District Standards. The design and development of properties located within overlay zoning districts shall comply with the following:

1. AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District.

a. Purpose. The purpose of the AG Overlay zoning district is to accommodate the continuation of agricultural uses within the City, on an interim basis, until such time that the Overlay District is developed consistent with the goals and policies of The Ontario Plan. The 453
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-74 Ontario Development Code transition of the AG Overlay zoning d istrict will be gradual, requiring the establishment of regulations intended to guide agricultural-related development activities for the interim period. It is the intent of the AG Overlay zoning district to allow for the continuation of agricultural uses and related support uses as defined herein. The AG Overlay zoning district is further intended to protect vital agricultural uses by limiting land use activity to those uses which are compatible and supportive of agriculture and related uses, and/or their products.

b. Applicability.

(1) The herein established rights and responsibilities applicable to the AG Overlay District shall apply to all property located within the boundary of the Overlay District, as shown on the official Zoning Map of the City. The AG Overlay zoning d istrict provisions established herein, shall apply to all existing and new building construction, additions, remodels, or reallocations, whether or not a building permit, or other similar entitlement , is required by the City.

(2) Any new building construction, excepting buildings to accommodate agricultural uses or agricultural -related activities, and single -family homes and buildings ancillary thereto on lots 10 acres or more in area, shall first require the adoption of a Specific Plan pursuant to Section 4.01.035 (Specific Plans and Amendments) of this Development Code, which prescribes the allowed land uses, development regulations and guidelines, and sign regulations applicable to the project.

(3) All rights pertain ing to the AG Overlay zoning d istrict established herein, shall run with the land and shall be transferable to any future owner(s) of property within the AG Overlay district, and their assigns.

c. Definitions. For the purpose of the AG Overlay zoning d istrict, the words or phrases listed below, in correct alphabetical order, shall have the meanings hereafter specified:

Agricultural Support Services. These uses are supportive of the farm community and are fully compatible with agricultural uses. Agricultural support services are uses which directly support, or which are accessory or incidental to, established agricultural uses within the AG Overlay zoning district. These include, but are not limited to the following:

1) Agricultural chemicals, fuel and fuel oil, nonflammable bottled gas;

2) Animal husbandry services veterinary services for large and small animals, and horseshoeing;

3) Farm machinery equipment and supplies, sale and repair;

4) Farm produce sales and supply (feed, hay, grain and grain products, fertilizer);

5) Farm products packaging and processing;

6) Feed storage, farm products warehousing and storage (except stockyards); and

7) Waste management facilities and fertilizer operations in accordance with applicable local, State and Federal regulations. 454
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-75 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

Animal Confinement Facility. Where used, the term "animal confinement facility" includes animal barns, corrals, or pens.

Commercial Kennels and Catteries . The keeping of more than 5 dogs or 5 cats over the age of 4 months for breeding, boarding, training, or sale on a lot minimum 2.5 acres in area.

Cow and Goat Dairies. Any premises where milk is produced for wholesale distribution and where 10 or more cows or goats are in lactation.

Crop Production. A primary use of the land which includes cultivation of open field or greenhouse crops, fruits, vegetables, grain, fibers, flowers, ornamental and nursery plant materials for wholesale or retail sales and ultimate consumption by others.

Expanded Use. An expanded use consists of a building expansion or new construction in excess of 5,000 square feet.

Trade of Livestock. Sale of livestock to general public (e.g. animal auctions).

d. Uses Generally. No building, structure, or land shall be used, and no building or structure shall be hereafter erected, structurally altered, or enlarged, except for the purposes set out in this Paragraph C.1 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District) of this Section.

e. Permitted Land Uses. In addition to those land uses allowed in the AG Overlay District as prescribed by Table 5.01 -1 (Land Use Matrix) of this Development Code, the following land uses are permitted by right of being within the correct zoning district:

(1) Row, field, tree, and crop production;

(2) Plant nurseries (retail and wholesale);

(3) Single dwelling unit on a lot not less than 10 acres in area; a specific plan is required for any subdivision or master planned development; and

(4) Animal keeping activities, excepting household pets, shall comply with the following:

(a) Animal keeping shall be on a legally recognized lot no less than 2 acres in area. Lot area used to qualify one animal type shall not be reused to qualify another animal type;

(b) Proper management of animal waste shall be carried out in accordance with all requirements of the State Regional Water Quality Control Board or regulating agency;

(c) Small animal keeping. Aviary or similar small animal ranches or farms (excluding chicken and hog ranches) shall be permitted on lots that are at least one-half acre in area. Fish raising shall be limited to one pond per acre, with a maximum of 4 ponds per parcel. Each pond shall not exceed one-half acre in area; and

455
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-76 Ontario Development Code (d) Refer to Table 6.01- 11 (Animal Types and Densities), below, for animal density requirements and Section 5.03.410 (Urban Agriculture) of this Development Code, for animal separation/setback requirements.

Table 6.01-11: Animal Types and Maximum Densities
Animal Type Maximum Animal Density Additional
Regulations
A. Dairy Cow As permitted by Approving Authority Note 1 B. Non-dairy Cattle/Buffalo 1/6,000 SF of lot area
C. Horses 1/6,000 SF of lot area
D. Swine (5 maximum) 1/12,000 SF of lot area
E. Sheep, female goats and
similar livestock 1/3,000 SF of lot area
F. Male adult goats

1. Parcel < 10 acres One maximum

2. 10 acres and above 1/5 acres of lot area (not to exceed 4 maximum) G. Rabbits and chinchillas (200
maximum) 50/10,000 SF of lot area
H. Ostriches 1/6,000 SF of lot area
I. Emus and rheas 1/6,000 SF of lot area
J. Poultry

1. Female
a. Parcel < 10 acres 25 maximum
b. 10 acres and above 25/ 10 acres of lot area (50 maximum)

2. Male (9 maximum)
a. Parcel < 10 acres 2 species/parcel
b. 10 acres and above 2 species/5 acres
Notes:

1. New or expansions to existing dairy or other animal confinement facilities shall be considered on a case-by-case basis, subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to Section 4.02.015 (Conditional Use Permits) of this Development Code. Ani mal density shall be as determined by the appropriate approving authority (i.e. Regional Water Quality Control Board) which may impose special operational conditions, requirements or standards deemed necessary to insure the public health, safety, and general welfare. Animal density shall be based on measures to prevent the unacceptable nitrification or salt pollution of soils, and the pollution of groundwater by nitrates and salts emanating from the facility, as defined by the Regional Water Quality Control Board.

f. Conditionally Permitted Land Uses. In addition to those land uses allowed in the AG Overlay District as prescribed by Table 5.01-1 (Land Use Matrix) of this Development Code, the following land uses shall be allowed subject to the approval of a Conditional Use Permit pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.02.015 (Conditional Use Permits) of this Development Code:

(1) Agricultural Support Services;

456
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-77 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) (2) Animal raising of densities greater than or the raising of animal types different than those specified by this Paragraph C.1 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District), subject to review by the appropriate Approving Authority (such as Regional Water Quality Control Board); and fish raising using ponds or lakes that are of greater surface area or number than those specified by this Paragraph C.1 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District);

(3) Animal hospitals and veterinary clinics;

(4) Antennas and wireless telecommunications facilities;

(5) Apiaries;

(6) Calf growing ranches (lots shall be 5 or more acres in area);

(7) Places of worship within an existing building, and expansions to existing facilities (establishment of new places of worship in new structures shall only be permitted as part of a specific plan);

(8) Dairies, including expansions to existing dairies;

(9) Educational facilities and institutions;

(10) Fertilizer operations;

(11) Kennels (requires a 2.5-acre minimum lot size);

(12) Mushroom farms (the use of manure as a planting/growing medium is prohibited);

(13) Rodeos;

(14) Trade of livestock; and

(15) Waste management facilities.

g. Time Limit for Conditionally Permitted Land Uses. Conditionally permitted uses may be subject to a 5 -year time limit through an agreement with the applicant, in order to assess potential impacts from the conditional use upon surrounding land uses. Under such time limit, a time extension application may be filed at least 6 months prior to the end of the 5 -year period. Approval of a time extension request shall be based on the continued compatibility of the project with surrounding land uses.

h. Temporary Uses. The following temporary uses are permitted, subject to the requirements of Section 5.03.395 (Temporary and Interim Land Uses, Buildings and Structures) of this Development Code:

(1) Christmas tree and Halloween pumpkin sales, or other similar seasonal sales authorized by the City, not to exceed a period of 30 days, each;

(2) Temporary produce stands in conjunction with an Urban Farm established pursuant to Section 5.03.410.F (Urban Farms) of this Development Code; and

457
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-78 Ontario Development Code (3) Temporary Wireless Telecommunications Facilities.

i. Accessory Uses. The following accessory uses, and structures are permitted when customarily associated with, and subordinate to, a permitted use on the same lot:

(1) Barns, stables, storage tanks, and other farm buildings;

(2) Accessory dwelling unit or guesthouse, not to exceed one per lot, pursuant to the requirements of Section 5.03.030 (Accessory Residential Structures) of this Development Code. Any guesthouse or accessory dwelling unit shall meet the setbacks of the main structure as listed in Table 6.01 -12 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District Development Standards);

(3) Accessory building(s) not usable as a guesthouse or accessory dwelling unit. There shall be no maximum size for accessory structures in the AG Overlay District.

Accessory Structures in the AG Overlay District in excess of 650 SF shall not require the approval of a Conditional Use Permit;

(4) Office unit in conjunction with row, field, tree, plant nursery, or crop production operation, not to exceed 1,500 SF in area (maximum one building per lot). An office unit shall meet the setbacks of the main structure as listed in Table 6.01 -12 ( AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District Development Standards);

(5) Caretaker's unit, not to exceed 650 SF in area (maximum one building per lot). Any caretaker's unit shall meet the setbacks of the main structure as listed in Table

6.01-12 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District Development Standards);

(6) Garages and carports;

(7) Fences and walls;

(8) Patio covers;

(9) Swimming pools; and

(10) Stands for the sale of agricultural products grown or produced on the same premises (excluding milk and meat products), subject to the following conditions:

(a) Stand shall be permitted only on lots containing a minimum of 10,000 SF;

(b) The floor area of the stand shall not exceed 100 SF;

(d) The owner(s) shall remove such stand at their expense when the use has terminated;

(e) Stands shall be located a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the right-of-way line of any street or highway;

458
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-79 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) (f) Adequate provision for traffic circulation, off -street parking, and pedestrian safety shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Planning Director; and

j. Prohibited Uses. Notwithstanding Subparagraphs d through f of Paragraph C.1 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District) of this Section, the following uses shall be specifically prohibited:

(1) Animal slaughter operations;

(2) Commercial poultry ranches;

(3) Commercial hog ranches; and

k. Uses Not Specifically Listed. The Zoning Administrator may make a land use determination pursuant to Section 1.02.010 (Interpretations and Land Use Determinations) of this Development Code, for those uses not specifically listed herein as permitted or conditionally permitted uses, base d on the similarity of the subject use to one of the categories listed in Subparagraphs d through f of this Paragraph C.1 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District ), and the herein stated purpose of the AG Overlay District.

l. Nonconforming Uses and Structures. Nonconforming uses and structures within the AG Overlay District shall be governed by Division 3.01 (Nonconforming Lots, Land Uses, and Structures) of this Development Code, except as follows:

(1) Abandonment. Whenever a nonconforming use or structure has been abandoned, the nonconforming use or structure shall not be reestablished, and the use of the structure and the site thereafter shall be in conformity with the regulations of the AG Overlay District. For t he purposes of this Paragraph C.1 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District ), discontinuance of the nonconforming use for a continuous period of 180 days shall be conclusive evidence of abandonment of such nonconforming use regardless of the landowner 's intent.

(2) Special Hardship Circumstances. The Zoning Administrator may extend the 180 -day period for up to an additional 180 days. To receive such consideration, the property owner shall request an extension, in writing, prior to the expiration of the initial 180 -day period, including a full explanation of the reason why the extension should be granted.

m. Animal Keeping/Separation Standards. The following site development standards shall apply to the keeping of animals, except household pets:

(1) Animals shall be restrained a distance of at least 40 FT, measured in a straight line, from any habitable structure or structure used for public assembly located on adjoining property. For dairies, refer to Subparagraph n of this Paragraph C.1 ( AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District), for separation requirements;

(2) Animals shall be restrained a distance of at least 5 FT from interior side and rear property lines, and 15 feet from street side property lines;

(3) Animals shall be secured by a fence or wall at least 5 FT in height, made of chain link, wood with horizontal members no less than 6 inches apart, solid masonry or other appropriate solid confining material. Property line walls and fences may be used to se cure animals, provided the appropriate restraint distances are maintained;

459
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-80 Ontario Development Code (4) Animals shall be kept a minimum of 100 FT from any domestic water well;

(5) For new diaries/feed lots, a separation of 500 FT shall be required between an animal feed trough, corral/pen from new development and/or from property with a residential or nonresidential tract map recorded after January 1, 2000, as measured from the building setback line; and

(6) A reduction in animal separation requirements may also be considered for facilities with proven means of reducing odors, such as covering lagoons, substituting concrete-lined pits for lagoons, and employing recommended ventilation systems for animal confinement buildings. Consideration of alternative setbacks shall be subject to consultation with qualified agricultural engineers to ensure that the measure will reliably accomplish the intended purpose.

n. Separation Requirements for New Development. The following separation requirements from existing dairies/feed lots shall apply to new residential, commercial, and/or industrial development or structures used for public assembly purposes from existing dairies/feed lots:

(1) A minimum 100 -FT separation shall be required between a new residential, commercial, or industrial development or structure used for public assembly and an existing animal feed trough, corral/pen or an existing dairy/feed lot including manure stockpiles and related wastewater detention basins. The 100-FT separation requirement may be satisfied by an off-site easement acceptable to the Planning Director with adjacent properties, submitted with the initial final map and recorded prior to or concurrent with the final map; and

(2) Separation requirements between dairies within a proposed specific plan area and new development will be addressed through the specific plan review procedure which may include buffers, expanded parkways, open space, and other approved measures to mitigate potential impacts.

o. Permanent Structures. A Development Plan is required pursuant to Section

4.02.025 (Development Plans) of this Development Code, for all new, altered, or expanded structures/uses, including all new structures in excess of 5,000 SF in area.

p. Development Standards and Guidelines.

(1) The development of buildings to accommodate agricultural uses or agricultural-related activities, and single -family homes and buildings ancillary thereto, on lots 10 acres or more in area, shall be designed and constructed pursuant to the standards contained in Table 6.01-12 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District Development Standards), below.

Table 6.01-12: AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District Development Standards Requirements Standards Additional
Regulations
A. SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

1. Minimum Lot Size 10 acres Note 1

2. Maximum Lot Coverage

3. Allowed Density Range One dwelling per 10 acres
460
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-81 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) Table 6.01-12: AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District Development Standards Requirements Standards Additional
Regulations

4. Minimum Lot Dimensions
a. Ratio (lot width to lot
depth)
1:4
b. Lot Width 300 FT Note 1
c. Lot Depth 300 FT Note 1

5. Equestrian Trails Required No

6. Walls, Fences, and
Obstructions
Refer to Section 6.02.020 (Design Standards for Residential Zoning Districts) of this Development Code.

7. Off Street Parking Refer to Division 6.03 (Off -Street Parking and Loading) of this Development Code.

8. Landscaping Refer to Division 6.05 (Landscaping) of this Development Code.

9. Property Appearance and
Maintenance
Refer to Division 6.10 (Property Appearance and Maintenance) of this Development Code.

10. Historic Preservation Certain portions of residential zoning districts are identified as historic or potentially historic and are listed on the City's Historic Resources Eligibility List. Development regulations set forth in Division 7.01 (Historic Preservation), and application processing and permitting regulations set forth in Division 4.02
(Discretionary Permits and Actions) and of this Development Code, shall apply in these instances.

11. Signs Refer to Subparagraph q (Sign Standards) of this Paragraph C.1 (AG (Agricultural) Overlay Zoning District) and Division 8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code.

12. Security Standards Refer to Ontario Municipal Code Title 4, Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Buildings).

13. Noise Habitable structures shall be designed and constructed to mitigate noise levels from exterior sources. Refer to OMC, Tile 5 (Public Welfare, Morals, and Conduct), Chapter 29 (Noise).

14. Airport Safety Zones Properties within the Airport Influence Area (AIA) established by the Ontario International Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (ALUCP) shall be subject to the requirements and standards of the ALUCP.

B. BUILDING DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

1. Minimum Building
Setbacks

a. From Front Property
Line
25 FT
b. From Street Side
Property Line
25 FT
c. From Interior Side
Property Line
15 FT
d. From Rear Property
Line
15 FT

2. Minimum Building
Separations
6 FT

3. Maximum Building Height 35 FT Note 2
461
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-82 Ontario Development Code Notes:

1. An existing lot of record that is substandard as to minimum "lot" area and/or dimension(s) shall be granted all development rights of the zoning district in which it is located (refer to Subsection 3.01.010.B of this Development Code).

2. The maximum building height and FAR may be restricted pursuant to the Ontario International Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (ALUCP). Refer to the ALUCP for properties affected by Airport Safety Zones.

(2) Development within the AG Overlay District shall be consistent with the Residential Design Guidelines established by resolution of the City Council, which are intended as a reference to assist the designer in understanding the City's goals and objectives for residential development. Such guidelines shall be enforceable in the same manner and to the same extent as any other applicable requirement of this Development Code.

q. Sign Standards. Notwithstanding the sign regulations contained in Division

8.1 (Sign Regulations) of this Development Code, signs installed within the AG Overlay District shall comply with the following:

(1) Freestanding Signs. One unlighted single or double faced sign shall be permitted, not to exceed 6 FT in height and 12 SF in area, for each 60 FT of street frontage, and shall be placed behind the street property line.

(2) Wall Mounted Signs. One wall-mounted sign shall be permitted on each building elevation facing a street, not to exceed one SF of sign area for each lineal foot of building elevation length, not to exceed 50 SF.

2. EA (Euclid Avenue) Overlay Zoning District.

a. Purpose. The purposes of the EA Overlay zoning d istrict is to recognize and protect Euclid Avenue as a major scenic and historic resource of the City, and major contributor to Ontario 's historic downtown. Furthermore, the EA Overlay zoning district is intended to help identify and safeguard Euclid Avenue's position on the National Register of Historic Places.

b. Applicability. The herein established rights and responsibilities applicable to the EA Overlay zoning district shall apply to all property located within the boundary of said Overlay District, as shown on the official Zoning Map of the City. The EA Overlay zoning district provisions established herein, shall apply to all existing and new building construction, additions, remodels, or reallocations, whether or not a building permit is required, or other similar entitlement by the City.

c. Development Standards and Guidelines. Land development within the EA Overlay zoning district shall be designed and constructed pursuant to the standards and guidelines applicable to the underlying base zoning district and the requirements of the Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines (see Reference C —Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines), as applicable.

d. Certificate of Appropriateness Required. A development project within the EA Overlay zoning district, which requires Development Plan approval pursuant to Section 4.02.025 (Development Plans) of this Development Code, shall require the approval of a Certificate of Appropriateness pursuant to Section 4.02.050 (Historic Preservation —Certificates of Appropriateness and Demolition of Historic Resources).
462
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-83 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

e. Medical Offices and Clinics . Medical office s and clinics within the EA Overlay zoning district, and which are located in the MU-1 zoning district and have street frontage on Euclid Avenue, shall be allowed only on the second floor of a building or above ( occupancy of the ground/first floor shall not be allowed) . Medical offices and clinics within the EA Overlay zoning district, which are not located in the MU-1 zoning district, or do not have street frontage on Euclid Avenue, may occupy the ground/first floor of a building.

3. ES (Emergency Shelter) Overlay Zoning District.

a. Purpose. The purpose of the ES Overlay zoning district (established pursuant to Section 5.01.010.F.3 ( ES (Emergency Shelter) Overlay District) is to accommodate the establishment of emergency shelters, supportive housing, and transitional housing land uses within the City.

b. Applicability.

(1) The herein established rights and responsibilities applicable to the ES Overlay zoning district shall apply to all property located within the boundary of said Overlay District, as shown on the official Zoning Map of the City. The ES Overlay zoning district provisions established herein, shall apply to all existing and new building construction, additions, remodels, or reallocations, whether or not a building permit is required, or other similar entitlement by the City.

(2) The ES Overlay zoning district shall be located within areas of the City that are predetermined by the Housing Element, pursuant to GC Section 65583 and contained within the Policy Plan component of The Ontario Plan. Alternate locations may be established by resolution of the City Council, upon recommendation of the Planning Commission.

c. Development Standards and Guidelines. Within the ES Overlay zoning district, land and improvements thereon shall be designed and developed pursuant to the standards and guidelines of the underlying base zoning district.

4. MTC (Multimodal Transit Center) Overlay Zoning District.

a. Purpose.

(1) The multimodal transit facility anticipated by the Policy Plan component of The Ontario Plan is generally located south of Interstate 10, north of the railroad tracks, east of Guasti Road and west of Archibald Avenue. The multimodal center will serve as a transit hub for local buses, BRT, the Gold Line, high-speed rail, the proposed Ontario Airport Metro Center circulator, and other future transit modes. Many of these transit modes require extensive capital outlay and years of planning, environmental review, design, and, ultimately, construction.

Much of the financing of these facilities is beyond the control of the City, being handled by other local, regional, State and federal agencies. The development of a multimodal facility and related services is a long term endeavor, anticipated to take years, if not decades, to bring to fruition.

(2) The MTC Overlay zoning district (established pursuant to Section

5.01.010.F.4 (MTC (Multimodal Transit Center) Overlay District) of this Development Code) is currently developed with a ±425,000 SF warehouse/distribution building with ancillary offices, and a ±6,000 SF building used as a contractor 's office and yard. These buildings are not suited for residential, retail, or office uses as envisioned by the Policy Plan , and use of these facilities in the 463
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-84 Ontario Development Code near term would be somewhat limited , until the property is redeveloped as a multimodal transit center. Consequently, the City wishes to authorize the use of the existing buildings for the purpose for which they were previously used.

(3) The purpose of the MTC Overlay zoning district is to allow for the establishment of warehouse and distribution land uses, on an interim basis, within existing buildings located within the overly district boundary.

b. Applicability.

(1) The herein established rights and responsibilities applicable to the MTC Overlay zoning district shall apply to all property located within the boundary of said Overlay District, as shown on the official Zoning Map of the City. The MTC Overlay zoning district provisions established herein, shall apply to all existing and new building construction, additions, remodels, or reallocations, whether or not a building permit is required, or other similar entitlement by the City.

(2) Allowed land uses within the MTC Overlay zoning district shall be limited to warehouse/distribution facilities, ancillary offices, and those temporary land uses allowed within the IG zoning district pursuant to Table 5.02-1 (Land Use Matrix) of this Development Code.

(3) Any expansion of existing buildings or proposals for new building construction shall require the adoption of a Specific Plan pursuant to Section 4.01.035 (Specific Plans and Amendments) of this Development Code, which prescribes the allowed land uses, development regulations and guidelines, and sign regulations applicable to the project.

(4) The MTC Overlay zoning district shall remain in effect until June 30, 2027, unless otherwise extended pursuant to Section 4.01.020 (Development Code Amendments) of this Development Code, or the existing buildings are removed.

(5) All rights pertaining to the MTC Overlay zoning district established herein, shall run with the land and shall be transferable to any future owner(s) of property within the MTC Overlay zoning district, and their assigns.

5. ICC (Interim Community Commercial) Overlay Zoning District.

a. Purpose. The purpose of the ICC Overlay zoning district (established pursuant to Section 5.01.010.F.5 ( ICC (Interim Community Commercial) Overlay District ) of this Development Code) is to allow for the establishment of Community Commercial land uses, on an interim basis, within existing buildings located within the overlay district boundary.

b. Applicability.

(1) The herein established rights and responsibilities applicable to the ICC Overlay zoning district shall apply to all property located within the boundary of said Overlay District, as shown on the official Zoning Map of the City. The ICC Overlay zoning district provisions established herein, shall apply to all existing and new building construction, additions, remodels, or reallocations, whether or not a building permit is required, or other similar entitlement by the City.

464
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-85 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) (2) The ICC Overlay zoning district may be established pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.01.040 (Zone Changes) of this Development Code, on property containing existing buildings constructed for occupancy by commercial land uses.

(3) The ICC Overlay zoning district shall allow those commercial uses allowed in the CN and CC zoning districts pursuant to Table 5.02 -1 (Land Use Matrix) of this Development Code, while at the same time preserving the City 's vision for the development and use of property consistent with the underlying Policy Plan (general plan) land use designation .

c. Expansion of Existing Commercial Structures and Uses.

(1) Within the ICC Overlay zoning district, building expansion, shall only be allowed for the purpose of expanding an existing, legally established commercial land use, which is allowed pursuant to Subparagraph B.5.b(3) of this Section.

(2) The expansion of an existing commercial building shall be allowed pursuant to the requirements of Subsection 3.01.020.J (Alteration and/or Expansion of a Nonconforming Nonresidential Structure) of this Development Code and shall be developed consistent with the standards of the CC zoning district.

(3) New Residential Development. New residential development, which is proposed consistent with the Official Land Use Plan (Exhibit LU -01) of the Policy Plan component of The Ontario Plan, shall first require a zone change to the HDR -45 zoning district pursuant to Section 4.01.040 (Zone Changes) of this Development Code, and full compliance with the land use requirements, and development standards and guidelines of the HDR -45 zoning district.

(4) Protection of ICC Overlay zoning district Land Use and Development Rights. All land use and development rights granted by the ICC Overlay zoning district shall be transferable to any future owner(s) of property within the ICC Overlay zoning district, and their assigns.

6. AH (Affordable Housing) Overlay Zoning District.

a. Purpose. The purpose of the AH Overlay zoning district is to facilitate housing opportunities within the community via implementation of required rezone programs pursuant to the City's adopted Housing Element where required for compliance with State Housing Element law.

b. Applicability. The herein established rights and responsibilities applicable to the AH Overlay District shall apply to sites identified in the housing inventory, part of the City 's Housing Element, located 1) south of Riverside Drive, 2) along East Holt Boulevard between the Cucamonga Creek Channel and Corona Avenue, and 3) areas designated as MU -8C at the northeast corner of West Holt Boulevard and Mountain Avenue.

c. Definitions. For the purpose of the AH Overlay zoning district , the words or phrases listed below, in correct alphabetical order, shall have the meanings hereafter specified:

Affordable Housing Project. Affordable housing projects for the purposes of the affordable housing overlay are defined as follows:

465
Division 6.01—District Standards and Guidelines

(Rev. 11.04.2025) Page 6.01-86 Ontario Development Code  Tier 1. Any projects with a residential component with at least 20 percent of total units are designated as affordable to lower incomes via deed restriction or another mechanism to guarantee affordability for a minimum of 30 years.

 Tier 2. Any projects with a residential component with at least 25 percent of total units are designated as affordable to lower incomes via deed restriction or another mechanism to guarantee affordability for a minimum of 30 years.

d. Development Standards. The development standards applicable to proposed development in the Affordable Housing Overlay District shall be in accordance with the applicable base zone, other overlay zones, and all applicable provisions of the Development Code, unless otherwise indicated herein, or where necessary to comply with Federal and State law.

(1) Minimum Density. Within the AH Overlay zoning district , all new residential development, regardless of affordability, requires a minimum density of 20 dwelling units per acre. The minimum density shall be calculated as an average over the entire project area on sites south of Riverside Drive.

(2) Affordable Housing Projects. The d evelopment of affordable housing projects within the AH Overlay zoning d istrict shall be allowed by right and are encouraged in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Tier 1 Affordable Housing Projects . Tier 1 Affordable Housing Projects on property having a base zoning designation of SP, may be developed as follows:

(i) Medium Density Residential (MDR). Affordable
housing projects on property designated as MDR by the Land Use Plan (Figure LU-01) of the Policy Plan, may be developed pursuant to the requirements of either the SP zoning district or the MDR - 25 zoning district.

(ii) Mixed Use (MU). Affordable housing projects on
property designated as MU by the Land Use Plan (Figure LU -01) of the Policy Plan , may be developed pursuant to the requirements of either the SP zoning district or a comparable existing zoning implementation tool that aligns with the density and intensity of the proposed project , except that the maximum density allowed shall be equivalent to the maximum density identified for the applicable M ixed Use area in the Land Use Designations Summary Table ( Figure LU-02) of the Policy Plan.

(iii) Calculating Minimum Density . If a project with a base designation of SP develops without a specific plan, minimum density shall be calculated as an average over the entire portion of the project area that is within the AH Overlay zoning district.

(b) Tier 2 Affordable Housing Projects. Tier 2 Affordable Housing Projects on property having a base zoning designation of SP, may developed in the same manner as Tier 1 Affordable Housing Projects, with the following additions:

(i) Medium Density Residential. Affordable housing
projects on propert y designated as MDR by the Land Use Plan (Figure LU -01) of the Policy Plan shall allow a maximum density of 25 to 30 dwelling units per acre.

466

Ontario Development Code Page 6.02-1 (Rev. 05.02.202301.20.2026) Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

Sections:

6.02.000: Purpose

6.02.005: Applicability

6.02.010: Prohibited Materials

6.02.015: General Requirements

6.02.020: Design Standards for Residential Zoning Districts

6.02.025: Design Standards for Nonresidential Zoning Districts

6.02.030: Protection of Intersection Visibility

6.02.035: Temporary Security or Construction Fencing

6.02.000: Purpose

The purpose of this Division is to establish standards regulating the construction and maintenance of walls, fences, and other obstructions to allow for the maximum enjoyment and use of property, and to ensure the maximum safety of persons using streets and sidewalks.

6.02.005: Applicability

A. The provisions of this Division shall apply to the construction, addition or remodel of any wall or fence, and the placement of landscaping, signs, poles, equipment, or any other object that may pose an obstruction to pedestrian or vehicular travel or visibility.

B. The design and location of all walls, fences, and gates shall be subject to review and approval by the Planning Director, regardless of whether a building permit is required for its construction.

6.02.010: Prohibited Materials

The following materials shall be prohibited in the construction and/or installation of walls, fences, and obstructions:

A. Walls or fences containing razor wire or any other material or application considered by the Planning Director to be unsafe, shall be prohibited.

B. Walls and/or fences containing barbed wire shall be prohibited within residential and commercial zoning districts, and within mixed -use zoning districts and overlay districts for residential or commercial purposes.

C. Walls and/or fences containing electrified wire , and the installation of electrified fences, shall be prohibited within residential zoning districts , and in conjunction with residential development in mixed-use zoning districts and overlay districts for residential purposes.

467
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

(Rev. 05.02.202301.20.2026) Page 6.02-2 Ontario Development Code

6.02.015: General Requirements

A. No hedge, fence, wall, merchandise, sign, or any other equipment may be constructed, placed, grown, or permitted on any sidewalk, excepting newsstands, public trash receptacles, U.S. Government mailboxes, public utility poles, public transit shelters and/or seating, or any other object that is deemed no more objectionable than the foregoing by resolution of the City Council.

The authorized equipment shall be placed out of the normal flow of pedestrian traffic and shall not be so placed as to constitute a hazard or nuisance.

B. No hedge, fence, wall, merchandise, sign, or any other equipment shall be permitted in or on any parkway adjacent to any sidewalk, except as allowed by the City Engineer, or excepting newsstands, public trash receptacles, U.S. Government mailboxes, public utility poles, public transit shelters and/or seating, or any other object that is deemed no more objectionable than the foregoing by the City Engineer. The authorized equipment shall be placed out of the normal flow or pedestrian traffic and shall not be so placed as to constitute a hazard or nuisance.

C. No fence, wall, shrub, sprinkler system, or any construction may be placed within any street right-of-way without first obtaining an encroachment permit from the City Engineer.

D. Any fence, shrub, sprinkler system, or any construction placed within the street right-of-way without permission of the City Engineer shall be removed by the owner upon request of the City Engineer within 7 days of notification, at no expense to the City. Upon failure to comply with an order for removal, the City may cause removal at the expense of the owner.

E. No fence shall be constructed of metal other than ornamental iron or tube steel, chain link, or wire mesh having a minimum size and thickness of 4-inches by 4-inches by 12.5 gauge.

F. Walls, fences, hedges or other plant growth that, in the opinion of the Planning Director or City Engineering, adversely affects the safe ingress or egress of pedestrians or vehicles shall not exceed 3 FT in height within any required front or street side yard setback area.

G. A 6 FT high wall or fence shall be constructed along the perimeter of all areas determined by the Planning Director, Building Official, or City Engineer, to pose a danger to the public health or safety.

6.02.020: Design Standards for Residential Zoning Districts

Within residential zoning districts, walls and fences shall be constructed as follows:

A. Required Walls and Fences.

1. Single-Family Development Projects and Subdivisions. Single -family residential development projects and subdivisions, regardless of the number of dwellings proposed, shall provide 6-FT high walls, as follows:

a. A decorative masonry block wall shall be constructed along the perimeter of single-family development projects and subdivisions, including all interior side and rear project boundaries, and street frontages without front-on units.

468
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-3 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) b. A decorative masonry block wall shall be constructed along all street side property lines and along the rear property line of through lots and shall be setback a minimum of 5 FT behind the sidewalk.

c. A masonry block wall shall be constructed along interior side and rear property lines. Walls shall not be required along property lines that abut a property zoned or used as open space or maintained for recreation purposes.

d. A decorative masonry block wall shall be constructed between side yard walls and the adjacent dwelling. Appropriate gates for rear yard access shall be provided.

2. Multiple-Family Development Projects and Subdivisions. Multiple -family residential development projects and subdivisions, regardless of the number of dwellings proposed, shall provide 6-FT high walls or fences, as follows:

a. A decorative masonry block wall, or decorative tube steel fence with decorative masonry pilasters, shall be constructed along the interior side and rear project boundaries of multiple-family development projects and subdivisions. Walls or fences shall not be required along property lines that abut a property zoned or used as open space or maintained for recreation purposes.

b. A minimum 6 -FT high decorative masonry wall shall be constructed along property lines that separate multiple -family development projects from neighboring residential developments. The wall height shall be measured from the highest adjacent grade.

3. Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs, Spas, Ponds, and Decorative Bodies of Water . Any swimming pool, hot tub, spa, pond, or decorative body of water that is more than 1.5 FT in depth, whether located above or below ground, shall be fully enclosed by a minimum 5 -FT high decorative nonclimbable fence or wall, with decorative entrance and exit gates, and shall be constructed/installed pursuant to building code requirements.

B. Materials and Design.

1. All walls and fences visible to the public shall be designed to be compatible with the architecture of the buildings on the same lot.

2. All walls that are visible to the public shall be constructed of decorative masonry that is complimentary to the exterior finishes of adjacent buildings, such as, but not limited to, brick, split-face or slump concrete block, or other materials approved by the Planning Director that are consistent with industry standards, and shall include a decorative cap. The use of a grout cap shall not be permitted.

3. Fences shall be constructed of ornamental steel or iron, wood, or PVC materials, which are consistent with industry standards. Other materials may be used if the Planning Director determines the design to be compatible with the architecture of adjacent buildings and with buildings in the surrounding neighborhood.

4. Special design considerations shall be provided on walls and fences located within front yards and areas visible from public streets to ensure compatibility with the architecture of adjacent buildings, as well as with buildings in the surrounding neighborhood.

469
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

(Rev. 05.02.202301.20.2026) Page 6.02-4 Ontario Development Code

5. Long expanses of wall or fence (ranging from 150 FT to 200 FT in length) that is adjacent to a public right -of-way shall have offset areas (decorative pilasters or a horizontal change in the plane ) and shall be architecturally designed to prevent monotony. The design of walls shall emphasize the highest quality of materials and design features.

6. Within existing neighborhoods, fences located within the front and street side yards of single-family homes may be constructed of chainlink if it is the predominate material used in the neighborhood, as determined by the Planning Director. If chainlink fencing is determined to be appropriate, it shall be installed in accordance with industry standards.

C. Height. The maximum height of a walls or fences located within a residential zoning district shall be as listed below. The wall height shall be measured on the street side or exterior side of the wall, from the top of the wall to the lowest adjacent finished grade.

1. Subdivision Perimeter Walls and Fences. Subdivision perimeter walls shall not exceed 6 FT in height, except as permitted by Paragraphs C.5 (Walls and Fences in Conjunction with Retaining Walls) and C. 7 (Sound Attenuation Walls) of this Section.

2. Street Side Yard Walls and Fences. Street side yard walls or fences shall not exceed 6 FT in height, except as permitted by Paragraphs C.5 (Walls and Fences in Conjunction with Retaining Walls) and C. 7 (Sound Attenuation Walls) of this Section.

3. Interior Side and Rear Property Line Walls and Fences . Interior side and rear yard property line walls or fences shall not exceed 6 FT in height, except as permitted by Paragraphs C.5 (Walls and Fences in Conjunction with Retaining Walls) and C. 7 (Sound Attenuation Walls) of this Section.

4. Front Yard Walls and Fences . Walls or fences within a front yard area shall not exceed 3 FT in height, except as permitted by Paragraph s C.5 (Walls and Fences in Conjunction with Retaining Walls) and C. 7 (Sound Attenuation Walls) of this Section.

470
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-5 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

5. Walls and Fences in
Combination with Retaining Walls . To
accommodate possible differences
in grade between two properties, or
between a property and a public
right-of-way, the Planning Director
may approve walls and fences
constructed in combination with
retaining walls, which have an overall
height in excess of the maximum wall
height allowed by Paragraphs C.1
through C.4 of this Section. However,
walls and fences constructed in
combination with retaining walls,
which are located adjacent to a
public right -of-way, shall: have a
maximum retaining wall height of 3 FT
and a maximum free wall height
equal to the maximum wall heights
allowed by Paragraphs C.1 through
C.4 of this Section.

6. Tiered Retaining Wall Design . In cases where more than 3 FT of earth retention is necessary adjacent to a public right-of-way, retaining walls shall be tiered as exemplified in Figure

6.02-1 (Tiered Retaining Wall Design Concept), above.

7. Sound Attenuation Walls . Walls constructed for sound attenuation pursuant to an impact study prepared by an acoustic engineer, shall be the minimum height necessary to ensure adequate sound attenuation. The design and construction of a noise attenuation wall in excess of 6 FT in height shall be approved by the Planning Director prior to building permit issuance.

8. Walls and Fences within the Buildable Area of a Lot (Behind Setback Areas). Fences and walls constructed within the buildable area of a lot shall be subject to the height limitations of the applicable base zoning district.

D. Location.

1. Interior Property Lines (Side and Rear) . Where the side or rear property line of a lot is common with another lot's side or rear property line, a wall or fence may be constructed along the common property line for purposes of property division or security.

2. Street Side Property Lines . On a corner lot or reverse corner lot, where a side and rear property line of a lot is common with a side or rear property line of another lot, a wall or fence may be constructed along the street side property line. The area between the wall or fence and the sidewalk (or curb) shall be fully landscaped and maintained.

3. Front Yard Walls or Fences . Within a front yard area, walls and fences up to 3 FT in height may be constructed along a front or street side property line. The area between the wall or fence and sidewalk (or curb) shall be fully landscaped and maintained.

4. Through-Lots. On a single lot having two street frontages, each frontage at opposite ends of the lot, for the purposes of wall placement, one frontage shall be a front yard Figure 6.02-1: Tiered Retaining Wall Design Concept
2 3 FT Min.
9 FT Max.
6 FT Max.

FG
3 FT Max.
1 Max.

FG
471
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

(Rev. 05.02.202301.20.2026) Page 6.02-6 Ontario Development Code and the other a rear yard. A wall or fence shall be constructed a minimum of 5 FT behind the rear property line. The area between the wall or fence and sidewalk shall be fully landscaped and maintained.

6.02.025: Design Standards for Nonresidential Zoning Districts

Within nonresidential zoning districts, walls and fences shall be constructed as follows:

A. Required Walls and Fences.

1. Zoning District Boundary Separation.

a. A decorative masonry block wall shall be constructed along property lines that separate nonresidential zoning districts from neighboring residential zoning districts. The wall height on the nonresidential side of the wall shall be a minimum of 8 FT and shall be a minimum of 6 FT in height on the residential side of the wall.

b. A decorative tube steel fence with a sheppard's hook shall be constructed between railroad rights-of-way and development projects within nonresidential zoning districts.

2. Screening of Outdoor Loading/Storage Areas and Loading Doors.

a. Outdoor loading and storage areas, and loading doors shall be screened from public view by a decorative masonry wall with view-obstructing access gates

b. Screen walls shall be designed as an integral part of the architecture of the buildings on the lot.

c. Screen walls shall be of sufficient height to completely screen loading and storage activities, facilities, and equipment, but shall be no less than 8 FT in height.

d. Screen walls shall be constructed of tilt -up or poured -in-place concrete, brick, concrete block (split-face or slump), or other materials approved by the Planning Director.

B. Materials and Design.

1. All walls and fences visible to the public shall be designed to be compatible with the architecture of the buildings on the same lot.

2. Walls that are visible to the public shall be constructed of decorative masonry that is complimentary to the exterior finishes of adjacent buildings, such as brick; split -face concrete block; or ribbed, scored, or sandblasted tilt -up or po ured-in-place concrete. Ceramic tile and natural stone veneers may also be used. Precision block shall not be used in areas visible to the public.

3. Concrete block walls shall incorporate a decorative cap. The use of a grout cap shall not be permitted.

4. Fences that are visible to the public shall be constructed of decorative wrought iron or tube steel, with decorative masonry pilasters spaced at regular intervals. Other materials 472
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-7 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) may be used if the Planning Director determines the design to be compatible with the architecture of adjacent buildings. Chainlink shall not be used in areas visible to the public.

5. Long expanses of wall or fence (ranging from 150 FT to 200 FT in length) that is adjacent to a public right -of-way shall have offset areas (decorative pilasters or a horizontal change in plane) and shall be architecturally designed to prevent monotony. The design of walls shall emphasize the highest quality of materials and design features.

6. Walls or fences containing barbed wire may be used within industrial zoning districts; however, the barbed wire shall not project above the top of walls or fences so as to be visible from public areas.

C. Height. The maximum height of a wall or fence located within nonresidential zoning districts shall be as listed below. The wall height shall be measured on the street side or exterior side of the wall, from the top of the wall to the lowest adjacent finished grade.

Table 6.02-1: Maximum Height of Interior Side and Rear Property Line Walls and Fences Zoning District Maximum Height
Commercial and Mixed-Use Zoning Districts: 8 FT
Industrial Zoning Districts: 14 FT
All Other Nonresidential Zoning Districts: 6 FT

1. Interior Side and Rear Property Line Walls and Fences . Interior side and rear yard property line walls or fences shall not exceed the following heights shown in Table 6.02-1 (Maximum Height of Interior Side and Rear Property Line Walls and Fences), above , except as permitted by Paragraphs A.1 (Zoning District Boundary Separation), C.34 (Walls and Fences in Combination with Retaining Walls) and C.56 (Sound Attenuation Walls) of this Section.

2. Walls or Fences within Front and Street Side Setback Areas. Walls or fences located within front or street side setback areas shall not exceed the following heights shown in Table 6.02- 2 (Maximum Height of Walls or Fences within Front and Street Side Setback Areas), below, except as permitted by Paragraphs C. 43 (Walls and Fences in Combination with Retaining Walls) and C.65 (Sound Attenuation Walls) of this Section.

Table 6.02-2: Maximum Height of Walls or Fences within Front and Street Side Setback Areas Zoning District Maximum Height
Commercial and Mixed-Use Zoning Districts: 3 FT
Industrial Zoning Districts: 6 FT maximum, constructed with at least 90 percent of the vertical surface designed to be open and not view -
obstructing.

All Other Nonresidential Zoning Districts: 6 FT maximum, except that the portion of a wall or fence in excess of 3 FT in height shall be constructed with at least 90 percent of the vertical surface designed to be open
and not view-obstructing.

3. Walls and Fences in Combination with Retaining Walls . To accommodate possible differences in grade between two properties or between a property and a public right -of-way, the Planning Director may approve walls and fences constructed in combination with retaining walls, which have an overall height in excess of the maximum wall height allowed by Paragraphs C.1 (Interior Side and Rear Property Line Walls and Fences) and C.2 (Walls or Fences Within Front 473
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

(Rev. 05.02.202301.20.2026) Page 6.02-8 Ontario Development Code and Street Side Setback Areas) of this Section. However, walls and fences constructed in combination with retaining walls, which are located adjacent to a public right -of-way, shall:
[i] have a maximum retaining wall height of 3 FT, [ii] have a maximum free wall height of 6 FT, and [iii] have a maximum overall height of 9 FT.

4. Tiered Retaining Wall Design. In cases where more than 3 FT of earth retention is necessary adjacent to a public right-of-way, retaining walls shall be tiered pursuant to Figure 6.02- 1 (Tiered Retaining Wall Design Concept).

5. Sound Attenuation Walls. Walls constructed for sound attenuation pursuant to a n impact study prepared by an acoustic engineer, shall be the minimum height necessary to ensure adequate sound attenuation. The design and construction of a noise attenuation wall in excess of 6 FT in height shall be approved by the Planning Director, prior to building permit issuance.

6. Walls and Fences within the Buildable Area of a Lot (Outside of Setback Areas) .

Fences and walls constructed within the buildable area of a lot shall be subject to the height limitations of the applicable base zoning district.

D. Location.

1. Interior Property Lines (Side and Rear). Where the side or rear property line of a lot is common with another lot's side or rear property line, a wall or fence may be constructed along the common property line for purposes of property division or security.

2. Street Side Property Lines. On a corner lot or reverse corner lot, a wall or fence may be constructed for property security a minimum of 5 FT behind the street side property line. The area between the wall or fence and the sidewalk (or curb if no sidewalk is present) shall be fully landscaped and maintained.

3. Front Yard Walls or Fences. Within a front yard area, a wall or fence may be constructed for property security a minimum of 5 FT behind the front property line. The area between the wall or fence and sidewalk (or curb if no sidewalk is present) shall be fully landscaped and maintained.

4. Through-Lots. On a single lot having two street frontages, with each frontage at opposite ends of the lot, for the purposes of wall placement, one frontage shall be a front yard and the other a rear yard. A wall or fence shall be constructed a minimum of 10 FT behind the rear property line. The area between the wall or fence and the sidewalk (or curb if no sidewalk is present) shall be fully landscaped and maintained.

E. Electrified Fences.

1. No electrified fence shall be installed or used unless first approved by the Planning Director. As used herein, " electrified fence" means any fence that meets the following requirements.

a. The fence is powered by an electrical energizer with both of the following output characteristics:

(1) The impulse repetition rate does not exceed 1 Hz.

474
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-9 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026) (2) The impulse duration does not exceed 10 milliseconds (10/10,000 of a second).

b. The fence is used to protect and secure commercial or industrial property.

2. An owner of real property may install and operate an electrified fence on their property subject to all of the following:

a. The property is not located in a residential zone.

b. The fence meets the 2006 international standards and specifications of the International Electrotechnical Commission for electric fence energizers in " International Standard IEC 60335, Part 2-76."

c. The fence is identified by prominently placed warning signs that are legible from both sides of the fence. At a minimum, the warning signs shall meet all of the following criteria:

(1) The warning signs are placed at each gate and access point, and at intervals along the fence not exceeding 30 FT.

(2) The warning signs are adjacent to any other signs relating to chemical, radiological, or biological hazards.

(3) The warning signs are marked with a written warning or a commonly recognized symbol for shock, a written warning or a commonly recognized symbol to warn people with pacemakers, and a written warning or commonly recognized symbol about the danger of touching the fence in wet conditions.

d. Within nonresidential zoning districts, except industrial zoning districts, an electrified fence shall not exceed 10 FT in height and shall be located behind a fully enclosed perimeter wall or fence that is no less than 2 FT below the height of the electrified fence.

e. Within industrial zoning districts, an electrified fence shall not exceed 16 FT in height and shall be located behind a fully enclosed perimeter wall or fence that is no less than 2 FT below the height of the electrified fence.

f. A "Knox Box Electrical Shunt Switch " and a " Knox Box " or other similarly approved device, shall be installed for emergency access of Police and Fire Departments.

g. By issuance of a building and/or electrical permit to install or use an electric fence as provided by this Subsection, the applicant and property owner shall agree, as a condition of permit issuance, to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City of Ontar io and its agents, officers, consultants, independent contractors, and employees, from any and all claims, actions, or proceedings arising out of any personal injury, including death or property damage caused by the electrified fence.

h. In the event that access by the City of Ontario Fire Department and/or Police Department personnel to a property where a permitted electrified fence has been installed and is operating required due to an emergency or urgent circumstances, and the Knox Box or other similar approved device referred to in this Subsection is absent or non -functional, and an owner, manager, employee, custodian, or any other person with control over the property, is not present to disable the electric fence, the fire or police personnel shall be authorized to disable the 475
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

(Rev. 05.02.202301.20.2026) Page 6.02-10 Ontario Development Code electrified fence in order to gain access to the property. As a condition of permit issuance, all applicants issued permits to install or use an electrified fence as provided in this Subsection will agree to waive any and all claims for damages to the electrified fence against the City of Ontario and/or its personnel under such circumstances.

i. It shall be unlawful, and a misdemeanor, for any person to install, maintain, or operate an electrified fence in violation of this Subsection.

6.02.030: Protection of Intersection Visibility

There shall be no visual obstructions within the areas specified below. For the purposes of this Section, a visual obstruction shall be defined as any wall, fence, obstacle, mature landscaping, or thing allowed, installed, set out, or maintained, which exc eeds a height of 3 FT above the nearest street pavement surface, excepting existing or future permanent buildings that are otherwise constructed or maintained in accordance with applicable zoning and building regulations, public utility poles, trees trimmed at the trunk to a point at least 8 FT above the level of the street (provided that trees are spaced so that trunks do not create a visual barrier), and official traffic or other government signs.

A. Intersecting Streets. At intersecting streets, an area (corner clearance) shall be maintained free of visual obstructions to ensure adequate sight distance for vehicular and pedestrian traffic.

The corner clearance shall be provided pursuant to the Engineering Department 's Traffic and Transportation Guidelines.

B. Intersecting Private Driveway with a Street or Alley. Where a private driveway intersects a street or alley, the Planning Director or City Engineer may require that a clear area (corner cutoff) be maintained free of visual obstructions to ensure adequate sight distance for vehicular and pedestrian traffic. The corner cutoff is defined by a line in a horizontal plane, taken at a 45-degree angle with the street or alley, which line passes through a point on the street or alley 20 FT from the intersection.

C. Driveway Adjacent to a Reverse Corner Lot. Where a key lot has a private driveway located along the side yard which abuts the rear yard of a reverse corner lot, the Planning Director or City Engineer may require that a clear area (corner cutoff) be provided on the reverse corner lot pursuant to Subsection B (Intersecting Private Driveway With a Street or Alley), above, to assure adequate sight distance for vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Generally, new developments containing reverse corner lots shall locate the key lot driveway in the side yard opposite the rear property line of the reverse corner lot, unless determined by the Planning Director or City Engineer that the location of the driveway, as it relates to the adjoining property, will maintain adequ ate visibility at the intersecting driveway and street.

6.02.035: Temporary Security or Construction Fencing

A. Purpose. Temporary security or construction fences are typically used to secure vacant property from theft, vandalism and/or trespass; or to secure a construction site from the theft or vandalism of construction equipment and/or materials, protect work in progress, and to protect the public from injury while construction is underway. The herein stated regulations are intended to establish procedures and standards regarding the use of temporary security and construction fencing on sites with construction activity, on undisturbed land, around vacant buildings, on vacant sites, and for special events.
476
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

Ontario Development Code Page 6.01-11 (Rev. 11.04.202501.20.2026)

B. Applicability. Temporary security or construction fencing may be installed as follows:

1. Temporary construction fencing may be installed in conjunction with: [i] a building permit for the construction of a vacant property, [ii] the vacant portion of a partially developed property, or [iii] exterior improvements to an existing occupied or unoccupied building.

2. Temporary security fencing may be installed in conjunction with: [i] a vacant/unimproved property, [ii] a vacant building, or [iii] the vacant/unimproved portion of a partially developed property.

C. Temporary Security or Construction Fencing Design Requirements.

1. Temporary security or construction fencing shall not include barbed wire, razor wire, or any other material or application considered by the Planning Director to be unsafe.

2. Temporary security or construction fencing shall be built and maintained in good order, in full compliance with applicable Building Code and Development Code provisions.

3. The maximum height of temporary security or construction fencing shall be 6 FT within residential zoning districts, and 8 FT within nonresidential zoning districts, measured on the exterior side of the fence, from the top of the fence to the lowest adjacent finished grade.

4. All temporary security or construction fencing shall include a green fabric mesh screen or other view- obstructing material approved by the Planning Director, which shall be maintained in a neat and undamaged condition and shall include emergency identification and proper safety identification.

5. Fence openings for pedestrian access shall be provided, which consists of a lockable gate that swings into the property.

6. Fence openings for vehicular access shall be provided with a lockable rolling gate.

The opening shall be no wider than the adjacent driveway approach.

7. Fencing shall not be installed in a manner that prohibits the safe and continued operation of a building pursuant to the Building Code. Required exits, existing structural elements, fire protection devices, and sanitary safeguards shall be maintained at all times, pursuant to Building Code requirements.

8. Existing streets, public transportation stops, fire hydrants, and/or public sidewalks shall not be enclosed by temporary security or construction fencing, unless the Building Official determines that the facilities are required to be fenced to protect the public health, safety, or welfare, and an encroachment permit has been obtained from the City.

9. The installation of temporary security or construction fencing shall not result in a diversion of water onto a separately owned parcel, tract, right -of-way, right-of-way easement, roadway easement, and/or private street."

477
Division 6.02—Walls, Fences, and Obstructions

(Rev. 05.02.202301.20.2026) Page 6.02-12 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

478

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-1 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Sections:

6.03.000: Purpose

6.03.005: Applicability

6.03.010: General Requirements

6.03.015: Required Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces

6.03.020: Reduction in the Required Number of Parking Spaces

6.03.025: Tandem Parking

6.03.030: Parking for the Physically Disabled

6.03.035: Bicycle Parking

6.03.040: Parking for Fuel Efficient Vehicles

6.03.045: Off-Street Parking Design Standards

6.03.050: Parking Lot Lighting

6.03.055: Off-Street Loading Standards

6.03.000: Purpose

The off-street parking and loading regulations prescribed by this Article have been established to achieve the following purposes:

A. Provide accessible, attractive, secure, properly lighted, and well maintained parking facilities;

B. Reduce traffic congestion and hazards caused by the loading and unloading of trucks on public streets and the shortage of parking spaces;

C. To alleviate or to prevent traffic congestion caused by shortage of parking spaces and the loading and unloading of trucks on public streets;

D. Ensure that off-street parking and loading facilities are provided for new land uses and the expansion of existing land uses in proportion to the needs of the land uses they serve; and

E. To ensure that off -street parking and loading facilities are designed in a manner that will result in maximum efficiency, protect the public safety, provide for the special needs of the physically handicapped, and where appropriate, insulate surrounding land uses from their impact.

6.03.005: Applicability

A. Off-street parking and loading facilities, and parking lot lighting shall be provided pursuant to the provisions of this Division when:

1. Any lot is developed, any new building is constructed, or any existing building or structure is added to or expanded, which requires Development Plan approval pursuant to Section 4.02.025 (Development Plans) of this Development Code;

479
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-2 Ontario Development Code

2. Any new use is established, or any existing use is expanded or intensified, which requires Conditional Use Permit approval pursuant to Section 4.02.015 (Conditional Use Permits) of this Development Code;

3. The gross floor area of any existing building or structure is increased or enlarged by more than 5 percent (cumulative) of the existing floor area or permanent seating (off -street parking shall be provided for the total resulting buildings, structures and capacities of uses);

4. Permanent seating for an assembly use is increased or enlarged; (off-street parking shall be provided for the total resulting seating and capacities of uses); and

5. Any intensification of use or change in the occupancy of any building or in the manner in which any use is conducted, that would result in additional parking spaces being required.

B. No existing land use shall be deemed nonconforming solely based upon the lack of off - street parking or loading spaces required by this Division.

6.03.010: General Requirements

A. All off-street parking facilities required by this Division shall be designed and maintained to be fully usable for the duration of the use requiring the facilities.

B. Areas provided to meet applicable parking requirements, including off-street parking and loading spaces, access drives, and maneuvering areas, shall not be used for the outdoor storage of materials and equipment, nor shall it be used for any other purpose than parking.

C. Requirements for uses not specifically addressed by this Division shall be determined by the Zoning Administrator, based upon the requirements for comparable uses and the particular characteristics of the use.

D. All off-street parking and loading spaces required by this Division shall be located on the same lot as the use that they are intended to serve, except that nonresidential uses that cannot accommodate the required number of parking spaces on the same lot may provide parking spaces at a separate off-site location, not more than 500 FT from the use the parking spaces are intended to serve, as measured in a straight line from any point from the outer boundaries of the property or lease space containing the use.

E. The required number of off-street parking spaces and/or loading spaces shall be provided at the time of site and/or building occupancy, or at the time of occupancy of any building addition or intensification of use. All parking and loading spaces shall be maintained in good condition for the duration of the building or use.

F. No vehicle shall be parked upon a public or private parking lot, or public property, for the purpose of displaying the vehicle for sale, hire, or rental, unless the property is appropriately zoned, the vendor is licensed to transact the applicable business at that location, and the vendor has obtained all appropriate land use approvals.

G. All parking stalls shall have direct access from a drive aisle, driveway or alley, and shall be designed in a side -by-side or parallel configuration, except as permitted by Section 6.03.030 (Tandem Parking) of this Division.
480
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-3 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

6.03.015: Required Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces

A. Off-Street Parking Requirements. Off-street parking spaces shall be provided pursuant to Table 6.03- 1 (Off -Street Parking Requirements) of this Division, except that within the MU -1 (Downtown Mixed Use) zoning district, off-street parking shall not be required for existing buildings having a GFA less than 10,000 SF. If more than one land use is established on a lot or project site, the number of off- street parking spaces required shall be equal to the sum of the requirements prescribed for each individual land use.

B. Minimum Standards. The parking requirements of Table 6.03 -1 (Off -Street Parking and Loading Requirements) are expressed as minimum standards, which should be met and not exceeded. Nevertheless, if additional parking is essential to a project, the minimum parking standard may be exceeded as follows:

1. Residential Uses —Additional Parking Allowed Without Limit . For residential uses, there is no maximum limit as to the number of parking spaces that may be provided. As such, any additional parking may be provided as a matter of right.

2. Nonresidential Uses —Limited Additional Parking Allowed. Additional parking spaces provided in excess of the number required pursuant to Table 6.03-1 (Off-Street Parking and Loading Requirements) of this Section may be provided for nonresidential uses or the nonresidential portions of mixed-use projects, as follows:

a. Parking spaces may be provided up to a maximum of 10 percent above the required number as a matter of right, without any discretionary review by the City.

b. Parking spaces provided in excess of 10 percent above the required number shall be allowed only upon approval by the Planning Commission, based upon proven need.

C. Gross Floor Area (GFA). References to spaces per square foot are to be computed based upon GFA, unless otherwise specified, and includes allocations of shared restrooms, and circulation and storage areas, and other similar common facilities.

D. Rounding of Off-Street Parking Calculations. If a fractional number results from calculations performed in compliance with this Section, one parking space shall be required for a fractional unit of 0.50 or greater, and no space shall be required for a fractional unit of less than 0.50.

E. Uses Not Listed.

1. Land uses not specifically listed in Table 6.03-1 (Off-Street Parking Requirements) of this Division, shall provide parking as required by the Zoning Administrator or Approving Authority pursuant to Table 2.02-1 (Review Matrix) of this Development Code, as applicable.

2. The Approving Authority shall rely upon the requirements of Table 6.03-1 (Off-Street Parking Requirements), and the standards recommended by the Institute of Transportation Engineers, as a guide in determining the necessary number of off -street parking spa ces to be provided.

F. Parking Management Plan.
481
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-4 Ontario Development Code

1. Parking Management Plan Required for Multiple -Family Residential Projects . A Parking Management Plan shall be submitted in conjunction with any Development Plan application for the construction of a multiple -family residential development project, or the residential portion of any mixed -use development project, which consists o f 3 or more dwelling units. The Plan shall identify the number and location of resident parking spaces (existing and proposed) provided pursuant to Table 6.03 -1 (Off-Street Parking an d Loading Requirements) of this Section and establish to which dwelling each required resident parking space is to be assigned.

2. Parking Management Plan Shall Be Included in CC&Rs. The Parking Management Plan required pursuant to Paragraph F.1, above, shall be included in any CC&Rs required by the City as a condition of project approval.

3. Required Resident Parking Spaces Cannot Be Separately Rented/Leased. It shall be unlawful to rent or lease a required residential parking space, or any parking space required for the residential portion of any mixed-use development project, separately from the dwelling for which a parking space has been provided pursuant to Table 6.03- 1 (Off -Street Parking and Loading Requirements) of this Section, and/or assigned by a Parking Management Plan prepared pursuant to Paragraph F.1 (Parking Management Plan Required for Multiple -Family Residential Projects) of this Section.

Table 6.03-1: Off-Street Parking Requirements
Land Uses, Activities, and Facilities No. of Parking Spaces Required A. Residential

1. Caretaker Quarters One space within a garage

2. Live/Work Developments 3 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.003/SF) of GFA

3. Mobile Home Parks
a. Resident Parking Spaces 2 spaces per dwelling
b. Guest/Visitor Parking Spaces [1] Portion of dwellings < 50: 0.25 spaces per dwelling; [2] Portion of 50 to 100 dwellings: 0.20 spaces per dwelling; [3] Portion of dwellings > 100: 0.17 spaces per dwelling; and [4] A minimum of 3 guest spaces shall be provided for
developments consisting of more than 8 dwellings.

4. Model Homes 2 spaces per model home

5. Multiple-Family Residential
a. Resident Parking Spaces [1] Studio: 1.5 spaces per dwelling, including one space in a garage or carport;
[2] One-Bedroom: 1.75 spaces per dwelling, including one space in a garage or carport;
[3] Two-Bedrooms: 2.0 spaces per dwelling, including one space in a garage or carport; and
[4] Three or more Bedrooms : 2.5 spaces per dwelling,
including one space in a garage or carport.
b. Guest/Visitor Parking Spaces [1] Portion of dwellings < 50: 0.25 spaces per dwelling; [2] Portion of 50 to 100 dwellings: 0.20 spaces per dwelling; [3] Portion of dwellings > 100: 0.17 spaces per dwelling; and [4] A minimum of 3 guest spaces shall be provided for
developments consisting of more than 8 dwellings.
482
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-5 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Table 6.03-1: Off-Street Parking Requirements
Land Uses, Activities, and Facilities No. of Parking Spaces Required

6. Senior Citizen Housing (as defined pursuant to
CC Section 51.3 and CC Section 51.12)

a. Income Qualified Development 0.7 resident space per dwelling, plus, guest/visitor parking spaces pursuant to the Multiple -Family Residential
standards (Subparagraph A.5.b of this Table).
b. Market Rate Development One resident space per dwelling, plus, guest/visitor parking spaces pursuant to the Multiple-Family Residential standards (Subparagraph A.5.b of this Table).

7. Single-Family Dwellings
a. Traditional Development 2 spaces per dwelling within a garage b. Small Lot and Common Interest
Developments
2 resident spaces per dwelling within a garage, plus, 0.2 guest/visitor spaces per dwelling. Guest parking spaces may be provided on-street, immediately adjacent to the
development boundary, if available.

A minimum of 2 guest spaces shall be provided regardless of the number of dwellings proposed.

8. Single Room Occupancy Facilities One resident space per room; plus, 2 spaces for the resident manager, plus, guest/visitor parking spaces
pursuant to the Multiple -Family Residential standards
(Subparagraph A.4.b of this Table).

B. Commercial Agriculture

1. Commercial Crop Production and Farming Determined by the Zoning Administrator

2. Commercial Animal Production Determined by the Zoning Administrator

3. Support Activities for Agriculture Determined by the Zoning Administrator C. Utilities One space per employee during the largest shift.

D. Construction Required parking for "general warehousing; " plus 0.1 space per 1,000 SF (0.0001/SF) of outside storage yards.

E. Manufacturing See parking standards for " Industrial and Business Park Developments".

F. Retail Trade

1. General and Convenience Retail 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

2. Grocery Stores 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF)

3. Motor Vehicle Dealers Interior show rooms: 2.5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0025/SF) of GFA; plus, outdoor display areas: one space per 1,000 SF of GFA; plus, required parking for " motor vehicle repair; " plus, required parking for "offices".

4. Motor Vehicle Parts and Accessories 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

5. Tire Stores 2.5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0025/SF) of GFA

6. Furniture and Home Furnishings Stores 2.5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0025/SF) of GFA

7. Electronics and Appliance Stores 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

8. Building Materials, Garden Equipment, and
Supplies

2.5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0025/SF) of GFA; plus, one space per 1,000 SF of outdoor display and storage areas.

9. Food and Beverage Stores 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

10. Health and Personal Care Stores 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

11. Gasoline and Fueling Stations
483
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-6 Ontario Development Code
Table 6.03-1: Off-Street Parking Requirements
Land Uses, Activities, and Facilities No. of Parking Spaces Required a. Self-Serve and Full Service Fueling Stations 3 spaces minimum; plus, parking requirements for combination uses (e.g., convenience store, food services, motor vehicle repair, etc.). Fueling stations operating in conjunction with other uses may be granted shared
parking credit at the rate of one space for each fuel
dispenser.
b. Automated Fueling Facilities Determined by the Zoning Administrator c. Truck Stops Determined by the Zoning Administrator

12. Clothing and Clothing Accessory Stores 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

13. Sporting Goods, Hobby, Book, and Music Stores 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

14. General Merchandise Stores
a. General and Convenience Retail 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA b. Discount and Specialty Superstores 5 space per 1,000 SF (0.005/SF) of GFA G. Transportation and Warehousing

1. Airports Determined by the Zoning Administrator

2. Railroad Passenger Terminals Determined by the Zoning Administrator

3. Truck Transportation—General and Specialized
Freight Trucking
One space per employee during the largest shift

4. Warehousing and Storage
a. Warehousing and General Storage See U.1.a (Warehousing/Distribution) of this Table. b. Motor Vehicle Storage 0.1 space per 1,000 SF (0.0001/SF) of GFA devoted to storage; plus, required parking for " general business
offices".
c. Self-Storage 0.1 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0001/SF) of GFA; plus, required parking for "caretaker quarters" (if provided).

H. Information

1. Publishing Industries 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

2. Motion Picture and Video Industries (except
movie theaters)
Determined by the Zoning Administrator

3. Movie Theaters 0.33 spaces per fixed seat

4. Sound Recording Facilities 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

5. Broadcasting 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

6. Wireless Telecommunications Antennas One space per facility

7. Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Services 6 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.006/SF) of GFA

8. Libraries and Archives Determined by the Zoning Administrator I. Finance and Insurance

1. Banks, Savings Institutions, and Credit Unions 4.6 per 1,000 SF (0.0046/SF) of GFA

2. Pawn Shops and Pawnbrokers 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

3. Insurance Carriers 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA J. Real Estate, Rental, and Leasing
484
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-7 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Table 6.03-1: Off-Street Parking Requirements
Land Uses, Activities, and Facilities No. of Parking Spaces Required

1. Real Estate Lessors, Agents and Brokers, Property
Managers and Appraisers, and Escrow and Listing
Services
4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

2. Rental and Leasing Services 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA K. Professional, Scientific, and Technical Services

1. Professional, Scientific, and Technical Services 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

2. Scientific, Research, and Development Services 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

3. Veterinary and Animal Hospital Services 5.7 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0057/SF) of GFA L. Management of Companies and Enterprises 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA M. Administrative and Support, and Waste Management
and Remediation Services

1. General Business Offices 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

2. Telephone Call Centers 6 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.006/SF) of GFA

3. Waste Management and Remediation Service Determined by the Zoning Administrator N. Education Services

1. Elementary and Middle Schools 0.28 spaces per student, based upon maximum enrollment.

2. High schools 0.26 spaces per student, based upon maximum enrollment.

3. Colleges and Universities 0.5 spaces per student, based upon maximum enrollment; plus, one space per employee or staff during the largest shift.

4. Business, Technical and Trade Schools 6 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.006/SF) of GFA

5. Instructional Dance Studios 5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.005/SF) of GFA O. Health Care and Social Assistance

1. Medical Offices 5.7 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0057/SF) of GFA

2. Hospitals and Medical Centers 1.8 spaces per bed; plus, one space per employee or staff during the largest shift; plus, required parking for
associated "medical offices".

3. Child and Youth Services Determined by the Zoning Administrator

4. Services for the Elderly and Persons with
Disabilities
Determined by the Zoning Administrator

5. Other Residential Care Facilities (more than 6
persons)

0.5 spaces per bed; plus, one space per employee or staff.

6. Child Day Care Services, excluding Small Family
Residential Facilities

0.2 spaces per child, based upon maximum licensed
enrollment capacity; plus, one space per employee
during the largest shift.

P. Arts, Entertainment, and Recreation

1. Performing Arts and Spectator Sports 0.33 spaces per fixed seat

2. Convention Centers, Auditoriums and Other
Public Assembly Facilities

0.25 spaces for each fixed seat or 25 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.025/SF) of GFA.

3. Amusement and Theme Parks Determined by the Zoning Administrator

4. Game Arcades 10 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.01/SF) of GFA 485
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-8 Ontario Development Code
Table 6.03-1: Off-Street Parking Requirements
Land Uses, Activities, and Facilities No. of Parking Spaces Required

5. Golf Courses and Country Clubs 8 spaces per hole; plus, required parking for associated uses.

6. Golf Driving Range One space per tee

7. Miniature Golf Course 3 spaces per hole

8. Fitness and Recreational Sports Centers
a. Health Clubs and Gyms 5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.005/SF) of GFA b. Swim Clubs 3.3 spaces per 1,000 SF of pool surface area (0.0033/SF) c. Tennis Clubs 3 spaces per tennis court

9. Bowling Centers 4 spaces per lane

10. Batting Cages Determined by the Zoning Administrator

11. Billiard Parlors and Pool Halls 2 spaces per table

12. Dance Clubs and Halls, Ball Rooms, and
Discotheques
25 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.025/SF) of GFA

13. Skating Rinks 3.3 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0033/SF) of GFA

14. Stables (Commercial) 0.2 spaces per horse maintained on-site Q. Accommodation and Food Services

1. Lodging Facilities (bed and breakfast inns,
boarding and rooming houses, hotels and motels, and
residence inns)
One space per sleeping room; however, provide no fewer
than one space per 2 beds; plus, required parking for
associated uses.

2. Full Service Restaurants 10 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.01/SF) of GFA (includes outdoor seating area up to 25 percent of GFA).

3. Fast Food Restaurants 13.3 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0133/SF) of GFA (includes outdoor seating area up to 25 percent of GFA).

Restaurants with drive-thru may be credited one space for each 24 lineal FT of drive -thru lane behind the pickup window.

4. Banquet Facilities 25 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.025/SF) of GFA

5. Caterers 2 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.002/SF) of GFA

6. Drinking Places (bars, cocktail lounges, and
nightclubs)
10 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.01/SF) of GFA
R. Other Services

1. Motor Vehicle Repair and Maintenance 2.5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0025/SF) of GFA

2. Car Washes, Full-Service and Self-Service One space per employee, minimum 10 spaces; plus, required parking for accessory uses (i.e., motor vehicle repair and service, and retail uses).

3. Upholstery and Furniture Repair 2.5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0025/SF) of GFA

4. Footwear and Leather Goods Repair 2.5 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.0025/SF) of GFA

5. Personal Care Services 4 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.004/SF) of GFA

6. Death Care Service
a. Cemeteries Determined by the Zoning Administrator
b. Funeral Homes and Services 25 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.025/SF) of GFA of assembly area; plus, required parking for "general offices".
486
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-9 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Table 6.03-1: Off-Street Parking Requirements
Land Uses, Activities, and Facilities No. of Parking Spaces Required

7. Religious Assembly and Wedding Chapels 0.33 spaces per fixed seat or 25 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.025/SF) of GFA
S. Public Administration Determined by the Zoning Administrator T. Temporary and Interim Land Uses Determined by the Zoning Administrator U. Industrial and Business Park Developments

1. Industrial
a. Warehousing and Distribution [1] Portion of GFA 20,000 SF or Less : One space per 1,000 SF (0.001/SF);
[2] Portion of GFA Greater Than 20,000 SF : 0.5 space per 1,000 SF (0.0005/SF);
[3] Tractor-Trailer Parking: One tractor-trailer parking space per 4 dock-high loading doors;
[4] Parking for "general business offices " and other
associated uses shall be provided when those uses
exceed 10 percent of the building GFA; and
[5] The Approving Authority may require a restrictive
covenant running with the land, filed with the office of the County Recorder, which restricts the use of a
property/building to warehousing and distribution, unless an alternate parking plan is provided, which demonstrates that on-site parking can be provided in compliance with the "General Industrial" parking requirements (see U.1.c of this Table), to support more intense industrial land uses. b. Manufacturing [1] General Requirement: Provide1.85 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.00185/SF) of GFA;
[2] Tractor-Trailer Parking: One tractor-trailer parking space per 4 dock-high loading doors; and
[3] Parking for "general business offices " and other
associated uses shall be provided when those uses
exceed 10 percent of the building GFA.
c. General Industrial (speculative buildings) [1] Portion of GFA < 50,000 SF: 1.85 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.00185/SF);
[2] Portion of GFA 50,000 SF to 100,000 SF : One space per 1,000 SF (0.001/SF);
[3] Portion of GFA > 100,000 SF: 0.5 space per 1,000 SF (0.0005/SF);
[4] Tractor-Trailer Parking: One tractor-trailer parking space per 4 dock-high loading doors; and
[5] Parking for "general business offices " and other
associated uses shall be provided when those uses
exceed 10 percent of the building GFA.

2. Multi-Tenant Business Park 3 spaces per 1,000 SF (0.003/SF); plus, required parking for "general business offices" when exceeding 10 percent of GFA; plus, one trailer parking space per 4 dock- high
loading doors.

6.03.020: Reduction in the Required Number of Parking Spaces

A reduction in the number of parking spaces required by Section 6.03.020 (Number of Off -Street Parking Spaces Required) of this Division may be granted as follows:
487
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-10 Ontario Development Code

A. Shared Parking. Any project site where the hours of operation allow the shared use of off - street parking spaces to occur without conflict, the number of parking spaces required may be reduced pursuant to the following conditions:

1. Approval Required . Shared parking may be allowed upon the approval of a Shared Parking Agreement by the applicable Approving Authority pursuant to Table 2.02 -1 (Review Matrix) of this Development Code.

2. Reasonable Walking Distance Required to Shared Parking Facilities . Shared off - street parking facilities shall be provided within a reasonable walking distance from the uses they serve, and shall be located no further than 500 FT from the uses served, measured from the nearest point of the parking facility to the entrance of each use served via the shortest pedestrian route.

3. Shared Parking Agreement.

a. A Shared Parking Agreement by and between the City, the applicant, and all other affected property owners, shall be executed and recorded with the County Recorder, which shall ensure the availability of the number of parking spaces designated for joint use, during the hours specified in the Agreement, for the duration of the uses subject to the shared parking arrangement.

b. The Agreement shall be subject to City Attorney review and approval, as to form and content.

4. Parking Analysis. The Approving Authority may require the applicant to submit a parking demand analysis, prepared by a person/firm experienced in preparing such analyses, to assist the Zoning Administrator in determining the appropriate shared parking reduction. A parking demand analysis shall be prepared pursuant to the Urban Land Institute 's Shared Parking publication. The methodology of the Shared Parking publication may be used as a guide in reviewing a shared parking proposal.

5. Shared Loading Spaces . Loading spaces required by this Division may be shared pursuant to this Section.

B. Low Demand. Any project site where it can be demonstrated that the land use thereon will not utilize the required number of parking spaces due to the nature of the specific land use, or the manner in which the specific land use is conducted, the number of parking spaces required by Table 6.03-1 (Off-Street Parking Requirements) of this Division may be reduced pursuant to the following:

1. Approval Required. A parking reduction based upon low parking demand may be allowed upon the approval of a Low Demand Parking Reduction Agreement by the applicable Approving Authority pursuant to Table 2.02-1 (Review Matrix) of this Development Code.

2. Alternate Parking Plan. In approving a parking reduction, the Approving Authority may require the preparation of an Alternate Off -Street Parking Plan, which demonstrates that additional parking spaces can be provided on -site, as necessary, to accommodate future land use changes or intensifications in land use. Alternately, a restrictive covenant that runs with the land may be required by the Approving Authority, which restricts the use of the subject property for the duration of the parking reduction.

488
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-11 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

3. Low Demand Parking Reduction Agreement . A Low Demand Parking Reduction Agreement by and between the City, the applicant, and all other affected property owners, shall be executed and recorded with the County Recorder, which, at a minimum, shall: [i] provide confirmation that the parking supply proposed will be adequate during periods of maximum demand, [ii] confirm that the parking demand is provided within a reasonable walking distance to the use it serves, and [iii] identify parking management strategies that are necessary to ensure the availability of the necessary number of parking spaces for the duration of the current use and future users of the project site. The Low Demand Parking Reduction Agreement shall be subject to City Attorney review and approval as to form and content.

4. Parking Analysis . The Approving Authority may require the applicant to submit a parking analysis, prepared by a person/firm experienced in preparing such analyses, to assist the Approving Authority in determining the appropriate reduction.

5. Loading Space Reduction. The number of loading spaces required by this Division may be reduced pursuant to this Section.

6.03.025: Tandem Parking

Tandem parking spaces may be allowed as follows:

A. Family Child Day Care. Family child day care homes may provide tandem parking spaces to satisfy the minimum parking requirement for the use.

B. Mobile Home Parks. Mobile home parks may provide tandem parking spaces to satisfy the minimum resident parking requirement for the use. The use of tandem parking spaces shall not be permitted for guest parking spaces.

C. Multiple-Family Projects.

1. Multiple-family development projects may provide tandem parking spaces to satisfy unenclosed (not within a garage or carport) on -site resident parking requirements (i.e., a driveway space located behind a garage or carport space). Multiple -family projects may also provide tandem parking spaces within a parking structure, which meet both enclosed (within garage or carport) and unenclosed resident parking requirements. Guest/visitor parking spaces shall not be designed in a tandem configuration.

2. A tandem parking space shall consist of no more than 2 automobile parking spaces. Both automobile spaces shall be assigned for use by the same dwelling unit.

3. Tandem parking spaces may be counted toward a maximum of 12 percent of the resident parking space requirement established by Section 6.03.020 (Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required) of this Division.

D. Residential Component of Mixed-Use Projects. Tandem parking spaces may be provided to satisfy resident parking requirements for the residential component of mixed -use projects and shall comply with the requirements for multiple -family projects, stated Subsection C (Multiple - Family Projects) of this Section.

E. Single-Family Dwellings. Tandem parking spaces may be provided in conjunction with single-family dwellings, when such parking spaces are provided in excess of the minimum parking 489
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-12 Ontario Development Code requirement for the use (i.e., driveway spaces and tandem garage spaces), as required by Table

6.03-1 (Off-Street Parking Requirements) of this Division.

F. Valet Parking. The Zoning Administrator may authorize valet parking as a means of satisfying the applicable off-street parking requirements of this Division, provided that:

1. Valet parking may be counted toward a maximum of 15 percent of the minimum parking space requirements established by Section 6.03.020 (Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required) of this Division.

2. Valet parking facilities shall be provided within a reasonable walking distance from the uses they serve and shall be located no further than 500 FT from the uses served, measured from the nearest point of the parking facility to the entrance of each use served via the shortest pedestrian route.

3. An automobile shall be retrievable from its parking space with the movement of a maximum of 2 additional vehicles;

4. An equivalent number of valet parking spaces shall be available to replace the parking spaces required by Section 6.03.020 (Number of Off -Street Parking Spaces Required) of this Division; and

5. Valet parking spaces shall not require individual striping.

6.03.030: Parking for the Physically Disabled

A. Parking spaces specifically designated and conveniently located for use by the physically disabled shall be provided pursuant to current accessibility regulations contained in State law (CCR Title 24, Part 2, Chapters 2B71, and CVC Section 22507.8).

B. Parking spaces for the physically disabled required by this Section shall count toward fulfilling the minimum off-street parking requirements.

C. For existing parking facilities, the Zoning Administrator may approve a reduction in the number of parking spaces in an existing parking lot below the minimum required by this Section, in order to accommodate required parking spaces for the physically disa bled.

6.03.035: Bicycle Parking

Bicycle parking facilities, including bicycle racks, lockers, and other secure facilities, shall be provided in conjunction with development projects pursuant to current regulations contained in CALGreen (CAC Title 24, Part 11).

6.03.040: Parking for Fuel Efficient Vehicles

Parking spaces specifically designated and conveniently located for fuel- efficient vehicles shall be provided in conjunction with development projects pursuant to current regulations contained in CALGreen (CAC Title 24, Part 11).
490
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-13 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

6.03.045: Off-Street Parking Design Standards

A. Minimum dimensions and design.

1. Minimum Dimensions. The minimum dimensions for off -street parking and loading spaces and access drives shall be as prescribed in Table 6.03 -2 (Standards for Parking Spaces, Drive Aisles, and Driveways), below.

Table 6.03-2: Standards for Parking Spaces, Drive Aisles, and Driveways Requirement Standard
A. Garage or Carport Space Dimensions (enclosed
space) 10 FT wide by 20 FT long
B. Parking Space Dimensions (unenclosed space)

1. Standard Parking 9 FT wide by 18 FT long [1][2]

2. Parallel Parking 8 FT wide by 24 FT long [1]

3. Tandem Parking 9 FT wide by 34 FT long (consists of 2 parking spaces) [1]

4. Trailer Parking 12 FT wide by 45 FT long
C. Loading Space Dimensions 12 FT wide by 18 FT long, unless otherwise specified by this Division
D. Minimum Drive Aisle and Driveway Widths

1. Driveways for Single-Family Dwellings 10 FT wide

2. One-Way Drive Aisles and Driveways for Multiple-
Family and Nonresidential Projects 12 FT wide

3. Two-Way Drive Aisles for Multiple-Family and
Nonresidential Projects
24 FT wide, except that fire lanes required pursuant to the Ontario Fire Code shall be designed pursuant to Ontario Fire Department standards. Furthermore, two- way drive aisles may be reduced to 20 FT in width along segments that are not directly accessed by parking spaces.

4. Two-Way Driveways for Residential Projects 20 FT wide

Notes:
[1] An additional foot of width shall be provided for each side of a parking space that is contiguous with a fence, structure, wall, or other obstruction.
[2] The standard parking space length may be reduced to 16 feet, if 2 feet of width is added to adjacent sidewalk and/or landscape areas, to accommodate motor vehicle overhang. Vehicle overhang shall not encroach into a pedestrian path of travel.

2. End of a Drive Aisle . A drive aisle providing access to a parking space that is perpendicular to the drive aisle shall extend 5 FT beyond the side of the last parking space in the drive aisle to provide adequate area for the backing-up of parked vehicles.

3. Minimum Vertical Clearances Required.

a. All Off-Street Parking Spaces . A minimum 7 -FT vertical clearance shall be maintained for all off -street parking spaces, including entrances, except that the vertical 491
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-14 Ontario Development Code clearance for the front 4 FT of a parking space serving a single -family dwelling or multiple -family residents may be reduced to not less than 4.5 FT in height.

b. Off-Street Parking Spaces for the Physically Disabled. A minimum 98 -inch vertical clearance shall be maintained for all off-street parking spaces for the physically disabled, including entrances and accesses to the spaces.

c. All Off-Street Loading Spaces. A minimum 14-FT vertical clearance shall be maintained for all off-street loading spaces, including entrances and accesses to the spaces.

4. Parking Bays and Drive Aisles. The minimum dimension and design of parking bays and maneuvering drive aisles shall be as prescribed in Table 6.03 -3 (Dimensions for Parking Facilities), below.

Table 6.03-3: Dimensions for Parking Facilities
Parking Angle
Vehicle
Projection
(VP)
Aisle Width Base Module
One-Way
(A1)
Two-Way
(A2)
One-Way
(W1)
Two-Way
(W2)
45° 17'-7" 11'-10" 24'-0" 47'-0" 59'-2"
50° 18'-2" 12'-2" 24'-0" 48'-6" 60'-4"
55° 18'-8" 12'-8" 24'-0" 50'-0" 61'-4"
60° 19'-0" 13'-6" 24'-0" 51'-6" 62'-0"
65° 19'-2" 14'-8" 24'-0" 53'-0" 62'-4"
70° 19'-3" 15'-6" 24'-0" 54'-0" 62'-6"
75° 19'-1" 16'-10" 24'-0" 55'-0" 62'-2"
90° 18'-0" 24'-0" 24'-0" 59'-0" 60'-0"

Two-Way Drive Aisle
One-Way Drive Aisle
A1
VP
VP
W1
A2
VP
VP
W2
492
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-15 (Rev. 12.01.2020) B. Parking Lot Access and Location of
Parking Spaces.

1. The design and location of all
vehicle accesses from a public street or alley to
an off-street parking facility shall be approved by
the City Engineer.

2. Each parking space shall be
accessible from a street or alley, provided no
parking space shall be designed to require that
vehicles back into a street, excepting parking
that serves a single-family dwelling.

3. No parking space shall be
located so that a vehicle will be required to
maneuver for position to enter or exit the space
within 30 FT of a vehicular entrance from a public
street.

4. Commercial or office
developments with parking for at least 150 or
more vehicles shall be designed with primary
drive aisles unencumbered by parking spaces,
intersecting parking aisles, or other access drives,
for a distance of at least 100 FT behind the s treet
property line or 112 FT behind the street curb face, whichever is greater.

5. Carpool and high occupancy vehicle spaces should be located in the most advantageous and reasonable location, as close as possible to the primary employee entrance(s) of the user(s) which they are intended to serve.

6. Parking spaces for dwellings shall be located within 150 FT from the dwelling (front or rear door) for which the space is provided, excluding structures containing 3 or more stories.

7. Bicycle and automobile parking areas shall be separated from one another by a physical barrier or sufficient distance to protect bicycles and their riders from damage by maneuvering automobiles.

8. A garage facing a public street shall provide a clear space of at least 20 FT between the garage entrance and the street property line.

9. The minimum clear area for vehicle access in front of a garage or carport entrance shall be as shown in Figure 6.03-1 (Garage/Carport Entrance Clear Area).

10. Except as otherwise provided in this Development Code, off-street parking spaces are not to be located within a required front or street side setback area, or the required rear setback area of a through lot.

11. All drive aisles entering a site shall be provided with an enhanced pavement treatment, excepting lots containing single -family dwellings. The enhanced paving shall extend

Garage or
Carport

House or
Other Structure
Minimum
Clear Area
20 FT
23 FT
10 FT
16 FT
Figure 6.03-1: Garage/Carport Entrance Clear Area
493
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-16 Ontario Development Code from the back of the drive approach apron to the first intersecting drive aisle, driveway, or parking space.

C. Striping and Identification.

1. All automobile parking spaces within commercial zoning districts shall be clearly outlined with double lines on the parking area surface. Within all other zoning districts, automobile parking shall be clearly outlined with single lines on the parking area surface (double lines may be used).

2. All parking area striping shall be permanently maintained in a clear and visible manor.

3. All parking spaces for the physically disabled shall be striped and marked in accordance with applicable State laws and standards.

4. All parking spaces reserved for low emissions vehicles shall be clearly marked with the words "Low Emissions Vehicles Only" either on the wheel stop or curb, or on the pavement at the opening of the space.

5. All spaces reserved for carpools and high occupancy vehicles shall be clearly marked with the words "Carpool/HOV Only" on either the wheel stop or curb at the back of each space, or on the pavement at the opening of the space.

6. Within multiple family residential developments, required guest parking spaces shall be clearly marked with the word " Guest" on either a wheel stop or curb at the head of each space, or on the parking surface at the opening of each space.

D. Parking, Drive Aisle, and Driveway Surface Paving. All permanent parking spaces, drive aisles, and driveways shall be paved with asphalt, concrete, or other all- weather surface approved by the Planning Director, Fire Marshall, and City Engineer.

E. Wheel Stops and Curbs.

1. Drive aisles and parking surfaces contiguous with planter areas shall have a 6-inch concrete curb separation constructed per City standards, except where a landscape area is parallel and adjacent to a parking stall the curb separation be increased to a min imum of 12 inches in width to provide a step-out area from motor vehicles.

2. All parking spaces located adjacent to buildings or walls shall have concrete wheel stops located from a minimum of 2.0 FT, to a maximum of 2.5 FT, from the building or wall.

F. Maintenance. All parking facilities shall be permanently maintained, free of weeds, liter, and debris.

6.03.050: Parking Lot Lighting

A. Parking Lot Lighting Required. All off-street parking facilities shall be provided with nighttime security lighting pursuant to OMC Section 4 -11.08 (Special Residential Building Provisions) and Section 4-11.09 (Special Commercial/Industrial Building Provisions), designed to confine emitted 494
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-17 (Rev. 12.01.2020) light to the parking areas. Parking facilities shall be lighted from sunset until sunrise, daily, and shall be operated by a photocell switch.

B. Lighting Level Measurement. Lighting levels shall be measured with a direct -reading portable light meter. The equipment used shall allow accurate measurements, with all measurements made after dark with the lights on and then again with the lights off. The difference between the two readings shall then be compared to the applicable standard for maximum permitted illumination.

C. Light Fixtures Shall Be Decorative. All parking lot lighting fixtures shall be decorative.

D. Lighting Along Pedestrian Corridors. Along pedestrian movement corridors, the use of decorative low-mounted bollard light standards, which reinforce pedestrian scale, shall be used.

E. Illumination on Adjacent Property. Unless intended as part of a master lighting program, no operation, activity, or lighting fixture shall create illumination on any adjacent property.

F. Maximum Luminaire Heights. The maximum permitted height of luminaires within a parking lot shall be as follows:

1. No Cutoff Luminaire . When a light source or luminaire has no cutoff (the point at which all light rays are completely shielded), the maximum permitted height of the luminaire shall be 14 FT.

2. Ninety Degree or More Cutoff Luminaire . When a luminaire has a total cutoff of light at an angle of 90 degrees or greater, the maximum permitted height of the luminaire shall be 24 FT.

3. Less than 90-Degree Cutoff Luminaire. When a luminaire has a total cutoff of light at an angle of less than 90 degrees, the maximum permitted height of the luminaire shall be 30 FT.

6.03.055: Off-Street Loading Standards

A. Number of Loading Spaces Required. Full-service and limited -service eating places, drinking places, convenience stores, hotels and motels, and all other traveler accommodations, and any other use deemed by the Zoning Administrator to be in need of off-street loading facilities, shall be provided a minimum of one off-street loading space.

B. Minimum Dimensions and Design.

1. At-Grade Loading Facilities. At-grade loading doors shall be provided with an off - street loading space located immediately in front of the door measuring a minimum of 12 FT in width and 18 FT in length, and having a minimum vertical clearance of 14 FT, measured from the finish grade of the space. The loading space may be provided either perpendicular or parallel to the loading door.

2. Dock-High Loading Facilities.

a. Dock-high loading doors shall be provided with an off-street loading space located immediately in front of the door measuring a minimum of 12 FT in width and 45 FT in length, 495
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-18 Ontario Development Code and having a minimum vertical clearance of 14 FT, measured from the finish surface of the loading dock.

b. A truck maneuvering area equal to the width of the loading door and a minimum of 120 FT in depth shall be provided in front of dock -high loading doors, and, at a minimum, the maneuvering area shall be designed to accommodate the minimum practical turning radius of a 55 -FT semi -trailer and tractor combination. Deviations from th is minimum maneuvering standard may be permitted if it can be shown that the spatial needs are less than the minimum required due to the truck size and type that will be utilized in t he operation of a specific use; however, in permitting such deviation(s), a covenant of restriction to run with the land may be required, which specifies limitations relating to truck size and/or type. Larger maneuvering areas shall be required if the use of a larger semi-trailer and tractor combination is proposed.

c. Truck maneuvering areas shall not encroach into required off-street parking areas and landscaped areas.

C. Loading Facilities Prohibited Within Setback Areas. Except as otherwise provided by this Chapter, off-street loading spaces and areas, and associated vehicle maneuvering areas shall not be located within required front or street side setback areas, the rear setback area of a through lot, or any other required setback area located within 25 FT of a residentially zoned property.

D. Screening of Loading Facilities. Loading facilities should be located at the rear or interior side of buildings and shall be screened from public view or view from residential, retail and office uses, and the offices of industrial uses on adjacent properties. When it is not possible or desirable to locate loading facilities at the rear or interior side of buildings, loading facilities may be located on the street side or front of buildings, provided they are screened from public view by a decorative masonry wall with view -obstructing access gates pursuant to Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions) of this Development Code.

E. Loading Space Ingress and Egress. All loading spaces shall have adequate ingress and egress as approved by the City Engineer and shall be designed and maintained so that vehicle maneuvering and loading/unloading activities do not interfere with the orderly movement of traffic and pedestrians on any public street or alley.

F. Screening of At-Grade Loading Doors and associated Loading Spaces. All at-grade loading doors shall be decorative, unless located within an enclosed yard area and screened from public view by a decorative masonry wall with view -obstructing access gates pursuant to Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions) of this Development Code.

G. Screening of Dock -High Loading Doors and Associated Loading Spaces and Truck Maneuvering, Parking, and Staging Areas. All dock-high loading doors and associated loading spaces and truck maneuvering, parking, and staging areas, shall be located within an enclosed yard area and screened from public view by a decorative masonry wall with view -obstructing access gates pursuant t o Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions) of this Development Code.

H. No Backing onto or from a Public Street. All loading spaces shall be designed and maintained so that vehicles do not back in from, or onto, a public street.

I. Match Loading Bay and Roll -Up Door Color to Adjacent Building Finish. The loading bays and roll-up doors shall be painted to blend with the adjacent exterior building finishes. 496
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

Ontario Development Code Page 6.03-19 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

J. Concealment and Screening of Loading Areas . Areas for loading and unloading shall be designed to avoid potential adverse noise, visual, and illumination impacts on neighboring residences. These areas shall be concealed from view by the public and adjoining land uses.

Concealment and screening may be accomplished by use of any of the following methods, subject to Zoning Administrator approval:

1. Orient loading spaces, areas, and doors such that they are concealed from public view by buildings; and

2. Screen loading spaces, areas, and doors pursuant to Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions) of this Development Code, with walls and view -obstructing gates, which are architecturally coordinated with adjacent buildings. In addition, incorporate int ense on -site landscaping to block public views of loading areas.

K. Loading Facilities in Close Proximity to Dwellings. Special orientation or design treatment of loading bays and doors located in close proximity to dwellings shall be required in order to reduce associated light and noise impacts to less-than-significant levels.

L. Striping and Identification. Loading spaces shall be striped, indicating the loading spaces and identifying the spaces for "Loading Only." The striping shall be permanently maintained by the property owner/tenant in a clear and visible manner at all times.

497
Division 6.03—Off-Street Parking and Loading

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.03-20 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

498

Ontario Development Code Page 6.04-1 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Division 6.04—Congestion Management and Trip Reduction

Sections:

6.04.000: Purpose and Intent

6.04.005: Applicability

6.04.010: Trip Reduction Measures

6.04.000: Purpose

Use of the private automobile in Southern California has created serious traffic congestion and air quality problems. At the regional and local levels, government agencies have adopted policies and programs aimed at reducing the number of single -passenger vehicles traveling along the region's highways, thereby alleviating congestion and improving air quality within the region. The trip reduction measures contained in this Division are intended to help meet congestion management and air quality goals of the region.

6.04.005: Applicability

A project requiring the approval of a tentative tract or parcel map pursuant to Section 4.02.100 (Subdivisions—Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps, and Vesting Maps), Development Plan pursuant to Section 4.02.030 (Development Plan), and/or Conditional Use Perm it pursuant to Section

4.02.015 (Conditional Use Permits) of this Development Code, and for which an application was submitted on or after January 1, 1994, provision shall be made for the applicable trip reduction measures required by this Division.

6.04.010: Trip Reduction Measures

The following trip reduction measures shall be implemented:

A. Non-Residential Projects.

1. Bicycle Parking and Shower/Changing Rooms. Safe and convenient access to bicycle racks shall be provided from public streets. Bicycle racks or other secure bicycle parking, and shower/changing rooms, shall be provided pursuant to current regulations contained in CALGreen (CAC Title 24, Part 11).

2. On-Site Pedestrian Walkways . On -site pedestrian walkways shall be provided, which connect each building in a development to bicycle parking facilities (if required) and public streets.

3. Passenger Loading Areas . Passenger loading areas shall be provided pursuant to current regulations contained in CALGreen (CAC Title 24, Part 11).

4. Carpool/Vanpool Parking Spaces . Parking spaces reserved for use by carpool/vanpool vehicles shall be provided pursuant to current regulations contained in CALGreen (CAC Title 24, Part 11).

499
Division 6.04—Congestion Management and Trip Reduction

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.04-2 Ontario Development Code

5. Transit Facilities. Transit facilities, such as bus shelters, bus pullouts, and bus pads, shall be provided if the Planning Director, in consultation with local transit providers, determines they are needed to serve the development.

6. On-Site Video Conferencing Facilities. On-site video conferencing facilities shall be provided for office buildings with a capacity of 1,000 employees or greater.

B. Multiple-Family Residential Projects (consisting of 10 or more dwellings).

1. Bicycle Parking and Shower/Changing Rooms . Safe and convenient access to bicycle racks shall be provided from public streets. Bicycle racks or other secure bicycle parking, and shower/changing rooms, shall be provided pursuant to current regulations contained in CALGreen (CAC Title 24, Part 11).

2. On-Site Pedestrian Walkways . On -site pedestrian walkways shall be provided, which connect each building in a development to bicycle parking facilities (if required) and public streets.

3. Passenger Loading Areas . Passenger loading areas shall be provided pursuant to current regulations contained in CALGreen (CAC Title 24, Part 11).

4. Transit Facilities. Transit facilities, such as bus shelters, bus pullouts, and bus pads, shall be provided if the Planning Director, in consultation with local transit providers, determines they are needed to serve the development.

C. Single-Family Residential Projects of 500 or More Dwellings. Facilities shall be provided to give residents an opportunity to telecommute, or an in -lieu contribution, shall make provision for telecommuting facilities, or an alternate strategy for reducing an equal amount of trips as would have occurred from provision of telecommuting facilities shall be implemented per Subsection D (Modification of Trip Reduction Measures) of this Section.

D. Modification of Trip Reduction Measures. The Approving Authority may modify all or part of the trip reduction measures for new projects, if the following findings can be clearly established:

1. One or more of the measures are not applicable due to special circumstances, including, but not limited to, the location or configuration of the project, the implementation of existing trip reduction measures and transportation demand strategies, or other specific factors that make implementation infeasible or reduce the effectiveness of the prescribed measures.

2. An alternative trip reduction and transportation demand management strategy will be implemented to reduce an equal number of trips as would have occurred as a result of imposition of the prescribed measures. Implementation of the alternative strategy shall be a condition of project approval.

E. Trip Reduction and Transportation Demand Management Program/Facility Credit. Credit may be granted for trip reduction and transportation demand management programs and facilities, as follows:

1. Existing trip reduction and transportation demand programs and facilities in a development program may satisfy all or part the requirements of this Section pertaining to new construction, subject to the approval of the Approving Authority. The amount of credit given shall 500
Division 6.04—Congestion Management and Trip Reduction

Ontario Development Code Page 6.04-3 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
be determined through an assessment of how the existing facilities would meet the requirements of this Section if based upon the GFA of the entire complex.

2. The Planning Commission may determine that a reduction in the required number of parking spaces for the proposed use or uses is acceptable because implementation of the trip reduction and transportation demand management measures would eliminate some of th e demand for parking.

F. Certificate of Occupancy. Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for any new building or addition to an existing building, all facilities and improvements required by this Section shall be constructed or otherwise provided.

G. Improvements and Facilities to be Maintained in Good Repair. All facilities and improvements constructed or otherwise required by this Section shall be maintained in a state of good repair.

501
Division 6.04—Congestion Management and Trip Reduction

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.04-4 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

502

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-1 (Rev. 01.16.2024)
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Sections:

6.05.000: Purpose

6.05.005: Applicability

6.05.010: Landscape Design Principles

6.05.015: Landscape Plans

6.05.020: Tree Preservation Policy and Protection Measures

6.05.025: Heritage Tree Preservation Mitigation Fee

6.05.030: Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund

6.05.035: Violation—Penalty

6.05.040: Required Landscaped Areas

6.05.045: Landscape Development Standards

6.05.050: Landscape Maintenance

6.05.055: Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines

6.05.000: Purpose

The purpose of this Division is to establish standards regulating landscaping and irrigation systems, which:

A. Improve the connection between the built and natural environments, increase the function of outdoor spaces and buffer land use compatibility conflicts;

B. Enhance the aesthetic appearance of development in all areas of the City by providing standards relating to the quality, quantity, and functional aspects of landscaping;

C. Reduce heat and glare generated by development;

D. Promote public health, safety, and welfare, by minimizing the impacts of all forms of physical and visual pollution, preserving the integrity of neighborhoods, and enhancing pedestrian and vehicular traffic safety;

E. Reduce energy use and associated costs from heating and air conditioning buildings and the transportation and pumping of water.

F. Preserve existing protected trees and topsoil where possible, incorporate native plant communities, and ecosystems into landscape design, and control soil erosion;

G. Promote the conservation of water by establishing provisions for water management practices, and techniques for the installation and maintenance of appropriate landscape materials and efficient irrigation systems as required by the Water Conservation in La ndscaping Act of 2006 (AB 1881) and Executive Order No. B -29-15 (updated 2015), Model Water Efficient Ordinance (MWELO), commencing with GC Section 65591.

503
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-2 Ontario Development Code

6.05.005: Applicability

A. Landscaping Required. All projects shall provide and maintain landscaping and irrigation systems in compliance with the provisions of this Division.

B. Landscape and Irrigation Plans Subject to City Review.

1. Submittal of Landscape and Irrigation Plans Required . Landscape and irrigation plans shall be submitted to the City for review for compliance with the requirements of this Division.

2. Plan Approval Required . Landscaping shall not be installed until the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans required by this Division have been approved by the Approving Authority. The Approving Authority is established by Table 2.02-1 (Review Matrix) of this Development Code and shall be empowered to approve or deny Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plans.

3. Changes to Approved Landscape and Irrigation Plans . Changes to approved Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plans, which affect the character or quantity of the plant material or irrigation system design, shall be resubmitted for approval of the revision by the Approving Authority, prior to the commencement of the changes.

6.05.010: Landscape Design Principles

Landscaping is an important part of the aesthetic quality of the City and is important to create a sense of the City as a pleasant and safe place to live and work. The standards prescribed by this Division are intended to pursue sustainable, high quality landscaping, which is associated with the varying land use characteristics of the community. It is further intended that implementation of these guidelines will serve to enhance the street environment for motorists, as well as to contribute to convenient pedestrian connections throughout the City.

1. Use landscaping to define and create usable spaces throughout each development. Landscaping should be used to guide the user through the site and incorporate appropriate design elements for spaces such as entrances, walkways, gathering spaces, seating areas, utility areas, view corridors, open spaces, play spaces, and foregrounds and backdrops.

Landscape design can be accomplished by utilizing form, function, scale, unity, contrast, varying the density of landscape material, use of color, layering, vertical and horizontal contrasts, and varying the texture of planting. Individual building projects can be enhanced through larger and more intensely developed landscaping.

2. Use landscaping to reduce the massing of buildings and eliminate large blank walls. Landscaping should be used to reduce the massing or bulk of buildings, particularly large industrial and warehouse/distribution buildings. Reductions in massing can be accomplished by using landscape treatments to provide vertical and horizontal contrast and to add visual interest.

Major buildings should have foundation plantings adjacent to buildings such as hedgerows or shrub masses to break the horizontal ground plane from the vertical plane of the building.

3. Use landscaping to soften the effect of paved areas. Landscaping should be provided in all parking areas to reduce the visual impact of parking areas and reduce associated heat build-up. Parking lot landscaping should be integrated with, and an extension o f, other on- site landscape features.

504
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-3 (Rev. 01.16.2024)

4. Landscapes should be designed to achieve harmony and unity between indoor and outdoor spaces. Designs should create both pleasing and economical layouts, incorporating durable and natural materials while ensuring safety and providing guidance for pedestrians and vehicles to their destinations. High quality landscapes should be attractive with open accessibility to nature while incorporating measures to promote sustainability: environmentally, economically, and socially.

5. Environmentally sustainable landscapes efficiently manage stormwater by capturing, and infiltrating runoff into dry wells, french drains, vegetated swales, or basins in planter areas or into porous hardscapes. Hardscape areas should be planted with canopy trees to clean air and mitigate the urban heat island effect and use California native and Mediterranean type plants to conserve water.

6. Economically sustainable landscapes are energy efficient by using large trees to buffer summer sun and winter wind on buildings or outdoor seating areas. They use resources carefully by incorporating low water using plants and efficient irrigation systems. Turfgrass areas are limited to parks and open spaces for active play which help reduce maintenance, pollution and water resource costs.

7. Socially sustainable landscapes create unique environments that enhance places to work, shop or dine and lend significant value to development. High quality landscapes have a profound impact on people 's attitude and work performance as well as their enjoyment of a place. Open spaces, plazas, employee lunch areas and trails offer places to unwind, and meet people. Accessible paths and trails improve health through walking and biking.

6.05.015: Landscape Plans

A. Preliminary Landscape Plans.

1. Plan Required. A preliminary landscape plan shall be submitted with a Development Plan application or any other discretionary permit or action that proposes new or revised landscaped area. Where no discretionary permit or action is required, Landscape and Construction Irrigation Documentation Plans prepared pursuant to Subsection B (Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans) of this Section, may be required by the City prior to the issuance of a Building Permit, as a requirement of any landscaped area proposed in fulfillment of the requirements of this Development Code.

2. Preliminary Landscape Plan.

a. The preliminary landscape plan shall meet the purposes of this Division by exhibiting a design layout that demonstrates the desired landscaping program in terms of function, location, size, scale, theme, and similar attributes.

b. The preliminary landscape plan shall provide the Approving Authority with a clear understanding of the landscaping program prior to preparation of the detailed Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plans.

c. The preliminary landscape plan shall meet the purposes of OMC Title 10 (Parks and Recreation), Chapter 2 (Parkway Trees), commencing with Section 10-2.01.

505
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-4 Ontario Development Code
d. The preliminary landscape plan shall include the Maximum Applied Water Allowance (MAWA) calculation, based upon the area devoted to landscaping as shown on the preliminary landscape plan. See worksheets contained in the Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G) for the MAWA calculation formula.

3. Plan Preparation by a Qualified Design Professional is Required . Preliminary landscape plans shall be prepared by a California -registered landscape architect, or the architect that designed the on -site structures and improvements, or other qualified design professional.

4. Waiver of Requirements. The Approving Authority may waive the requirement for a preliminary landscape plan for building additions and remodels if no alterations, or minor alterations, are proposed to existing landscape areas or site topography.

B. Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans.

1. Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans Required.

a. Prior to the installation of landscaping and irrigation systems required by this Division, Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans shall be submitted to the City for review and approval by the Approving Authority.

b. The required plans shall be prepared by, and bear the seal of, a landscape architect registered with the State of California.

c. Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans shall be provided for each of the following project types:

(1) New and rehabilitated public or private development projects with landscaping;

(2) Developer-installed landscaping for all single -family and multiple - family development projects; and

(3) New and rehabilitated homeowner -installed or homeowner -hired projects with landscaping totaling 5,000 SF or more in area, on any lot containing a single -family or multiple-family dwelling.

2. Water Conservation Concept Statement . A Water Conservation Concept Statement shall be provided on the cover sheet of the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plan set required by Paragraph B.1 (Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plans Required) of this Section, which serve s as a checklist to verify that all required elements of the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans have been provided. A Water Conservation Concept Statement shall have the form and content shown in t he Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G).

3. Water Budget Worksheet. A Water Budget Worksheet for new landscape areas shall be provided with each Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plan set submitted for areas to be newly landscaped, as required by Paragraph B.1 (Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plans Required) of this Section. Said worksheet shall have the form and content shown in the Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G), and shall include: [i] calculation of the Maximum Applied Water Allowance 506
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-5 (Rev. 01.16.2024)
(MAWA), [ii] calculation of the Estimated Total Water Use (ETWU), and [iii] calculation of the Water Budget Comparison.

4. Requirements for Existing Landscape Areas.

a. All existing landscape areas that are one or more acres in size, and were installed prior to January 1, 2010, shall provide a project's MAWA for existing landscaping. A Water Budget Worksheet for Existing Landscape Areas shall be provided with the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans, which shall be consistent with the form and content shown in the Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G).

b. Existing landscape areas and landscape areas that do not have a dedicated water meter shall employ techniques, equipment and procedures to reduce water use and meet the MAWA for existing landscapes.

c. Landscape areas that do not meet the MAWA shall utilize: [i] an irrigation survey; [ii] an audit performed by a Certified Landscape Irrigation Auditor or a Landscape Industry Technician certified in irrigation, to provide recommendations, such as replacement or repairing of irrigation equipment as recommended in order to prevent water waste a nd meet the water budget; or [iii] other methods acceptable to the City.

5. Planting Plan. The Planting Plan shall be included in the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans and shall contain all required information prescribed by this Division and the Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G).

6. Irrigation Plan. The Irrigation Plan shall be included in the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans and shall contain all required information prescribed by this Division and the Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G).

7. Precise Grading Plan. A Precise Grading Plan shall be included in the Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plans and shall contain all required information prescribed by this Division and the Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G). To promote the efficient use of water, the grading of a project site shall be designed to minimize soil erosion, runoff, and water waste, and shall avoid soil compaction in landscape areas.

Furthermore, said plans shall show grading techniques and stormwater devices that increase rainwater capture for infiltration and/or on-site storage coordinated with the landscape design.

8. Soil Management Report . Agronomical soil testing shall be performed, and test results and recommendations shall be included on the Landscape Documentation Plans. Testing shall be performed, and recommendations shall be implemented, prior to landscape installation.

9. Irrigation Schedules. Irrigation Schedules shall be included in the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans.

10. Maintenance Schedules. Landscaping and irrigation systems shall be maintained to ensure water use efficiency, plant health, and a well maintained, attractive appearance. A regular maintenance schedule shall be included in the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans.

507
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-6 Ontario Development Code

11. Certificate of Completion . Upon completion of landscaping and irrigation system installation, the licensed landscape architect of record, or their designee, shall conduct a final field inspection and shall prepare a Certificate of Completion, which shall be filed with the City.

The Certificate of Completion shall specifically indicate that the landscaping and the irrigation system were installed as shown on the approved Planting and Irrigation Plans, and that the soil testing and amendments have been installed as specified by the soil management plan. If the irrigation system was not installed pursuant to plans, or if water use exceeds the water budget, a certified landscape irrigation auditor shall conduct an irrigation audit, and the recommendations to ensure water efficiency shall be provided, prior to permit approval.

12. Required Plans, Maps, Reports, Schedules, and Other Necessary Information . All plans, maps, reports, schedules, and other information required to be contained in the Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plan set by this Section, shall include all information stipulated by the Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G), which prescribes the minimum information to be submitted, together with any required plans, maps, reports, special studies, exhibits, and any other information deemed necessary by the City to review and act upon the required plans and information.

13. Public Education. All model homes that are landscaped shall incorporate signs and written information to demonstrate the principals of water efficient landscapes described in this Division. Signs shall feature elements such as hydrozones , irrigation equipment, and plants that contribute to the overall water efficient theme. Written information shall be provided about plant types, irrigation systems and managing and maintaining water efficient landscapes.

6.05.020: Tree Preservation Policy and Protection Measures

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to establish policies and measures that will further the preservation, protection, and maintenance of established and healthy heritage trees within the City, to improve the community forest that provides environmental, aesthetic and economic benefits, and enhances the quality of life. It is pertinent to the public welfare that such trees be protected from indiscriminate cutting or removal.

B. Applicability. The City Council hereby establishes that it is the policy of the City to preserve, protect, and maintain established and healthy trees within the City, to the extent practicable.

Consideration shall be afforded Heritage Trees, as set forth in this Section.

C. Definitions. As used in this Section, the following words, terms, and phrases are defined as follows:

1. Heritage Tree. The term "Heritage Tree" means a tree of historic or cultural significance, or a tree of importance to the community due to any one of the following factors:

a. A tree designated for preservation pursuant to Section 4.02.0 40 (Historic Preservation—Historic Landmark and District Designations, and Architectural Conservation Areas) of this Development Code.

b. It is one of the largest or oldest trees of the species located in the City, with a trunk diameter of 18 inches or greater, measured at 54 inches above natural grade; or

c. It has historical significance due to an association with an historic building, site, street, person, or event; or
508
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-7 (Rev. 01.16.2024)

d. It is a defining landmark or significant outstanding feature of a neighborhood or district, or typical of early Ontario landscapes, including [i] Cinnamomum camphora (Camphor Tree), [ii] Cedrus deodara (Deodar Cedar), [i ii] Platanus acerifolia, [iv] Quercus suber (Cork Oak), [v] Quercus ilex (Holly Oak), or [vi] Schinus molle (California Pepper); or

e. It is a Native Tree. The term "Native Tree" means any one of the following California native tree species, which has a trunk diameter of more than 8 inches, measured at 54 inches above natural grade, including [i] Platanus racemosa (California Sycamore), [ii] Pinus torreyana (Torrey Pine), [iii] Quercus agrifolia (Coast Live Oak), [iv] Quercus engelmannii (Engelmann Oak), [v] Quercus lobata (Valley Oak), or [vi] Umbellularia californica (California Bay).

2. Tree Protection Area. The term "Tree Protection Area" (TPA) means the area of tree roots and canopy to be designated by fencing to prohibit access during construction activities.

The tree protection area is typically equal to one foot of radius for each inch of trunk diameter measured at 54 inches above natu ral grade, but not less than an 8 -FT radius. This term may also be referred to as "Protected Root Area" (PRA).

D. Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan.

1. Property proposed for development on which a Heritage Tree exists, shall require the submittal of a Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan prepared by a licensed landscape architect, horticulturalist, certified arborist, or other related professional. Said plan shall be submitted concurrent with a Development Plan or building permit request for alterations of a site and shall be reviewed and approved by the Approving Authority for the corresponding application request.

2. The Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan shall show all existing on -site trees, and those existing trees on abutting lots and public rights -of-way with a canopy or root zone that extends onto the site or within 8 FT of a construction, staging or storage ar ea, or graded site.

Furthermore, the Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan shall identify TPAs and trees requested to be removed and shall show replacement trees as required by this Division.

3. The Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan shall include a tree evaluation or arborist report of affected trees, prepared by a City-approved certified arborist or qualified horticulturalist, to determine health, structure, condition, and expected life span of all affected trees.

E. Tree Protection During Construction.

1. All trades performing work on property in which trees have been specifically identified for protection pursuant to this Section, shall be informed of the protected trees .

2. During site construction, no person in control of work shall leave any Heritage Tree(s) without sufficient protections in place to prevent injury to the tree(s). Furthermore, it shall be unlawful and a violation of this Section to leave any Heritage Tree protected pursuant to this Section without sufficient protections in place.

3. Any special Tree Protection During Construction requirements shall be included in the Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan, and on any Demolition, Grading, or Construction Plan(s) where existing trees may be impacted, along with the following Tree Protecti on During Construction standard notes:
509
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-8 Ontario Development Code

a. Existing trees to be protected shall be identified with protective fencing to form a TPA. The TPA shall encircle the tree at the outer most edge of the root zone and canopy.

The TPA is defined by its "Critical Root Radius," which is calculated by measuring the tree's diameter at 54 inches above natural grade (dbh) and allowing 1.5 FT of radius for each inch of tree diameter. In example, if a tree's dbh is 10 inches, its Critical Root Radius is 15 FT.

b. Protective fencing shall be installed prior to any earthwork and shall remain in place until all work is complete. Fencing shall be 3 FT to 4 FT in height and shall be installed at the outer most edge of the Critical Root Radius or TPA. The temporary fencing shall be of chain link or other approved durable material. Post " Tree Protection Zone – Keep Out " signs on TPA fencing.

c. No construction or staging equipment is allowed within a TPA, including heavy equipment that will compact and damage the roots.

d. No disposal of construction materials or by products including paint, plaster, or chemical solutions, is allowed within a TPA.

e. Natural or preconstruction grade shall be maintained within a TPA. At no time shall soil be in contact with a tree trunk above the root flare.

f. TPAs shall be irrigated sufficiently with clean potable water to keep the tree in good health and vigor before, during, and after construction. Deep watering may be necessary on a weekly basis. Verify that the depth of irrigation provided to roots is adequ ate.

g. Apply a 4-inch to 6-inch thick layer of mulch within the TPA, one foot away from the trunk, before construction begins.

h. Any work required to be conducted in the ground, within the TPA, shall be accomplished with hand tools or an air spade.

i. Pruning for clearance, if needed, shall be done to prevent damaging branches with large equipment. All pruning shall be in accordance with industry standards (International Society of Arboriculture ANSI A300) under the direction of a Certified Arborist.

j. Avoid cutting roots with a diameter larger than 2 inches. Cuts should be clean and made at right angles to the roots. When practical, cut roots back to a branching lateral root. Trenches for piping shall be bored under, at a minimum depth of 36 inches. Con sult a Certified Arborist to be present if more than 33 percent of the root zone is impacted, or roots greater than 2 inches diameter within 5 FT of the trunk will be cut, to ensure tree stability and that health will not be affected.

k. Protect soil and roots from compaction in landscape areas used for driveways, storage, or parking, with a layer of geotextile fabric and 6 inches of crushed gravel.

4. All trades performing work on property in which trees have been specifically identified for protection pursuant to this Section, shall be informed of the Tree Protection and Inventory Plan and the Tree Protection During Construction requirements.

F. Waiver of Development Standards to Further Heritage Tree Preservation and Protection.

When considering an application for any permit or approval that may adversely affect Heritage 510
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-9 (Rev. 01.16.2024)
Trees, the City may allow certain departures from established development standards to assist in their preservation, through the granting of an Administrative Exception pursuant to Section

4.02.020 (Departures from Development Standards) of this Developmen t Code. Allowable exceptions specifically for the furtherance of tree preservation shall be limited to a maximum 15 percent reduction from minimum setback and separation requirements, and maximum 10 percent from off- street parking requirements. The Approving Authority may grant Administrative Exceptions from said setback, separation, and/or parking standards after first finding that:

1. The applicant has investigated alternative site designs and building configurations in strict compliance with the applicable development standards;

2. The tree(s) to be preserved is/are in good health and condition (taking into account species and longevity) as determined by a certified arborist;

3. The project includes a well- integrated and thoughtful design solution that enhances the property and its surroundings;

4. The project would not be injurious to adjacent properties or uses, or detrimental to the environment, quality of life, or the health, safety, and welfare of the public; and

5. The project is consistent with the purposes of the applicable zoning district, planned unit development, or specific plan, the applicable development standards and guidelines, and the Vision, Policy Plan, and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan.

G. Heritage Tree Removal. It is the City 's policy to protect and preserve healthy trees that provide benefits to the community, whenever possible. However, if it is determined through an arborist report, tree evaluation, or other city approved means, that a Heritage tree is dead, hazardous, diseased, or damaged beyond repair, or may pose an emergency or safety concern, the Approving Authority may order removal of the tree.

H. Heritage Tree Pruning. Pruning of any Heritage Tree protected pursuant to this Section shall be performed under the direction of a certified arborist, horticulturalist, or similar qualified licensed professional, following the most recent standards of the International Society of Arboriculture and ANSI A300 standards for tree care operations.

I. Heritage Tree Damage or Tree Removal without City Approval.

1. The damage or removal of a Heritage Tree protected pursuant to this Section, or encroachment into a protected root area or TPA, shall require an evaluation by a City-approved certified arborist as to the resulting condition, prescribed treatment to repair the damage, replacement trees if removed (as prescribed by this Division), and monetary value of the tree if removed or damaged beyond repair. Penalties pursuant to Section 6.05.0 35 (Violation—Penalty) of this Division shall apply.

2. For the purposes of this Subsection, the term "tree removal" shall include any act that causes the actual removal of a Heritage Tree, or the effective removal of a Heritage Tree by means of willful damage; damage resulting from excessive or improper pruning, excavation, or construction; poisoning; or any other dire ct or indirect action resulting in tree death within the 3 - year period following said actions.

J. Heritage Tree Replacement. Healthy Heritage Trees that are approved for removal shall be replaced with new trees and shall be shown on required Landscape and Irrigation Construction 511
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-10 Ontario Development Code Documentation Plans. Replacement trees shall have a total trunk diameter (caliper) equal to the tree(s) removed, or as deemed appropriate by the Approving Authority based on the lot size and available planting space. Replacement trees shall be in addition to the quantity of trees required by this Division for landscaping. The Approving Authority shall review the landscape plan and approve appropriate species for tree replacement (see Section 6.05.0 45 (Landscape Development Standards) for required trees).

K. Monetary Value. The monetary value of Heritage Trees protected pursuant to this Division, which are removed, shall be based upon the " Guide for Plant Appraisal," which is available from the International Society of Arboriculture. Appraisals shall be performed by a City -approved professional plant appraiser or certified arborist skilled in tree appraisals.

L. Prohibited Acts. It shall be expressly prohibited to damage or to remove any Heritage Tree without prior specific authorization by the Zoning Administrator, except that tree removal specifically approved as a part of a Development Plan or Building Permit approval; Certificate of Appropriateness; pruning or removal to obtain adequate line -of-sight distances as specifically authorized by the City Engineer; pruning or removal as required for public safety as specifically authorized by City representatives; and/or actions taken by a public or private utility company for the protection of their existing electrical power or communication lines, or other property of a public utility.

6.05.025: Heritage Tree Preservation Mitigation Fee

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to establish the Heritage Tree Preservation Mitigation Fee whereby the impacts resulting from the construction or demolition of heritage tree(s) may be mitigated by the collection of fees that will provide a source of funds for the conservation, preservation, restoration, replanting and reforestation of trees within the City.

B. Applicability.

1. A mitigation fee, in an amount established by this Section, shall be paid prior to the issuance of any permit for construction or demolition of any heritage tree(s). The mitigation fee shall be deposited in the Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund established pursuant to Section

6.05.030 (Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund) of this Division.

2. The mitigation fee shall be based on the Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan pursuant to Section 6.05.020 (Tree Preservation Policy and Protection Measures) of this division.

a. The mitigation fee for Healthy Heritage Trees that are approved for removal shall equal the r eplacement value of the total trunk diameter (caliper) equal to the tree(s) removed, or as deemed appropriate by the Approving Authority based on the Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan. The Approving Authority shall review the Tree Inventory and Preservation Plan and approve the replacement value.

b. The mitigation fee for t he monetary value of Heritage Trees protected pursuant to this Division, which are removed, shall be based upon the " Guide for Plant Appraisal," which is available from the International Society of Arboriculture. Appraisals shall be performed by a City-approved professional plant appraiser or certified arborist skilled in tree appraisals.

512
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-11 (Rev. 01.16.2024)

6.05.030: Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund

A. Purpose. The purpose of the Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund is to provide funding, under direction of the City Council, for the conservation, preservation, restoration, replanting and reforestation within the City.

B. Applicability. The Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund is hereby established as means to receive and replenish monies to assist the funding of tree preservation and reforestation projects within the City. All funds deposited in the Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund shall be used solely for the conservation, preservation, restoration, replanting and reforestation of the City , as provided in this Section.

C. Trust Fund Administration.

1. The City Manager, or designee of the City Manager, shall have authority for establishing policy for Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund expenditures.

2. The City Manager, or designee of the City Manager shall have authority to make recommendations to the City Council regarding any action or activity necessary or appropriate to implement its powers or duties to fulfill the objectives of the Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund.

3. The City Manager, or designee of the City Manager, shall serve as financial administrator of the Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund and shall be responsible for management of its finances, which shall be carried -out pursuant to all applicable federal, State and local laws.

4. The Planning Director, or designee of the Planning Director, shall serve as program administrator of the Historic Preservation Trust Fund and shall be responsible for its day -to-day management and operations.

D. Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund Proceeds.

1. Deposits. All funds received by the City for heritage tree preservation purposes shall be deposited in the Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund. The City 's Fiscal Services Department may establish separate accounts within the Trust Fund for the purpose of separating deposits according to their origin or intended purpose.

E. Heritage Tree Preservation Trust Fund Program Activities.

1. Qualifying Program Activities are hereby established for the following:

a. New Tree Plantings. Tree plantings in parkways or city right -of-way shall be per the Street Tree Master Plan or Ontario Ranch Streetscape Master Plan. Tree plantings in public projects such as parks and city facilities shall be determined by the Approving Authority.

b. Reforestation Tree Plantings. Reforestation tree plantings in parkways or city right-of-way shall be per the Street Tree Master Plan or Ontario Ranch Streetscape Master Plan.

Tree plantings in public projects such as parks and city facilities shall be determined by the Approving Authority.

513
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-12 Ontario Development Code c. Tree Removal Alternatives and Mitigation Measures. Tree removal alternatives and mitigation measures such as root pruning, flexible paving material, other materials, protection measures, and mitigation measures recommended in the Certified Arborist's report.

d. Acquisition, Planting and Maintenance of Trees. Activities to acquire, plant and maintain existing and proposed heritage trees as determined by the Approving Authority, identified in the Certified Arborist's report.

2. Qualifying Projects that implement Trust Fun d Program Activities are hereby established for the following project types:

a. Capital Improvement Projects (CIP) for New Construction and Rehabilitation Projects. CIP Construction projects allow for activities that contribute to the conservation, preservation, restoration, replanting and reforestation of heritage trees located within public spaces.

(1) Conservation, preservation and restoration of trees within public spaces, such as but not limited to parkways and rights-of-ways. Funds may support public projects and include activities directly contributing to the conservation, preservation, and restorat ion of existing heritage trees. Activities may include, but are not limited to, the installation of alternate sidewalk materials, meandering sidewalks, and any reports and analyses prepared by a certified arborist that identify protection measures that will contribute to extending the life and viability of existing heritage trees.

(2) Replanting and reforestation of trees within public spaces, such as but not limited to parkways and rights -of-ways. Any replanting or reforestation efforts must be identified in the certified arborist report and include circumstances that warrant tree remo val.

Such conditions that warrant the removal of heritage tree(s) may include tree(s) that are dead, hazardous, diseased, or damaged beyond repair, or may pose an emergency or safety concern relating to the health, safety, and welfare of the public. Funds shall be used to support the overall project and include activities directly contributing to the replanting and reforestation of trees where a certified arborist has recommended the removal of a heritage tree(s). Activities may include, but are not limited to, intermittent planting strategies and new tree plantings, as well as warranty and maintenance efforts that support the establishment and longevity of new tree plantings, such as tree staking, irrigation measures and other construction activities to support the viability of newly planted trees.

b. Public Works Projects for New Construction and Rehabilitation Projects.

Public Works Construction projects that allow for activities that directly contribute to the conservation, preservation, restoration, replanting, and reforestation of heritage trees located within public spaces.

(1) Conservation, preservation and restoration of trees within public spaces, such as but not limited to public parks, parkways, rights -of-ways and city facilities. Funds may support public projects and include activities directly contributing to the conservat ion, preservation, and restoration of existing heritage trees. Activities may include, but are not limited to, the installation of alternate sidewalk materials, meandering sidewalks, and any reports and analyses prepared by a certified arborist that identify protection measures that will contribute to extending the life and viability of existing heritage trees.

514
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-13 (Rev. 01.16.2024) (2) Replanting and reforestation of trees within public spaces, such as but not limited to public parks, parkways, rights -of-ways, and city facilities. Any replanting or reforestation efforts must be identified in the certified arborist report and include circ umstances that warrant tree removal. Such conditions that warrant the removal of heritage tree(s) may include tree(s) that are dead, hazardous, diseased, or damaged beyond repair, or may pose an emergency or safety concern relating to the health, safety, and welfare of the public. Funds shall be used to support the overall project and include activities directly contributing to the replanting and reforestation where a certified arborist has recommended the removal of a heritage tree(s).

Activities may include but are not limited to, intermittent planting strategies and new tree plantings as well as warranty and maintenance efforts that support the establishment and longevity of new tree plantings such as tree staking, irrigation measures and other construction activities to support the viability of newly planted trees.

c. Planning Projects. Studies and reports that analyze existing conditions and make recommendations on conservation and preservation of heritage trees and reforestation treatments; and

d. Community Outreach . Outreach campaigns consist of the creation of education material and media to raise awareness of tree preservation benefits.

3. Project Selection Criteria . The award of Heritage Tree Preservation Funds shall be based upon consideration of the following criteria:

a. Level of significance of the heritage tree(s) impacted.

b. Overall benefit to the community; and

c. Ability to ensure the longevity of the health of the trees and features through warranty and maintenance.

6.05.035: Violation-Penalty

A. Violation. Any violation of this chapter shall be a misdemeanor or infraction at the discretion of the City Attorney or District Attorney.

B. Civil Penalties. Irrespective of, and cumulative to, any criminal conviction for a violation of this Division, the City may, pursuant to GC Section 36901, impose a civil penalty in an amount not exceeding $1,000, or by imprisonment not to exceed 6 months, or both such fine and imprisonment on any person either through an administrative hearing or a civil action brought either by the City Attorney or a designated employee of the City. Each tree removed in violation of this Division shall constitute a separate offense.

C. Restitution for Damage or Removal of Protected Trees within the City. Irrespective of whether the City pursues criminal and/or civil action under this Division, nothing in this Division shall prevent the City from seeking restitution for damage or removal of trees within the City, which are protected by this Division, as an alternative to criminal action and/or civil action to recover a civil penalty in accordance with Subsection B of this Section.

D. Assessment of Civil Penalties. Civil penalties may be assessed against a responsible party as confirmed by resolution of the City Council, and shall constitute a special assessment against the property to which it relates and after its recording, as thus made and confirmed, the same 515
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-14 Ontario Development Code shall constitute a lien on the property in the amount of such assessment. The notices of such special assessment shall be provided to the responsible party by certified mail, as determined from the County Assessor's or County Recorder 's records. The assessment shall be collected at the same time and in the same manner as ordinary City taxes are collected and shall be subject to the same penalties and the same procedure as provided for ordinary City taxes. All laws applicable to the levy , collection and enforcement of City taxes shall be applicable to the special assessment.

E. Appeals.

1. Within 10 days after mailing of a Notice of Violation, which states the civil penalties to be assessed, the owner or person having charge of affected premises may file an appeal of the assessed civil penalties and the violations upon which the civil penalties are based, with the Planning Department, on a City application form.

2. Within 45 days following receipt of an appeal request, the City Manager shall hold a hearing, which shall be open to the public. The City Manager shall hear and consider objections and/or protests from any owner or person having charge of affected premises, or other interested persons relative to the accrual of civil penalties, and shall hear and receive all relevant evidence and testimony relative to the violations upon which the civil penalties are based, and shall consider all of the related facts.

3. Upon conclusion of the appeal hearing, the City Manager shall determine the amount of civil penalties to be assessed. The decision of the City Manager shall be final and conclusive.

F. Penalties collected resulting from enforcement of this section shall be placed in the general fund and used solely for the purposes of the City to ensure and maintain the character and well-being of the City.

6.05.040: Required Landscape Areas

A. Residential Projects. Residential development projects shall be landscaped and irrigated as follows:

1. Conventional and Small Lot Single-Family Projects.

a. The front yard and any street side yard of a conventional or small lot single- family project site, and all parkway areas that abut the site, shall be fully landscaped and provided with an underground automatic irrigation system, and shall be maintained in compliance with the requirements of this Division.

b. A landscape and irrigation documentation plan shall be submitted for review and approval by the Approving Authority prior to building permit issuance, pursuant to Subsection 6.05.015.B (Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans) of this Division.

2. Cluster Single-Family and Multiple-Family Projects.

a. The entirety of a cluster single-family or multiple-family project site, including street parkway and median areas that abut the project site, which is not otherwise devoted to 516
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-15 (Rev. 01.16.2024) building area and paving, shall be fully landscaped and provided with an underground automatic irrigation system, and shall be maintained in compliance with the requirements of this Division.

B. Nonresidential Projects. Nonresidential development projects shall be landscaped and irrigated as follows:

1. The entirety of a nonresidential project site (excluding areas devoted to building area, paving, and/or outdoor loading and storage areas that are screened from public view), including street parkway and median areas that abut the project site, shall be fu lly landscaped, provided with an underground automatic irrigation system, and maintained in compliance with the requirements of this Division.

2. A landscape and irrigation construction documentation plan shall be submitted for review and approval by the Approving Authority prior to building permit issuance, pursuant to Subsection 6.05.015.B (Landscape and Irrigation Construction Documentation Plans ) of this Division.

C. All Unused Areas of a Site shall be Landscaped and Irrigated.

1. All areas of a project site not intended for a specific use, including pad sites held for future development, shall be landscaped and provided with an automatic irrigation system, unless it is determined by the Approving Authority that landscaping is not n ecessary to fulfill the purposes of this Division. This requirement shall not apply to the side or rear yard area of a single - family residence, or that portion of a lot devoted to a legally established agricultural use.

2. The Approving Authority shall determine the level or intensity of landscaping to be provided for vacant pad sites, based upon an approved phasing plan.

D. Landscaping of Off-Street Parking Facilities. Outdoor off-street parking lots within residential developments, or within nonresidential developments that are visible from a public or private street, or are accessible by the public, shall be landscaped in the following manner:

1. At least 7 percent of the total area of a parking lot shall be landscaped, excluding perimeter landscaping or setback areas that may be required by the base zoning district.

2. Landscaping consistent with the landscape setback provisions of the base zoning district in which a parking lot is located, shall be provided adjacent to adjoining streets.

3. Landscaping shall be evenly distributed throughout the parking lot and shall not be concentrated in any one area.

4. No landscaped area is to have a dimension smaller than 5 FT clear in any direction, except as provided elsewhere by this Development Code.

5. Where parking lots occur along streets, a landscaped buffer element, minimum 10 FT in width, shall be constructed, which consists of a minimum 3 -FT high hedge -like material to 517
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-16 Ontario Development Code screen views of parked cars from the street. To shade pedestrians and create an attractive streetscape, shade trees shall be planted within this landscaped buffer at an average spacing of 25 to 30 FT on center. Landscaping may be combined with low walls or dense plant material to mitigate the visual effects of parking lots and loading areas.

6. There shall be provided within each row of parking spaces, planter islands at least 5 FT in width (exclusive of curbs), which extend the full length of the abutting parking space(s), located so as to prevent no more than 10 vehicles from being parked side -by-side in an abutting configuration.

7. Planter islands for a single row of parking spaces shall be landscaped with at least one tree, appropriate shrubs, and groundcover. Planter islands for a double row of parking spaces shall contain not less than 2 trees, and appropriate shrubs and groundcover.

8. Throughout parking lots tree wells, tree diamonds or center planter strips shall be provided to facilitate the planting of shade trees at the minimum rate of one tree for each 4 parking spaces. Tree wells shall be a minimum of 5 FT in width and 5 FT in length (exclusive of curbs).

9. Shade trees shall have a minimum canopy of 30 FT in diameter at maturity, to provide an aesthetically pleasing area and relief from summer heat.

10. All rows of parking spaces shall be provided with landscape islands at each row terminus, at least 5 FT in width (exclusive of curbs) and extending the full length of the adjacent parking spaces, to protect parked vehicles, ensure visibility, confine movin g traffic to drive aisles and driveways, and provide adequate space for landscaping.

11. Landscaped areas shall be delineated with a 6 -inch wide concrete curb, except where a landscape area is parallel and adjacent to a parking stall, the curb shall be a minimum of 12-inches wide, to provide a step area for persons entering or exiting motor vehicles.

6.05.045: Landscape Development Standards

Landscaping required by this Division shall be designed, installed, and maintained in compliance with the following:

A. Landscape Design Standards. Landscaped areas shall comply with each of the following:

1. Landscaped areas shall have a minimum dimension of 5 FT (exclusive of curbs), excepting vine pockets, which shall have a minimum dimension of 1.5 FT, or as otherwise prescribed by this Development Code.

2. All landscaped areas shall be bordered by a concrete or masonry curb, or other means acceptable to the City, to prevent vehicles from entering landscape areas, and to define maintenance responsibilities or property ownership. Curbs along pavement may have openings to allow water infiltration into landscape areas.

3. Landscaped areas shall be comprised of living plant materials, planted at a spacing no greater than the mature plant diameter. Non -living ornamental features (e.g., boulders, dry stream beds, gravel, etc.) may comprise a maximum of 5 percent of a landscape d area and shall be of a permeable material.

518
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-17 (Rev. 01.16.2024)

4. All areas of a parkway that are not devoted to sidewalks shall be landscaped, irrigated, and permanently maintained pursuant to City standards.

5. All utilities shall be shown on plans to facilitate the landscape design and tree placement. Utilities such as backflow devices and transformers shall be located a minimum of 5 FT away from paving or other utilities to allow for landscape screening to cover at least 75 percent of the height of the equipment.

6. Accent landscape is required on all commercial or industrial corners including vehicular entries and major corner intersections. Accent trees shall be minimum 36 -inch box size and palms shall be minimum 17-FT brown trunk height.

7. Foundation planting adjacent to buildings (hedgerows or shrub masses in a hierarchy pattern) is required at major building perimeters and residential front yards to break horizontal ground plane from the vertical plane of building.

8. Shade trees with irrigation shall be located in all appropriate areas where space permits to reduce the impacts of heat gain by shading large areas of paving, building walls, roof and windows also enhancing stormwater management and improving water quality .

9. Shade trees shall have a minimum canopy of 30 FT in diameter at maturity to provide an aesthetically pleasing area and relief from summer heat.

10. Trash enclosures shall be designed with adjacent planters for trees shrubs and vines for screening.

11. Accent landscape at monument signs shall be a hierarchy of ornamental shrubs or perennials.

B. Planting Requirements.

1. A variety of plant material appropriate for the project may be selected for planting, provided the ETWU for the landscape area does not exceed the MAWA (see Paragraph B.3.c (Calculation of the Budget Comparison) of this Division). The landscape plan shall be designed for the intended function of the project and for the efficient use of water, and shall include the following:

a. Protection and promotion of appropriate native species;

b. Selection of water conserving plant species; and

c. Selection of trees for shading buildings and paved surfaces and for stormwater management.

2. Plants shall be selected and appropriately planted based upon their adaptability to the climatic, geologic, and topographical conditions of the project site.

a. The Sunset Western Climate Zone System should be utilized, which takes into account temperature, humidity, elevation, terrain, latitude, and varying degrees of continental and marine influence on local climate;

519
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-18 Ontario Development Code b. Recognize the growth habit of plant types, such as mature plant size and invasiveness of surface roots, to minimize damage to property and infrastructure (e.g., buildings, sidewalks, power lines);

c. Disease and pest resistant plants should be used, to promote health and longevity;

d. Consider the solar orientation for tree placement to maximize summer shade and winter solar gain;

e. Plants with similar water needs and climatic requirements shall be grouped together and irrigated separately;

f. Graded but undeveloped areas within the project site shall be seeded with wildflower or ornamental grass mix and automatically irrigated to prevent soil erosion from rain and strong winds;

g. Avoid use of invasive species that have a negative effect upon public health or disrupt or destroy native ecosystems as identified by the California Invasive Species List ; and

h. Additional planting requirements of a Specific Plan may be required based upon the project location.

3. Limit the use or quantity used of turf except where used for play or recreation.

C. Irrigation Requirements

1. The irrigation system and its related components shall be designed to be efficient and effective for the landscape proposed with no run-off or overspray.

2. Irrigation plans shall include a water budget with Maximum Applied Water Allowance (MAWA) and Estimated Total Water Use (ETWU) calculations shown pursuant to Paragraph 6.05.015.B.3 (Water Budget Worksheet) of this Division. The ETWU shall not exceed the MAWA.

3. Automatic irrigation controllers utilizing either evapotranspiration or moisture sensor data are required. A verification letter from the manufacturer certifying proper installation and sensor connection shall be provided prior to acceptance of the project.

4. Irrigation systems shall be designed with like plant material grouped together and proper solar orientation. Turf shall be on separate valves from shrub areas. Landscape areas in the shade (north or east sides of buildings) shall be controlled separately f rom areas in the sun (south or west).

5. Provide on plans all equipment required, sizes, notes and details, include water meter (note potable or recycled), static pressure, and maximum GPM. Contact the City 's Utilities Department for City main pressure. Pressure regulating or boosting devices shall be installed to meet the pressure requirements of the system.

6. Backflow devices are required. Non–residential backflow devices shall be painted green and protected in a locking enclosure.
520
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-19 (Rev. 01.16.2024)

7. Spacing design for irrigation heads shall achieve 100 percent coverage, (head to head). Allow for wind velocities. Spacing shall achieve the highest possible distribution uniformity using the manufacturer's recommendations.

8. Narrow or irregularly shaped areas including turf, less than 8 FT in any direction shall be irrigated with subsurface irrigation or a low volume irrigation system. Low precipitation heads, rotators or drip systems shall be used in general to reduce water use and overspray.

9. Add check valves or anti-drain valves to prevent low head drainage.

10. Locate spray heads 2 FT from non-pervious paving to prevent overspray. Exception allowed if adjacent surface is permeable or if using alternative technology irrigation. Low precipitation rate heads less than 0.75 inches per hour may be located one FT from paving.

11. Trees in turf, 36-inch box and larger size trees in any area, and all palm trees, shall have pop-up stream bubbler heads. Trees in tree wells or permeable paving may use bubblers in a maximum 1.5 FT deep perforated root watering tube. Tree irrigation shall be on a separate valve, minimum 2 heads per tree.

12. Size all irrigation main lines and laterals on the plan, minimum 3/4 inch.

13. Under landscape, mainlines shall be buried with 1.5 FT minimum cover, laterals one FT minimum cover.

14. Under paving mainlines shall be buried with 2 FT minimum cover; lateral lines 1.5 FT minimum cover.

15. Pipe under roadways shall be installed 3 FT deep, sleeved and identified with marking tape installed one FT from the surface, identifying the type of line with APWA standard "Caution Waterline Buried Below" in blue, or "Caution Recycled Waterline Buried Below" in purple.

Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC, minimum 2 times the diameter of the pipe being sleeved.

16. Automatic Controllers shall contain a neatly drawn laminated irrigation layout chart, color coded to identify stations and valves as -built. Central controller shall include a manufacturer support page. Locate pedestals within planter areas with a 1.5 FT pa d of DG or mulch at front for access.

17. An irrigation schedule shall be on the plan and layout chart noting irrigation cycles and run times per station or plant type (turf, shrub, trees, sun areas, shade areas, etc.) monthly or seasonally. Add multiple start times to prevent run off. Watering sh all occur between 6:00PM and 6:00AM, excepting drip irrigation.

D. Soil Testing. Agronomical soil testing shall be performed to encourage healthy plant growth and reduce run off. One test shall be performed for each street frontage, or as otherwise required by the Approving Authority. Soil analysis shall include soil texture, infiltration rate, pH, total soluble salts, sodium, percent organic matter, and recommendations for amendments based upon the proposed plant material and tree types. Soil test results and recommendations for amendments shall be listed on the Landscape Planting Plan required pursuant to Paragraph

6.05.015.B.5 (Landscape Planting Plan) of this Division, noting the name, address, telephone number of the City-approved soils testing laboratory, and the test date.

521
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-20 Ontario Development Code E. Trees. Within required landscape areas, as prescribed by Section 6.05.0 40 Required Landscape Areas) of this Division, trees shall be provided as follows:

1. For cluster single -family or multiple -family residential development projects, and nonresidential development projects, a mix of tree sizes shall be provided on -site, for each development project, as prescribed in Table 6.05 -1 (Minimum Tree Size Mix), below. Palm trees shall not be counted toward the minimum mix of required trees.

Table 6.05-1: Minimum Tree Size Mix
Requires Tree Sizes Minimum Mix of Required Trees
48-inch box 5%
36-inch box 10%
24-inch box 30%
15-gallon 55%

2. For cluster single -family or multiple -family residential development projects, and nonresidential development projects, a mix of tree species shall be provided for each development project, as prescribed by Table 6.05 -2 (Minimum Tree Species Mix), below. A minimum of 20 percent of the total number of trees provided shall be a California native species appropriate for the project site. Palm trees shall not be counted toward the minimum number of tree species required.

Table 6.05-2: Minimum Tree Species Mix
Number of Trees Provided Minimum Number of Tree Species Required 20 or fewer 3
21 to 30 4
31 to 40 5
More than 40 6

3. All trees required by this Division shall conform to the minimum measurements prescribed by Table 6.05-3 (Minimum Tree Size Specifications), below.

Table 6.05-3: Minimum Tree Size Specifications
Tree Size Minimum Trunk Caliper Minimum Height Range Minimum Spread Range 48-inch box 3.5 inches 14 to 16 FT 7 to 8 FT
36-inch box 2.5 inches 12 to 14 FT 6 to 7 FT
24-inch box 1.5 inches 9 to 11 FT 4 to 5 FT
15-gallon 1.0 inch 7 to 8 FT 2 to 3 FT
Palm trees 17-FT brown trunk height

4. Existing trees shall be protected in place, whenever possible, pursuant to Section

6.05.020 (Tree Preservation Policy and Protection Measures) of this Division. Existing large canopy trees may be counted toward the 48- inch box tree requirement prescribed by Paragraph E.1. of this Section, provided the tree(s) to be preserved is/are in good health and condition (taking into account species and longevity), as determined by a certified arborist's report.

522
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-21 (Rev. 01.16.2024)

5. Tree planting shall maintain the following minimum setbacks and/or separations from permanent improvements as prescribed by Table 6.05 -4 (Minimum Tree Setbacks/Separations), below.

Table 6.05-4: Minimum Tree Setbacks/Separations
Improvement Minimum Setback/Separation
Beginning of Curb Returns at Street Intersections 25 FT Light Standards, Power Poles, and Fire Hydrants 10 FT
Water and Sewer Lines 7 FT
Sidewalks (except within parkways), Driveways, and
Buildings
5 FT

6. Trees shall not be placed where they interfere with site drainage or require frequent pruning in order to avoid interference with overhead utilities.

7. Shade trees shall have a mature canopy diameter of 30 FT, single dominant leader or a balanced arrangement of branches, and a healthy root system not girdled by the growing container.

8. Street trees shall be minimum 24 -inch box or larger and shall be planted at an average spacing of 25 FT to 30 FT on center, except where necessary to meet the minimum tree setback/separations required by Table 6.05 -4 (Minimum Tree Setbacks/Separations) of this Section.

9. Trees shall be planted with a visible trunk flare and rootball that is 2 inches higher than the adjacent grade. No soil shall be placed on top of the rootball, and mulch shall be maintained 6 inches clear of the trunk. Trees with kinked or girdling roots s hall be rejected before installation or replaced if planted.

10. Root barriers shall not be required for use in parkways or City maintained areas; however, if used, they shall be a maximum of one FT in depth and shall not encircle the tree rootball. Furthermore, if the tree trunk is within 5 FT of paved areas, root barriers, if used, shall run adjacent and parallel to the pavement.

11. Palm trees may be used as accents, with a minimum brown trunk height of 17 FT, and shall not count toward the minimum tree species mix required pursuant to Table 6.05 -2 (Minimum Tree Species Mix) of this Division.

12. Trees shall be staked or guyed to prevent wind damage and allow healthy growth.

Ties shall be flexible, allowing some trunk movement while providing protection from damage.

13. Parking lot lighting and site utilities shall be designed to avoid conflict with required shade tree locations.

14. Solar collectors shall be designed and located to avoid conflict with tree canopy and future shading from the mature size of trees, as defined by the PRC Section 25980 through Section 25986 (The Solar Shade Act).

F. Tree Staking and Tying. Trees shall be staked and tied as follows:

523
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-22 Ontario Development Code

1. Fifteen gallon and 24 -inch box trees shall be double -staked perpendicular to the prevailing wind, or parallel to the street, as appropriate. Stakes shall be located to prevent branch damage and shall extend a minimum of 7 to 8 FT above grade and 3 to 4 FT below grade. Stakes shall be tied into the tree canopy for wind protection. Galvanized stakes are recommended for wind prone areas.

2. Box trees that are 36-inches or larger, shall be rootball guyed or anchored.

3. Flexible tree ties shall be used. Wire and hose, or metal rod -type braces shall not be used. Nursery stakes shall be removed at time of installation or loosened if they are to remain during the maintenance period and shall be removed by the end of maintenance period.

G. Shrubs. Within required landscape areas, as prescribed by Section 6.05.0 40 Required Landscape Areas) of this Division, shrubs shall be a minimum 5 -gallon container size and shall be spaced at a rate equal to three-fourths of the shrub's mature size. One-gallon containers may be used for perennials and groundcovers.

H. Groundcovers. Within required landscape areas, as prescribed by Section 6.05.0 40 Required Landscape Areas) of this Division, one-gallon containers shall be used for groundcover areas. Perennials or annual color shall be spaced at a maximum of 8 inches on center.

1. Turf. Turf grass is typically a high water use plant and is best reserved for recreation and active play areas. Low water groundcovers or native or warm season turf grasses may be used in traditional turf areas, such as parkways or front yards. Concrete mow st rips shall be used to separate turf from landscape areas, excepting single -family residential development projects, which may utilize wood or fabricated benderboard materials.

2. Mulch. Mulch shall be applied and maintained in all non-turf areas and shall be at least 3 inches in depth in shrub areas and at least one-inch in depth in groundcover areas. Mulch shall be of an organic material, such as shredded or chipped bark, as it will supply nutrients to the soil and plants over time. Native plants shall have mulch applie d that is appropriate for the type of landscape. Synthetic mulch materials shall not be used.

I. Screening and Buffering.

1. Landscaping may be used to aid in the screening and buffering of mechanical equipment, trash collection areas, and loading docks and outside storage areas from public view, and the screening and buffering of differing land uses. Walls and/or fences used for screening and buffering purposes should incorporate landscaping over at least 60 percent of its surface area, which will serve to both buffer uses and "soften" the appearance of masonry walls.

2. Utility boxes and vaults shall be located away from entry driveways, corner accent landscapes and other highly visible areas, and shall be screened with a variety of landscape materials.

J. Defining of On -Site Circulation. Landscaping shall be used to define circulation patterns for safety and ease of use.

1. Landscaping shall be used to direct on -site vehicular and pedestrian circulation routes by providing clear direction, barrier planting (such as hedges), and accent planting, to define site entrances and pedestrian pathways.

524
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-23 (Rev. 01.16.2024)

2. Landscaping shall be designed to facilitate pedestrian circulation and access to buildings and shall be designed to buffer pedestrians from vehicular traffic, as well as to emphasize walkways.

3. Landscaping shall be designed to further pedestrian safety. Where provided, walkways shall have adequate width and be separated from parking lots, loading areas, and buildings (excepting building entries), with a landscape buffer. Furthermore, trees shall be planted along walkways to create shade and comfortable environments.

K. Grading Design and Stormwater Management.

1. Grading shall be designed to minimize soil erosion, water run -off or water waste, and increase on-site retention and infiltration. Grading shall ensure all irrigation and normal rainfall remains on-site and does not drain onto impermeable surfaces. Landscape areas shall be graded to be 1.5 inches below the grade of the adjacent finished surface.

2. Landscape plans shall include stormwater collection methods or devices that direct water into depressed landscape areas, such as vegetated swales, detention basins or infiltration areas. These areas shall incorporate proper plant materials and irrigation f or success in saturated soils, drought conditions and to withstand possible erosion from the hydraulic impacts of stormwater collection. Manufactured drywells, pervious pavement, or storage chambers may also be used for stormwater infiltration.

3. Stormwater collection in landscape areas shall be designed with a natural appearance, utilizing curvilinear forms, native plants, varying sizes of boulders or river rock, and maximum 3:1 slope.

4. On-site landscape areas for stormwater management may utilize vegetated swales but shall not exceed 40 percent of the landscaped area width.

5. Landscaped slopes 3:1 or greater shall incorporate rolled erosion control products and landscape appropriate for slopes. Slopes shall be irrigated by a system with a low precipitation rate of 0.75 inches per hour or less. Turf is not allowed on slopes greater than 4:1, or where the toe of the slope is adjacent to an impermeable hardscape.

6. Compaction during site grading shall not occur within landscape areas.

Compacted soils shall be repaired by deep tilling, or as directed by the soil analysis prescribed by Subsection D (Soil Testing) of this Section.

7. Vegetated swales, basins and sloped grades for stormwater management shall incorporate a level area adjacent to paved edges, at least 3 FT to 5 FT in width, to allow utilities, such as backflow devices, to be located on level ground, and to serve as a buff er from sloped edges for pedestrian safety purposes.

L. Decorative Water Features. Decorative water features shall be properly maintained to operate and function to meet the intent of the design. Furthermore, decorative water features shall incorporate recirculating water systems, and shall use recycled water, where available, excluding swimming pools and spas.

525
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-24 Ontario Development Code

6.05.050: Landscape Maintenance

A. Landscape Maintenance Required. Where a Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plan is required pursuant to Subsection 6.05.015.B (Landscape and Irrigation Documentation Plans) of this Division, all installed landscaping shall be permanently maintained as prescribed by this Section.

1. Once installed, no landscaping shall be removed unless replaced with landscaping of a similar design, character, and coverage, at maturity.

2. Trees shall be monitored, staking inspected, and branches pruned, if necessary, pursuant to Section 6.05.020 (Tree Preservation Policy and Protection Measures) of this Division, to direct new growth, and to avoid conflict with vehicles, pedestrians, lighting, or buildings. Stakes and ties shall be removed upon establishment, typically 2 years after planting.

3. Once installed, no landscaping shall be allowed to die -off. The replacement of dead or dying landscape materials shall occur in a timely manner, or immediately upon notification by the City, as prescribed by Division 6.10 (Property Appearance and Maintenan ce) of this Development Code.

4. Irrigation systems shall be maintained to prevent water waste. Broken or inefficient irrigation shall be repaired, replaced, or modified to prevent runoff from leaving the target landscape due to low head drainage, overspray, or other similar condition where water flows onto adjacent property, non-irrigated areas, walkways, roadways, parking lots or structures, unless the nonpermeable surfaces are designed and constructed to drain entirely to landscaping.

B. Landscape Maintenance Defined. On-going landscape maintenance shall consist of the following:

1. Regular watering;

2. Monitoring and treating for pests, disease, or injury;

3. Regular mowing, pruning, and the removal and replacement of dead or dying plants;

4. Regular fertilizing;

5. Clearing of debris and providing weed control;

6. Repair and/or timely replacement of irrigation systems, and components thereof;

7. Repair and/or timely replacement of integrated architectural features; and

8. Any other similar act(s) that promotes growth, health, beauty, and the life of plants, shrubs, trees, and/or groundcover/turf.

6.05.055: Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines

A. The City Council shall establish by resolution, Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G), which are intended as a reference to assist design 526
Division 6.05—Landscaping

Ontario Development Code Page 6.05-25 (Rev. 01.16.2024) professionals, landscape contractors and homeowners in their understanding of the City 's goals and objectives for the preparation of landscape construction documentation plans, and the installation of landscape materials and elements.

B. The Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G) shall compliment the mandatory landscaping regulations contained in this Division, by providing examples of potential design solutions, and by providing interpretations of the various mandatory landscaping regulations contained in this Division.

C. The Landscape Design and Construction Guidelines (Development Code Reference G) authorized by this Section, shall be enforceable in the same manner, and to the same extent, as any other applicable requirement of this Development Code.

527
Division 6.05—Landscaping

(Rev. 01.16.2024) Page 6.05-26 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

528

Ontario Development Code Page 6.06-1 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Division 6.06—Street Naming and Street Address Numbering

Sections:

6.06.000: Purpose

6.06.005: Applicability

6.06.010: Assignment of Street Names and Street Address Numbers

6.06.015: Street-Naming

6.06.020: Street Address Numbering

6.06.000: Purpose

The purpose of this division is to establish policies for the naming of public and private streets and alleyways, and the address numbering of lots, parcels, dwelling units, places of businesses, and public buildings located along public and/or private streets within the City.

6.06.005: Applicability

A. The naming of any new public or private street or alleyway within the City and any request to change the previously established name of a public or private street or alley within the City shall be accomplished pursuant to the Street Naming Policy established by this division.

B. A street address number shall be assigned to a lot, parcel, dwelling unit, place of business and/or public building located along a public and/or private street within the City pursuant to the Street Address Numbering Policy established by this division.

6.06.010: Assignment of Street Names and Street Address Numbers

A. Assignment of Street Names. The Planning Director shall be responsible for the assignment of street names, and shall, upon recommendation of the Building Official, City Engineer, Fire Chief, and Police Chief, assign street names as established by Section 6.06.015 (Street Naming) of this Division.

B. Assignment of Street Addresses. The Building Official shall be responsible for the assignment of street addresses and shall assign street addresses as established by Section 6.06.020 (Street Address Numbering) of this Division.

6.06.015: Street Naming

A. Naming of Streets. S treet names should be assigned based upon one of the following criteria:

1. Presidents of the United States;

2. States of the United States;

3. Cities of the United States;
529
Division 6.06—Street Naming and Street Address Numbering

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.06-2 Ontario Development Code

4. California counties;

5. Names of famous local, state, and national personalities who are deceased;

6. Names of culturally significant historic places and events;

7. Famous fictitious names;

8. Names of astrological constellations;

9. Colleges;

10. Colors;

11. Precious metals;

12. Rocks;

13. Trees, shrubs and flowers;

14. Fruits and nuts;

15. Armstrong registered roses; or

16. Others, as approved by the Planning Director.

B. Street Name Prefix. All street names shall be assigned a prefix based upon its direction and location in the City, as follows:

1. Each street that generally runs in a north -south direction, and is located north of Holt Boulevard, shall be assigned "North" as its street name prefix.

2. Each street that generally runs in a north -south direction, and is located south of Holt Boulevard, shall be assigned "South" as its street name prefix.

3. Each street that generally runs in an east -west direction, and is located east of Euclid Avenue, shall be assigned "East" as its street name prefix.

4. Each street that generally runs in an east -west direction, and is located west of Euclid Avenue, shall be assigned "West" as its street name prefix.

C. Street Name Suffix. All street names shall be assigned a suffix based upon its direction and design, as follows (excepting subregional thoroughfares, such as Holt and Mission Boulevards):

1. Each through street that generally runs in a north-south direction shall be assigned "Avenue" as its street name suffix.

2. Each through street that generally runs in an east -west direction shall be assigned "Street" as its street name suffix.

530
Division 6.06—Street Naming and Street Address Numbering

Ontario Development Code Page 6.06-3 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

3. Each portion of a through street that changes direction, and generally runs in a north-south direction, shall be assigned "Way," "Parkway," or "Trail," as its street name suffix.

4. Each portion of a through street that changes direction, and generally runs in an east-west direction, shall be assigned "Road," "Drive," or "Lane," as its street name suffix.

5. Each cul-de-sac in which the centerline generally points in a north -south direction at its termination point shall be assigned "Place" as its street name suffix.

6. Each cul-de-sac in which the centerline generally points in an east -west direction at its termination point shall be assigned "Court" as its street name suffix.

7. Each circling street shall be assigned "Circle" as its street name suffix.

8. Each looping street shall be assigned "Loop" as its street name suffix.

D. Naming of Private Streets and Drives. The name of a private street or drive shall be determined pursuant to Subsection A (Naming of Streets) of this Section. In addition, each private street (or a private drive, if deemed necessary or desirable by the Planning Director) shall be assigned a "Privado" or "Paseo" street name suffix to identify that the street is privately owned and maintained.

E. Naming of Alleys. Alleys shall only be named if all the following criteria are met:

1. The alley leads to a landlocked parcel with frontage only onto an alley (no street frontage).

2. The structure(s) on the property are designated as a local historic landmark.

3. The naming will not adversely affect any other landlocked parcel.

6.06.020: Street Address Numbering

A. Assignment of Street Addresses. Street addresses shall be assigned based upon the following numbering system:

1. Euclid Avenue is hereby designated as the north -south street address -numbering axis and Holt Boulevard is hereby designated as the east -west street address-numbering axis. All streets that run in a general north -south direction shall be numbered from Holt Boulevard, consecutively, to the City limits. All streets that run in a general east -west direction shall be numbered from Euclid Avenue, consecutively, to corporate limits.

2. The numbering system shall begin at 100 and extend from each axis point.

Wherever possible, succeeding blocks shall be assigned addresses in intervals of 100. Block length shall be determined by the next street succeeding street intersection, or at 660 FT intervals when no street intersection exists, with one whole street number assigned for each 20 lineal FT of street frontage.

3. On north-south running streets, north of Holt Boulevard, odd address numbers shall be assigned to the west side of the street and even address numbers to the east side of the street. 531
Division 6.06—Street Naming and Street Address Numbering

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.06-4 Ontario Development Code
South of Holt Boulevard, odd address numbers shall be assigned to the east side of the street and even address numbers to the west side of the street.

4. On east-west running streets, east of Euclid Avenue, odd address numbers shall be assigned to the north side of the street and even address numbers to the south side of the street.

West of Euclid Avenue, odd address numbers shall be assigned to the south side of the street and even address numbers to the north side of the street.

5. A new street having the design of a circle or loop shall bear one given name along its entire length and shall have a street address numbering system as follows:

a. Where the entrance to the circle or loop is from an adjacent east -west running street, the address numbering shall conform to that used on the north -south streets;

b. Where the entrance to the circle or loop is from an adjacent north -south running street, the address numbering shall conform to that use on the east -west streets.

B. Posting of Street Address Numbers. The owner, occupant or person in charge of any house or building to which a number has been assigned shall be responsible for posting assigned street address numbers pursuant to the following specifications:

1. Principal buildings shall display the address number on the side where the front entrance is located. A principal building occupied by more than one business or dwelling unit shall display the assigned number at the front entrance of each tenant or dwellin g unit. In addition, commercial and industrial buildings shall display the assigned numbers at rear and side entrances facing a public alley or access drive.

2. A lot or development site having more than one building shall be assigned an address number in a manner determined by the Building Official. Commercial and industrial buildings shall display a directory at the main entrance to the site.

3. Street address numbers shall be posted so as to be conspicuously visible from the street or road fronting the property. The actual location and size of the numbers shall be approved by the Building Official, subject to the following guidelines:

a. Each individual digit stroke shall be a minimum of one inch wide;

b. Street address numerals located less than 50 FT from the street curb face shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Address numerals located from 50 to 100 FT from the street curb face shall be a minimum of 8 inches in height. Address numerals located more than 100 FT from the street curb face shall be a minimum of 12 inches in height ; and

c. Street address numerals that are not visible from the street due to setback distance or would otherwise be obstructed may be posted on a freestanding structure having a maximum height of 3.5 FT and maximum area of 4 SF.

4. Street address numerals and the background to which they are affixed shall be of contrasting colors or shades and shall be of reflective material for nighttime visibility. Samples of the materials shall be submitted to and approved by the Building Official.

C. Street Address Number Required for Building Permit Issuance. No building permit shall be issued for any principal building until the owner or owner 's agent has obtained the official street 532
Division 6.06—Street Naming and Street Address Numbering

Ontario Development Code Page 6.06-5 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
address number of the premises from the Building Official. Final approval for a certificate of occupancy of any principal building erected, repaired or expanded shall be withheld until permanent and proper street address numbers have been displayed pursuan t to this division.

D. Posting of Rooftop Address Numbers. Street addresses, suite/unit numbers and letters shall be displayed on rooftops as follows:

1. Street address numbers shall be displayed on rooftops of all multiple unit residential, commercial and industrial buildings. The numbers shall face the street corresponding to the address. Numerals shall be 3 FT long by one FT wide and shall be painted in reflective white paint on a flat black painted background.

2. Any other buildings may display secondary street address numbers on rooftops in coordination with the Police Department. Numerals shall be 3 FT long by 5 inches wide and shall be painted in reflective white paint on a flat black painted background.

3. Roof top street address numbers should not be visible from the street.

533
Division 6.06—Street Naming and Street Address Numbering

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.06-6 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

534

Ontario Development Code Page 6.07-1 (Rev. 05.02.2023)
Division 6.07—Reserved

**********Reserved for Future Use**********

535
Division 6.07—Reserved
(Rev. 05.02.2023) Page 6.07-2 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

536

Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-1 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions

Sections:

6.08.000: Purpose

6.08.005: Applicability

6.08.010: Maps

6.08.015: Subdivision and Development Project Design

6.08.020: Monuments

6.08.025: Reports

6.08.030: Park Dedication and In-Lieu Fee Regulations

6.08.035: Dedications and Improvements

6.08.040: Improvement Plans and Security

6.08.045: Common Interest Subdivisions

6.08.050: Conversion to a Residential Common Interest Project

6.08.055: Conversion to a Nonresidential Common Interest Project

6.08.060: Urban Lot Splits

6.08.000: Purpose

The purpose of this Division is to set forth rules and regulations for the subdivision and/or development of real property pursuant to the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act of the State of California (commencing with GC Section 66410) and the Ontario Municipal Code. Furthermore, it is the purpose of this Division to regulate and control all divisions of land that may be lawfully regulated by the City pursuant to the Subdivision Map Act. The provisions of this Division shall be interpreted to carry out this intent and purpose. In the event of a conflict between any mandatory provision of the Subdivision Map Act and a provision of this Division, the Subdivision Map Act shall control.

6.08.005: Applicability

A. Pursuant to the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act, and in addition to any other applicable regulations provided by State law, the regulations contained in this Division shall apply to all subdivisions or parts of subdivisions of land proposed within the corporate limits of the City, and to the preparation of subdivision maps and any other maps provided for by the Subdivision Map Act. Prior to the subdivision and/or development of any land in the City, the subdivider and developer thereof shall conform to, and comply with, the requirements, rules, and regulations of this Division.

B. No land shall be subdivided and developed for any purpose that is not in conformity with the Vision, Policy Plan (General Plan), and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan, and any applicable specific plan or planned unit development of the City. The type and intensity of land use shown in the Policy Plan, or applicable specific plan or planned unit development, shall determine the type of streets, roads, highways, utilities, and public services that shall be provided by the subdivider and/or the developer.

537
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-2 Ontario Development Code

6.08.010: Maps

The requirement or necessity for a tentative, final, or parcel map shall be governed by the provisions of this Section.

A. Tentative Tract Maps and Final Maps. A tentative tract map and final map shall be required for all subdivisions creating 5 or more lots, 5 or more condominium units, a community apartment project containing 5 or more lots, or for the conversion of a dwelling to a stock cooperative containing 5 or more dwelling units, except as provided by Section GC 66418.2 and Section GC 66426.

B. Parcel Maps. A parcel map shall be required for all subdivisions creating 4 or fewer lots, or 4 or fewer condominium units, a community apartment project containing 4 or fewer lots, or for the conversion of a dwelling to a stock cooperative containing 4 or fewer dwelling units, or for those subdivisions described in Section GC 66426.

C. Exceptions to the Preparation of a Tentative Tract Map, Final Map or Parcel Map. Exceptions to the preparation of a tentative tract map or final map, or a parcel map shall be pursuant to GC Section 66426 and 66428.

D. Exclusions from the Requirement for a Tentative Tract Map, Final Map or Parcel Map. The requirement for the filing of a subdivision map pursuant to this Section shall not be applicable in those instances identified in GC Section 66412, 66412.1, 66412.2, 66412.3, 66412.5, and any other mandatory exclusions to the applicability of the Subdivision Map Act, as provided by the Act.

E. Waiver of Parcel Maps. The City Engineer is authorized to waive a parcel map pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.03.045 (Subdivisions—Parcel Map Waiver) of this Development Code.

6.08.015: Subdivision and Development Project Design

A. Design and Improvement Requirements. Pursuant to GC Section 66473.5, a subdivision for which a tentative map or parcel map is required pursuant to Section 6.08.010 (Maps) of this Division, shall be consistent with the Vision, Policy Plan (General Plan), and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan, any applicable specific plan or planned unit development, and this Development Code. Unless otherwise specified, design requirements and improvement requirements may be modified or waived only by the City Council.

B. Lot Requirements. All residential, commercial, mixed use, and industrial lots shall have direct access to a public street, except where private street, common driveway or other access easement rights are specifically approved by the City. The access easement shall be reserved on a subdivision map or by separate instrument in perpetuity, for the benefit of the effected property(ies).

C. Street Rights-Of-Way and Design Requirements. The street layout of a proposed subdivision or development project shall be consistent with all street right -of-way designations contained in the Mobility Element of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, or an applicable specific plan, at the time of tentative map approval. For alignments not specifically shown in the Mobility element, the City Engineer shall approve alignments that are consistent with the Policy Plan component of The Ontario Plan, or any applicable specific plan, master plan, and City standard. All streets (public and private) shall be designed to meet public street requirements, 538
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-3 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
unless otherwise approved by the Executive Director Development or both the City Engineer and Planning Director.

D. Utility Easements. Whenever overhead utilities are allowed in a proposed subdivision or development project by this Development Code, utility easements of sufficient width shall be located along the rear or side lot lines. Whenever possible, such easements shall extend an equal distance into each of the 2 abutting lots. This requirement may be modified by the Approving Authority, if warranted by unusual circumstances in a particular proposed subdivision.

Underground utility easements, whenever necessary and to the extent practicable, shall be adjoining and parallel to lot lines.

E. Drainage Easements. The design of a proposed subdivision or development project shall provide for the proper drainage of the proposed subdivision or development project, and all lots and improvements therein, based upon the runoff that can be anticipated from ultimate development of the watershed area where in the subdivision is located. Stormwater detention measures shall be provided when required by the City Engineer, to reduce any adverse effects of increased runoff from development on downstream properties.

F. Lighting and Maintenance Districts and Community Facilities Districts. The City may cause the annexation of an area within a subdivision or development project to be annexed into a Lighting and Maintenance District (LMD), Community Facilities District (CFD), or similar appropriate district, prior to the recordation of a final map or parcel map, or vesting map.

G. Energy Conservation. Pursuant to GC Section 66473.1, the design of a subdivision for which a tentative map is required pursuant to Section 6.08.010 (Maps) of this Division, or a development project, shall provide to the extent feasible, for future passive or natural heating or cooling opportunities in the subdivision.

H. Cable Television Systems. Pursuant to GC Section 66473.3, the Approving Authority may require the design of a subdivision for which a tentative map or parcel map is required pursuant to Section 6.08.010 (Maps) of this Division, to provide for appropriate cable television systems and for communication systems, including, but not limited to, telephone and Internet services, to each lot in the subdivision. This provision shall not apply to the conversion of existing dwelling units to a common interest project.

6.08.020: Monuments

A. Pursuant to GC Section 66495, at the time of survey of the final map or parcel map, the engineer or surveyor shall set sufficient durable monuments so that another engineer or surveyor may readily retrace the survey. The exterior boundary of the land being subdivided shall be adequately monumented or referenced prior to recordation of the final map or parcel map.

B. The subdivider shall submit to the City Engineer, in a form satisfactory to the City Engineer, a tie sheet showing proper ties to the location of the centerline monuments. A minimum of 3 ties shall be shown for each centerline monument. All monuments set, and tie monuments set, shall be permanently marked or tagged with the registration or license number of the responsible engineer or surveyor.

C. Interior monuments need not be set at the time the map is recorded, provided the engineer or surveyor certifies on the map that the monuments will be set prior to City Engineer acceptance of the improvements or within 2 years following the recordation of the final map, 539
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-4 Ontario Development Code
whichever is later, and the subdivider furnishes to the City, security guaranteeing the full payment of the cost of setting the monuments.

D. Pursuant to GC Section 66497, the engineer or surveyor shall notify the subdivider and the City Engineer when monuments have been set. If the subdivider does not present evidence to the City that the engineer or surveyor has been paid for the setting of the final monuments, and the engineer or surveyor notifies the City that payment has not been received from the subdivider for the setting of the final monuments, within 3 months following the date of notification, the City shall pay the amount due to the engineer or surveyor from the monument deposit.

E. In the event of the death, disability or retirement from practice of the engineer or surveyor charged with the responsibility for setting monuments, or in the event of his refusal to set such monuments, the City Council may direct the City Engineer, or such engineer or surveyor as it may select, to set such monuments. If the original engineer or surveyor is replaced by another, the former may release his obligation to set the final monuments to the surveyor or engineer who replaced him, by letter to the City Engineer. When the monuments are so set, the substitute engineer or surveyor shall amend any map filed pursuant to this Section and the provisions of GC Section 66498, and GC Section 66499 through 66472, inclusive.

6.08.025: Reports

A. Soils Report.

1. Prior to the approval of a final tract or parcel map, vesting map, or development plan, the City may require that the subdivider and/or developer submit a preliminary soils report.

If required, the report shall be prepared by a civil engineer who is regist ered by the State of California and shall be based upon adequate test borings or excavations in the subdivision.

2. A soils report shall be prepared by a qualified civil or geotechnical engineer, who is registered by the State of California. An investigation of each parcel in the subdivision shall be prepared if the preliminary soils report (if required) indicates the presence of any of the following problems:

a. Critically expansive soils or other soil problems that, if not corrected, would lead to structural defects;

b. Rocks or liquids containing deleterious chemicals that, if not corrected, could cause construction materials, such as concrete, steel, and ductile or cast iron, to corrode or deteriorate; or

c. The presence of methane gas and/or other toxic gases or substances, which, if not corrected, could cause life endangerment.

3. The soil investigation shall recommend corrective action that is likely to prevent structural damage to each building proposed to be constructed in the area where the soil problem exists.

4. The City shall approve a soils report (if required) upon determination that the recommended corrective action is likely to prevent structural damage to each building to be constructed in the area where a soil problem exists. The subdivider may appeal the determination to the City Council pursuant to the procedures set forth in Division 2.04 (Appeals) of this 540
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-5 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Development Code. Subsequent building permits shall be conditioned upon the incorporation of the recommended corrective action in the construction of each building.

B. Geological Hazard Reports.

1. Prior to the approval of a final tract map or parcel map, vesting map or development plan, the City may require subdivider or developer submit a geological hazard report if the subdivision includes land within a geologic hazard area identified in the Polic y Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan or by the California Department of Conservation, or if the Building Official determines that other geological conditions warrant the preparation of a report. The report shall be prepared by a civil engineer who is registered by the State of California and shall be based upon appropriate field observations.

2. If the geological hazard report indicates the presence of a potential geological hazard to life, health, or property, a qualified civil or geotechnical engineer, who is registered by the State of California, shall prepare a geological mitigation plan that identifies corrective action for the potential hazard, which shall be filed with the City.

3. The City shall approve the mitigation plan if it is determined that the recommended corrective action is likely to mitigate the potential hazard. The subdivider may appeal the determination to the City Council, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Division 2.04 (Appeals) of this Development Code. Subsequent building permits shall be conditioned upon the incorporation of the recommended corrective action in the construction of each building.

6.08.030: Park Dedication and In-Lieu Fee Regulations

A. Purpose. These park dedication and in -lieu fee regulations are enacted pursuant to the authority granted by GC Section 66477 and shall be interpreted consistent with the provisions thereof. The park and recreational facilities for which payment of impact fees and/ or dedication of land are required by the terms of this Section shall be provided in accordance with the standards, specifications, and requirements of the Vision, Policy Plan (General Plan), and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan, any applicable specific plan, and any other applicable resolution, policy, or standard of the City.

B. Applicability.

1. Effect on Other Laws. With respect to the requirement for the payment of impact fees or the dedication of land for park and recreational purposes by the subdivider or developer of a residential project, or the residential portion of a mixed -use project, pursuant to this Development Code, this Section shall supersede all other ordinances or regulations of the City inconsistent herewith. The enactment of this Section shall not supersede any other provisions or authority adopted by ordinance of the City Council, unless expressly stated in this Section.

2. Exemptions. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to subdivisions containing less than 5 parcels and not used for residential purposes; provided, however, that a condition may be placed on the approval of such parcel map that if a building permit is request ed for construction of a residential structure or structures on one or more of the parcels within 4 years, an impact fee may be required to be paid by the owner of each parcel as a condition to the issuance of such permit. In addition, the provisions of this Section shall not apply to nonresidential subdivisions; or to condominium or stock cooperative projects that consist of the subdivision of 541
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-6 Ontario Development Code
airspace in an existing apartment building that is more than 5 years old, when no new dwelling units are added.

C. Definitions. The following definitions shall govern the meaning of the words as used in this Section, unless from the context in which the word is used, a different meaning is clearly intended:

1. Fair Market Value . The value of land set forth in the City 's general and specific plans, which are earmarked to be acquired by the City upon which the City intends to locate park and recreational facilities to service residents of the subdivision. Fair market value shall be based upon an appraisal by a qualified a ppraiser selected by the City, which appraisal shall be updated from time to time by the City. The fair market value shall be determined as of the time the final map or parcel map is filed. With re gard to any park and recreation improvements, or equipment provided by the subdivider, the fair market value shall be the actual cost to acquire, construct, or install the improvement or equipment.

2. Park. A lot that is, or contiguous lots that are, owned, operated, and maintained by a public agency or private association, and which provides recreational land and facilities for the benefit and enjoyment of the residents of the subdivision and of persons re siding, working, or visiting in the City. Parks may be classified as community parks, including community centers, athletic facilities, large multi-user swimming pools, picnic areas, cultural centers, or similar facilities; public neighborhood parks, including playground equipment, sports fields, and picnic areas; and private neighborhood parks, generally intended to serve only the immediate subdivision/development or specified planned community in which they are located. Parks may also include, or be limited to, open space areas suitable for active or passive uses.

3. Park and Recreational Facilities . Any public improvements deemed necessary by the City to develop, improve, or rehabilitate land and facilities for park and recreational purposes.

Such improvements may include, but not be limited to, grading; landscaped areas for active and passive recre ational use, open space and sports fields; irrigation and drainage systems; lawn, shrubs and trees; facilities for recreational community gardening; walkways; bicycle facilities and park lighting; playground or other recreat ional equipment; picnic facilities; community center or other buildings, swimming pools; volleyball, basketball, tennis, racquetball, and other courts; vehicle driveways and parking areas, and any other facilities which may hereafter be authorized by state law or approved by the City.

4. Private Open Space . Privately owned land and facilities for park and recreation purposes provided within a subdivision, and perpetually maintained and operated by the future residents or owner of the subdivision.

D. Payment of Impact Fees or Park Dedication Required. As a condition of approval of a tentative tract or parcel map, final tract or parcel map, or development project for a residential subdivision or the residential portion of a mixed -use project, or for a building permit within a subdivision, the subdivider shall be required to pay an impact fee, offer for dedication of park land in lieu thereof, or both, at the sole and exclusive option of the City, in the amount provided in this Section, for park and recre ational purposes, unless the subdivider is exempted from this requirement by the express provisions of this Section. The payment of an impact fee and/or offering for dedication of land shall be at the time and according to the standards and formula contained in this Section.

E. Standards for Determining Dedication/Maximum Requirement.

542
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-7 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

1. General. If the park dedication is required under Subsection D (Payment of Impact Fees or Park Dedication Required), above, the park area required shall be determined pursuant to the standards provided in this Section.

2. Standard of Park Area to Population (Park Area Standard Ratio). it is found and determined that the public interest, convenience, health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the City require that 5.0 acres of property for every 1,000 persons residing within the City be devoted to local park and recreational purposes, and that such park area is necessary to provide for the needs of the current and future persons residing and working in the City. The ratio of 0.005 shall hereafter be referred to as the "Park Area Standard Ratio."

3. Computation of Maximum Area of Public Parkland to be Dedicated.

a. The maximum amount of public park land required to be dedicated by a subdivision or development project shall be equal to the Total Number Of Dwelling Unit Types multiplied by the dwelling unit occupancy factor established pursuant to Subparagraph b, below, multiplied by 0.005 (the Park Area Standard Ratio of 5.0 acres per 1,000 population). The computation is represented as follows:

Area of Public Parkland to be Dedicated = (Total Number of Dwelling Unit Types) x (Dwelling Unit Occupancy Factor) x (0.005)

b. The Dwelling Unit Occupancy Factor for each housing type shall be established by resolution of the City Council, based upon the latest available census data.

c. The City Council, by resolution, may require a dedication of parkland less than the maximum amount set forth above if the City Council finds, and clearly establishes that a smaller dedication will adequately serve the public interest, convenience, health, safety, and welfare of the residents of the City.

4. Qualification of Land Being Dedicated. In addition to meeting the requirements set forth in this section, any land offered for park dedication shall meet the applicable criteria specified in Section 6.08.035 (Dedications and Improvements) of this Division.

F. Standards for Determining Park Impact Fee/Maximum Fee.

1. When required by Subsection G (Determination of Dedication, Fees, or Combination) of this Section, the subdivider or developer shall pay to the City, a fee in lieu of making an offer of parkland dedication. For the purposes of impact fee calculation, 3.0 a cres of property for every 1,000 persons residing within the City shall be determined to be devoted to local parkland and recreational purposes, thereby resulting in the ratio of 0.003 to be hereafter referred to as the "Park Area Fee Standard Ratio."

2. The Park Impact Fee shall be equal to the total number of dwelling units multiplied by the Dwelling Unit Occupancy Factor established pursuant to Subparagraph E.3.b (Dwelling Unit Occupancy Factor) of this Section, multiplied by the Park Area Fee Standard Ratio, multiplied by the area of parkland to be dedicated under Paragraph E.3 (Computation of Maximum Area of Parkland to be Dedicated) of this Section, multiplied by the fair market value of the land to be developed by the City for parkland and recreational facilities. The computation is represented as follows:

543
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-8 Ontario Development Code
Park Impact Fee = (Total Number of Dwelling Units) x (Occupancy Factor) x (0.003) x (Fair Market Value of Land to be Developed)

G. Determination of Dedication, Fees, or Combination.

1. Impact Fee Generally Required . Where required by the City or where no park or recreational facility located in whole or in part within the proposed subdivision is designated in the general plan of the City or other adopted resolution policy or standard of the City, the subdivider or developer shall pay an impact fee computed in accordance with Subsection F (Standards for Determining Impact Fees/Maximum Fee), above, to be used for park and recreational purposes to serve the residents of the area being subdivided and other members of the public.

2. Dedication in Lieu of Impact Fee . Where a park or recreational facility has been designated in the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan of the City, or other adopted resolution policy or standard of the City, and is to be located in whole or in part within the propose d subdivision to serve the immediate and future needs of the residents of the subdivision and other members of the public, the City may require the subdivider to dedicate land for a park and provide recreational facilities t hereon in lieu of payment of an impact fee as provided in this Section, if the City determines that dedication is desirable as provided in this Section. If the fair market value of the park and recreational facilities provided is less than that required hereunder, the difference shall be paid by the subdivider as an impact fee.

3. Combination of Land and Fees . The City may accept a combination of land, recreational facilities, and fees, with the respective amounts to be determined by the sole discretion of the City, so long as the aggregate fair market value of the land and recreational facilities, plus in-lieu fees, does not exceed the limits established in this Section.

4. Determination of Land or Fee . Whether the City requires payment of an impact fee, or requires land dedication in lieu thereof, or a combination of both, shall, in the City 's sole discretion, be determined by consideration of the following, and such determination shall be final and conclusive:

a. The provisions of the City's general plan, any specific plan adopted thereto, and any other adopted resolution, policy or regulation of the City;

b. Topography, geology, access and location of land in the subdivision available for dedication;

c. Size and shape of the subdivision and land available for dedication;

d. The feasibility of dedication;

e. Access and location of other park sites to subdivision; and

f. Need of other accessible park sites for development, improvement , and rehabilitation.

5. Impact Fees for Subdivisions of 50 Parcels or Less . If the subdivision contains 50 lots or less, only the payment of impact fees may be required, except that condominium, stock cooperative or community apartment projects may be required to dedicate land if they have more than 50 dwelling units.

544
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-9 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
H. Subdivider Credits.

1. Public Parks. The subdivider shall receive a credit against the impact fee payment or park dedication requirement for the fair market value of any land dedicated and for the value of any park and recreation improvements provided by subdivider in conjunction with any public park. The value of such improvements shall be determined by City based upon Paragraph C.4 of this Section.

2. Private Park . In conjunction with any planned development, real estate development, stock cooperative, community apartment, or condominium, as defined by state law, if the subdivider provides private open space as defined in Subsection C (Definitions) of this Section, then the subdivider may receive a credit against the park dedication requirement of this Section, in an amount to be determined by the City Council or its designee, but such credit shall not exceed 33 percent of such impact fee payment or park dedication requirement. The actual amount of such credit shall be determined by the City Council or its designee, based upon the comparability of the private open space to public park area and the adequacy of such private open space to serve the needs of the subdivision for active recreational uses.

3. Application of Credits . The credits provided by Paragraphs H.1 and H.2, above, shall be applied to reduce the subdivider 's obligation to dedicate and/or pay an impact fee as required under this Section, but only to the extent of such credit.

I. Disposition of Land or Fees.

1. The amount and location of land to be dedicated, or the impact fees to be paid, shall bear a reasonable relationship to the use of the park and recreational facilities by the future inhabitants of the subdivision. In accordance with GC Section 66477, it is expressly acknowledged that the land to be dedicated or impact fees to be paid may be for both neighborhood and community parks. In addition, such impact fees may be used to improve or rehabilitate existing parks.

2. Impact fees paid by a subdivider pursuant to this Section may be spent to develop, improve, and rehabilitate community and neighborhood parks even though such parks may be used by nonresidents of the subdivision, so long as the benefit of the park and recreational facilities to residents of the subdivision is reasonable in relation to the location of the parks and amount of the impact fees.

J. Time of Payment of Impact Fees or Land Dedication. All park impact fees shall be paid directly to the City Cashier at the time of issuance of a building permit for each lot within the subdivision. In the event of a dedication requirement, the subdivider shall make an irrevocable offer of dedication to the City at the time of recordation of the final map.

K. Schedule of Performance.

1. City's Schedule. The City shall prepare and maintain a schedule specifying how, when, and where land or impact fees, or both, which were dedicated to the City to develop park or recreational facilities will be used. Any impact fees collected pursuant to this Se ction shall be committed within 5 years after the payment of such fees or the issuance of building permits on 50 percent of the lots created by the subdivision, whichever occurs later. If any fees are not so committed, they shall be distributed to subdivision owners in accordance with law.

545
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-10 Ontario Development Code

2. Subdivider's Schedule. In the event that a subdivider improves or develops parks for public or private ownership, they shall prepare a schedule specifying when, how, and where they will develop the park or recreational facilities to serve the residents of the subdivision. This schedule will be required as a condition of subdivision map approval.

L. Procedure. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Section, any decision or action required by City in this Section shall be made after the duly noticed public hearing, at the time of approval of the tentative tract map or parcel map by the Approving Authority. Such decision or action shall be made a condition of approval of the subdivision map and shall be final and conclusive in the absence of a timely filed appeal pursuant to Division 2.04 (Appeals).

6.08.035: Dedications and Improvements

A. General Requirements.

1. The public need, safety, and general welfare require that dedications, offers of dedication, and irrevocable offers of dedication of real property for various public uses be made to the City, or other public agency or district, as conditions precedent to the approval or conditional approval of tentative tract or parcel maps, final tract and parcel maps, development plans, reversions to acreage, lot line adjustments, and consolidations and combinations of lots, or any other action or event requiring evidence of official City approval.

2. Dedications may be required for streets, highways, alleys, public service easements, courts, walkways, bicycle trails, equestrian trails, recreation trails, vehicular and pedestrian access rights, slopes, storm drains, watercourses, floodplains, sewers, water lines, water rights, public utilities, traffic signal facilities, transit facilities, environmental enhancement, landscaping, parks, recreation areas, and for all other public uses not specified, if found to be required to conform to, or implement the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan or any element thereof, or any applicable specific plan, planned unit development, master plan, and/or City standard. Dedications may also be required by the City on behalf of any other public agency or district.

B. Dedication Requirements.

1. Dedications for streets and highways shall be to the width as designated by the Mobility Element of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan and City standards, or as designated by an approved specific plan. Deviations may be allowed fo r streets and highway widths not shown in the Mobility Element, or in any approved specific plan, based upon the land use, traffic volumes or other factors as determined by the City Engineer.

2. Dedications for other public easements shall be based upon the need for service, accessibility, topography, clearances available, and other circumstances and factors as determined by the City Engineer.

C. Method of Dedication. Dedications shall be made to the City by the following prescribed methods:

1. Final Map, Parcel Map , or Development Project . All streets, highways, alleys, easements, and lots offered for dedication or to be dedicated shall be clearly indicated on the map or development plan. They shall be clearly described in the appropriate statement on the 546
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-11 (Rev. 12.01.2020) title sheet of the map or development plan. Vehicular access right dedications shall likewise be shown and described on the final map.

2. Separate Instrument . Where dedications are made a requirement of the final approval of a Lot Merger, Development Plan, Conditional Use Permit, building permit, or any other permit, and no final map or parcel map is required to be filed and recorded as a condition thereof, the required dedications shall be made by separate instrument in a form approved by the city attorney, which shall be signed, executed and acknowledged by all parties having record title interest in the property or rights being dedicated. Preparation, execution, and delivery of the fully executed instrument shall be made prior to the final approval by the City of the lot consolidation, lot combination, development plan, or permit being requested.

3. Fee Title. Fee title shall be granted by the subdivider when in the opinion of the City Engineer, in consultation with the City Attorney, it is necessary to carry out policies and requirements of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, and any City ordinance, resolution or standard.

D. Acceptance of Dedications. Acceptance of dedications shall be in conformance with the following:

1. At the time of final map or parcel map acceptance and approval, the Approving Authority may accept or accept subject to improvement , any or all dedications or offers of dedication. The City Clerk shall certify the action by the Approving Authority on the map.

2. Until any dedication is accepted by the City by execution of a Certificate of Acceptance recorded in the office of the County Recorder, the City shall not be responsible for, and shall not incur, any liability with respect to the offered property.

3. If any dedication is accepted, including but not limited to road or street, path, storm drain, sanitary sewer, water (potable or recycled), public utilities, and/or other public use easement, the acceptance shall be completed by the execution and recordation of a Certificate of Acceptance, recorded in the office of the County Recorder.

4. If any dedication is accepted subject to the completion and acceptance of public improvements, the City shall not be responsible for or incur any liability with respect to such dedication, unless and until the public improvements are completed by the subdivider and accepted by the City as evidenced by a notice of completion issued by the City Engineer pursuant to Section 6.08.040.J.4 of this Division. The ownership of and responsibility for the construction and maintenance of any public improvement is held by the subdivider and shall remain so until such time as the public improvements are completed and accepted.

5. Offers of Dedication may be terminated and abandoned in the same manner as prescribed for the abandonment or vacation of streets by the Streets and Highways Code (SHC), commencing with SHC Section 8300 or SHC Section 940, as applicable.

6. Acceptance of offers of dedication on a final map shall not be effective until the final map is filed in the office of the County Recorder, or a separate resolution of acceptance, approved by the City Council, is filed in such office.

E. Dedication of Land for Public Access. All vehicular and pedestrian access rights shall be dedicated to the City for those lots abutting any major, primary, secondary or collector street, flood control channel, park, or bike trail, except at designated locations. 547
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-12 Ontario Development Code

F. Dedication of Land for Public Schools. Pursuant to GC Section 66478, the City may reserve an elementary school site within a proposed subdivision for later purchase by the appropriate school district. Whenever there is consideration of an area for a public school site within a subdivision, the city shall notify the school district and the State Department of Education, in writing, of the proposed site. The notification shall include the identification of any existing or proposed airport runways within the distance specified in State Education Code Section 17215.

1. Standards. As a condition of approval of a tentative or vesting tentative map, and as allowed by state law, a subdivider who develops or completes the development of one or more subdivisions within the school districts serving said subdivision, shall dedicate to th e school district such lands as the Approving Authority deems necessary, for the purpose of constructing elementary schools necessary to assure the residents of the subdivision adequate public school service.

2. Consistency with Policy Plan (General Plan). School sites offered for dedication shall conform to the policies in the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan and relevant specific plans, and the requirements of the school district.

3. Timing. The requirement of dedication shall be imposed at the time of approval of the tentative or vesting tentative map. If, within 30 days following the requirement to dedicate is imposed by the City, the school districts do not offer to enter into a binding commitment with the subdivider to accept the dedication, the requirement shall be automatically terminated. The required dedication may be made any time before, concurrently with, or up to 60 days following the filing of the final map on any portion of the subdivision.

4. Repayment of Costs. Upon accepting the dedication, the school district shall repay to the subdivider, or their successors, the original cost to the subdivider of the dedicated land, plus a sum equal to the total of the following amounts:

a. The cost of any improvements to the dedicated lands since acquisition by the subdivider;

b. The taxes assessed against the dedicated land from the date of the school district's offer to enter into the binding commitment to accept the dedication; and

c. Any other costs incurred by the subdivider in maintenance of such dedicated land, including interest costs incurred on any loan covering such land.

5. Exception. These dedication requirements for public school lands shall not apply to a subdivider who has owned the land being subdivided for more than 10 years prior to the filing of the tentative map.

G. Dedication for Streets. In order to meet the City 's transportation goals as described in the Mobility Element of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, any subdivider or developer of land shall dedicate, or make an irrevocable offer of dedication, of all land within the subdivision or the site that is needed for public streets and alley ways.

1. When Required . The dedication, or irrevocable offer of dedication, of land for streets and alley ways shall be a condition of approval of any tentative tract or parcel map, or vesting map submitted pursuant to Section 4.02.095 (Subdivisions —Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps, and Vesting Maps) of this Development Code, or the approval of any Development Plan 548
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-13 (Rev. 12.01.2020) submitted pursuant to Section 4.02.025 (Development Plans) of this Development Code, for the construction, alteration, or enlargement of any building or dwelling, or the establishment of any agricultural, commercial, or industrial land use. Furthermore, an owner, lessee, or agent constructing, altering, or enlarging a building or dwelling, or establishing an agricultural, commercial, or industrial land use, shall provide appropriate street dedication, or make an irrevocable offer of dedication, as a condition of building permit issuance, except that such dedications shall not be required for the following:

a. Any accessory building that does not exceed 1,000 SF of GFA;

b. Any alteration, enlargement, or addition that does not exceed 50 percent of the area of an existing building, dwelling, or land use, not to exceed 2,000 SF of GFA;

c. The installation or construction of walls, fences, or signs;

d. Temporary land uses not exceeding 30 days duration; and

e. Unenclosed agricultural land uses legally established pursuant to Table

5.02-1 (Land Use Matrix) of this Development Code.

2. Rights-of-Way. Street dedications shall include the full right-of-way required for the functional classification of roadway as described in the Mobility Element of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, and applicable specific plans, and Section

6.08.015 (Subdivision Design) of this Division.

3. Street Design. Streets to be dedicated to the City, as well as any private streets, shall follow the design specifications in Subsection 6.08.015.C (Street Rights-of-Way) of this Division.

H. Dedication for Pedestrian and Bicycle Paths . Whenever a subdivider or developer is required to dedicate roadways to the public, a dedication of land may be required to provide bikeways and pedestrian paths for the use and safety of the residents of the subdivision, or to provide bikeways and pedest rian paths as shown in the Mobility Element of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, any bicycle or pedestrian master plan adopted by the City, or an applicable specific plan.

I. Dedication for Local Transit Facilities. In order to provide adequate local transit facilities, whenever a subdivider or developer is required to dedicate roadways to the public, a dedication of land shall be required for local transit facilities, such as bus turnouts, benches, shelters, landing pads, and similar items, that directly benefit the subdivision, or the community as a whole, as required by the Planning Director and/or the City Engineer, and as described in the Mobility Element of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, or an applicable specific plan. To facilitate a logical phasing of transit facility improvements, the City may require the payment of a fee in lieu of the construction and installation of required improvements .

J. Improvement of Bridges, Signals, and Thoroughfares. Pursuant to GC Section 66484 and Section 4.02.025 (Development Plans) of this Development Code, the subdivider or developer shall pay traffic impact fees for the purpose of defraying the actual or estimated cost of constructing major thoroughfares, other citywide transportation improvements or bridges. The City Council shall establish procedures and standards for determining the appropriate fees.

1. Construction, modification, or upgrading of traffic signals and appurtenances may be required as a condition of the approval of any subdivision, land division, development plan, or 549
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-14 Ontario Development Code use or building permit, if the additional traffic generated by the tract or development, the safety of the traveling public, the increased use of the streets, or other circumstances necessitate the construction.

2. Where the development of a subdivision or other project will be phased over a period time, and, in the opinion of the City Engineer, the full effect of increased burden on the streets will not be realized immediately, the subdivider or developer may be required to deposit a cash amount in the estimated value of the traffic signal improvements ultimately to be made, which sum shall be used at such time as the construction of the signal and appurtenances is warranted. In lieu of a cash deposit, the subdivider or developer may be permitted to post a bond or other surety to guarantee the installation of required traffic signals in a form satisfactory to the City Engineer and City Attorney. The exact amount, details and timing of the deposit and future construction shall be subject to an agreement between the city and the subdivider or developer.

K. Groundwater Recharge Facilities. Pursuant to GC Section 66484.5, the subdivider shall pay fees for the purpose of constructing recharge facilities for the replenishment of the underground water supply in that area of benefit. The City Council shall establish procedures and standards for determining the appropriate fees.

L. Reservations for Other Public Uses. In addition to the dedications for specific public uses that this Section requires, the subdivider or developer shall reserve land within the subdivision for wells, fire stations, libraries, or other public uses, consistent with the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan and applicable specific plans, provided that:

1. Develop in an Orderly and Efficient Manner . The reserved area is of a size and shape that permits the balance of the property within which the reservation is located to develop in an orderly and efficient manner;

2. Feasibility of Development . The amount of land reserved will not make development of the remaining land held by the subdivider economically infeasible; and

3. Consistency with Policy Plan (General Plan). The reserved area shall conform to the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan and applicable specific plans, and shall be in such multiples of streets and lots as to permit an efficient division of the reserved area in the event that it is not acquired within the prescribed period. In such an event, the subdivider shall make those changes that are necessary to permit the reserved area to be developed for the intended purpose, consistent with good subdividing practices.

M. Drainage Facilities and Grading. Drainage facilities shall be provided and installed as necessary to help protect the lots, parcels, buildings, and structures from flooding, and to minimize flooding of the public streets therein or abutting the property.

1. Facilities shall be designed to minimize the inundation of private properties from storm runoff emanating from a 100-year frequency storm.

2. Public streets shall be protected from flooding from runoffs of a 10 -year frequency storm pursuant to City standards or approved equivalent. Protection to higher levels may be required by the City Engineer, dependent upon the degree of flood risk involved, the topography, location, local drainage patterns, and the requirements of the San Bernardino County Flood Control District.

550
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-15 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

3. Hydrologic and hydraulic calculations and studies for required facilities shall be subject to review and acceptance by the City Engineer and/or Building Official. All grading done in conjunction with the development of a tract or property shall be performe d in conformance with the City's building code, the City grading standards, and good engineering practices.

4. On-site and off- site storm drain facilities, and site grading, shall be designed and constructed to prevent undue erosion of the site or off -site properties, and to prevent excessive deposits of mud, silt, or debris upon any public street or easement, or w ithin any channel, storm drain facility, swale, or watercourse. The drainage facilities shall be designed in accordance with the City's drainage master plan, applicable elements of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, and any applicable specific plan.

N. Sewage Facilities Improvements. Sewer mains, manholes, and appurtenances shall be constructed to serve each subdivision, lot, parcel, building or structure, and individual laterals shall be provided to each lot therein. All such facilities shall be installed prior to the paving of the streets, alleys, or improvement of the easements within the development. Sanitary sewers shall be constructed to the sizes, lines, grades, and design pursuant to City standards, and applicable elements of the Policy Plan (Gene ral Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, or any applicable specific plan.

O. Water Supply System Improvements. Water mains, service meters, cross connection control devices, valves, fire protection facilities, and all other appurtenances of the water system shall be provided to the applicable City master plan(s), and water lines, grades, and design shall be pursuant to City standards, and as required by applicable elements of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan, or any applicable specific plan.

P. Underground Utilities and Service Lines. Whenever any tentative tract or parcel map, development project, or map for the reversion of lots to acreage is filed, all electrical, telephone, cable television, and similar wires, cables, services, and appurtenances that provide direct service to the property being subdivided, divided, or developed, shall be installed underground, and all existing facilities providing direct service to the building, structure, or development being added to or rebuilt, shall be underground as a condition precedent to the approval of the tentative tract or parcel map, by the City Council or City Engineer, as applicable.

Q. Development Impact Fees.

1. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for construction on any lot within any subdivision or development project, the applicant for such permit shall pay all development impact fees established by resolution or ordinance of the City.

2. The City Council may authorize by resolution, the imposition of development impact fees that are less than the maximum fees, to encourage the development of undeveloped and underdeveloped properties within the "Old Model Colony" area of the City.

3. Where it is determined that the public interest would be served by such an agreement, the City Manager is hereby authorized to negotiate and execute agreements on behalf of the City, in order to provide credits to a project applicant against certain development impact fees, in exchange for the applicant's construction and dedication of public improvements on those reasonable terms and conditions as may be negotiated on a case-by-case basis, subject to approval by the City Council.

551
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-16 Ontario Development Code

4. The City Manager is further authorized to negotiate and execute agreements to defer, waive, or reduce any development impact fees imposed upon an applicant for a particular development project, based upon evidence presented by the Applicant, that:

a. The development project will provide a general benefit to the health, safety, morals, and welfare of the citizens of the City, and will not only be of special benefit to the project applicant;

b. Other properties to be benefitted by any development impact fee will not be unfairly burdened by the delay, reduction, or waiver of said development impact fee; or

c. Deferral, waiver, or reduction in development impact fees will result in a more fair funding arrangement, and in the case of waiver or reduction, the owner will receive insufficient or no benefit from the development impact fee imposed, and would, therefor e, be required, if the fee(s) were imposed in full, to pay more than their fair share for the benefit received.

5. The required findings (Subparagraphs 4.a through c, above) and any resulting agreement(s) to defer, waive, or reduce any development impact fee(s) shall be subject to approval by the City Council.

R. Condemnation Proceedings. When any dedication, improvement or design is required by the City Engineer, and the subdivider or developer does not have full control of the land required in connection with the dedication, improvement or design, and condemnation proceedings are necessary as determined by the City, the subdivider or developer shall pay all necessary and reasonable costs involved in the condemnation or acquisition including, but not limited to, appraisal and court costs.

6.08.040: Improvement Plans and Security

A. Design of Improvement Plans.

1. Following approval of a development project, tentative tract or parcel map, or vesting tentative map, and prior to the submission of any final map or parcel map, the subdivider or developer shall prepare and submit complete sets of improvement plans and co st estimates for any improvement(s) required.

2. The acceptance of all required improvement plans by the City Engineer shall be a prerequisite to the approval of the final map or parcel map, and in the case of a development project, shall be prerequisite to the issuance of any building permit.

3. All public or private improvement plans, profiles, descriptions, studies, calculations, notes, surveys and drawings required pursuant to this Division shall be provided at no expense to the City and shall be prepared pursuant to the requirements of this Section and as required by the City Engineer.

4. Construction plans for street, alley, drainage, sewer, and water improvements, traffic signals, and streetlights, and for any other required improvements, shall be drawn on standard City mylar film, in indelible ink, and shall be filed with the City Engineer for checking and review prior to their acceptance. All maps, sketches, descriptions, estimates, plans and other 552
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-17 (Rev. 12.01.2020) drawings and items required to fulfill the requirements of this Division shall also be provided in the form, content, number, and details as specified by the City Engineer.

5. The plans and profiles of all required and proposed public and private improvements in a subdivision or development plan shall be furnished to the City Engineer and shall be ready for acceptance before a final map of the subdivision or the development plan is presented to the Approving Authority for approval.

6. No construction work shall commence on any of the improvements shown on any construction or improvement plans required herein until the plans have been reviewed, approved, and signed by the City Engineer. After acceptance and signature by the City Engineer, all original drawings shall become the property of the City.

B. Application Requirements. The improvement plans shall be prepared by or under the direction of a registered civil engineer licensed by the state of California, and shall show the complete plans, profiles and details for all streets and appurtenances, storm drainage, water systems and fire hydrants, sewers, utilities, grading and all other improvements proposed or necessary, on-site and off-site. They shall meet all the requirements deemed necessary by the City Engineer.

C. Application Review Process.

1. Upon receipt of a complete set of improvement plans, the City Engineer shall cause the plans to be reviewed and return one set to the applicant or their engineer, with the required revisions, if any, marked thereon.

2. When the plans are found to be complete and satisfactory to the City Engineer, the applicant shall submit copies in the number and term deemed necessary by the City Engineer.

The copies shall be accompanied by any additional number of complete sets of copies the applicant, their engineer, and contractors may require, to be noted as approved by the City Engineer.

D. Acceptance by City Engineer.

1. Upon finding that all required revisions have been made, all required fees have been paid, and the plans conform to all applicable City ordinances, standards, and conditions of approval imposed upon the tentative map or development plan, the City Engineer shall accept the improvement plans.

2. Pursuant to GC Section 66456.2, the City Engineer shall act within 60 days of receiving the preliminary improvement plans and calculations, except that at least 15 days shall be provided for processing any resubmitted improvement plan. The period of 60 day s shall not include any days during which the improvement plans have been returned to the subdivider for corrections or have been subject to review by any party other than the City or a private entity contracted by the City.

3. The City Engineer 's acceptance of improvement plans shall not relieve the subdivider or developer of responsibility for the design of the improvements and for any deficiencies in the improvements.

E. Permit Required. The subdivider or developer shall not commence work on any portion of improvements prior to the issuance of an encroachment permit and payment of applicable 553
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-18 Ontario Development Code permit and inspection fees. The City Engineering Department shall be notified in advance of commencement of any portion of the work.

F. Construction of Improvements.

1. All construction methods and materials for improvements shall conform to the approved improvement plans, the requirements of the applicable construction permit, and any other applicable City standards and requirements.

2. All construction of improvements is subject to inspection by the City Engineer. The subdivider and/or developer shall notify the City Engineer before beginning the construction of any improvements. The City shall always have full access to the improvement work during its construction.

G. Completion of Improvements/Subdivision Improvement Agreement.

1. If any public improvement required with the approval of a subdivision will not be completed and accepted pursuant to Section 6.08.035 Dedications and Improvements) of this Division, prior to approval of the final map, the subdivider, at their expense, shall enter into a Subdivision Improvement Agreement as a condition precedent to approval of the final map, to complete the public improvements. Performance of the Subdivision Improvement Agreement shall be guaranteed by the security specified in Subsection I (Improvement Security) of this Section, and GC 66499 et seq.

2. A subdivision improvement agreement shall be prepared by the City Engineer in a form approved by the City Attorney, and shall provide for the following:

a. Construction of all improvements shall be as set forth in the approved plans and specifications;

b. The maximum period within which all improvements shall be completed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer;

c. Provisions for inspection of all improvements by the City Engineer and payment of fees by the subdivider for the cost of such inspection and all other incidental costs incurred by the City in enforcing the agreement;

d. If the subdivider fails to complete the work within the specified period of time, or any extended period of time that may have lawfully been granted to the subdivider, the City may, at its option, complete the required improvement work and the subdivider a nd their surety shall be firmly bound, under a continuing obligation, for payment of the full cost and expense incurred or expended by the City in completing such work, including interest from the date of notice of said cost and expense until paid;

e. In the event of litigation occasioned by a default of the owner or subdivider, his successors or assignees, the owner or subdivider, their successors or assignees will pay all costs involved, including reasonable attorney's fees, and that the same may be recovered as part of a lien against the real property; and

f. Additional terms or provisions, as may be necessary, pertaining to the forfeiture, collection, and disposition of improvement security upon the failure of the contracting 554
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-19 (Rev. 12.01.2020) party to comply with the terms and provisions thereof or with the terms and provisions of this Development Code.

3. A subdivision improvement agreement shall be valid for a period specified in the agreement, but not to exceed 2 years from the effective date of the agreement.

a. The term of a subdivision improvement agreement may be extended at the discretion of the City Engineer.

b. A subdivision improvement agreement shall not only bind the present subdivider, but also all heirs, successors, executors, administrators, and assignees, so that the obligation runs with the real property. All agreements shall be executed by all those part ies executing the final or parcel map.

H. Inspection of Improvements.

1. The construction of improvements required pursuant to this Division shall be subject to inspection and testing by the City Engineer to ensure compliance with the standards and specifications specified and required by this Division. All work and improvements shall be found to conform to the standards and specifications as a condition of the City's acceptance and release of any improvement securities held therefor.

2. No construction shall commence or continue without arrangements first having been made with the City Engineer for inspection. The City Engineer and his authorized representatives shall have the right to stop any work, refuse to inspect any work, or reject any or all work and construction if it is found that the work is unauthorized, is unsafe in any way to the workers or the public, is inferior in materials or workmanship, was performed without inspection, or does not meet or comply with city standards, specifications, or city-approved construction plans.

Reasonable access to the construction and work shall be provided at all times so that full knowledge of the progress, workmanship, and character of the materials used in the work can be gained.

3. Upon completion of the required improvements, the subdivider or developer shall apply in writing to the City Engineer for preliminary final inspection. The City Engineer shall conduct a preliminary final inspection and prepare a deficiency list, noting all additional work to be performed and deficiencies in existing work to be corrected. The City Engineer shall provide a copy of the deficiency list to the subdivider or developer. If there are an excessive number of deficiencies or missing improvements, the City Engineer may choose to postpone the inspection.

4. After the subdivider or developer has corrected all of the items on the deficiency list, the subdivider or developer shall apply to the City Engineer for final inspection. The City Engineer shall conduct a final inspection and verify that the items on the deficiency list have been corrected. Upon verification, and after receiving record drawings (improvement plans), the City Engineer shall accept the improvements and issue a notice of completion to the subdivider or developer.

5. The City Engineer's acceptance of improvements shall not relieve the subdivider or developer of responsibility for correcting any deficiency that subsequently is discovered.

I. Improvement Security. Performance of a subdivision improvement agreement required pursuant to Subsection G (Completion of Improvements/Subdivision Improvement Agreement) of this Section shall be guaranteed by the security specified herein and GC Section 66499 et seq. 555
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-20 Ontario Development Code Any public improvement required with the approval of the Development Plan submitted pursuant to Section 4.02.025 (Development Plans) of this Development Code, at the discretion of the City Engineer, shall be guaranteed by the security specified herein.

1. Acceptable Forms of Required Improvement Security. Improvement securities shall be posted as a guarantee of the performance of any act, improvement, or obligation required as a condition of approval of any final map or parcel map, parcel map waiver, lot line adjustment, lot merger or development project. Unless otherwise provided herein, all such improvement securities shall be provided in one of the following forms, subject to approval and acceptance by the City Engineer and City Attorney:

a. Bonds by Authorized Corporate Sureties. One or more bonds by one or more duly authorized corporate sureties substantially in the form prescribed by the Subdivision Map Act, and subject to approval and acceptance by the City Attorney and City Council;

b. Negotiable Bonds or a Letter of Credit. A deposit with the City of immediately negotiable bonds or a letter of credit; or

c. Cash and/or Negotiable Bonds of The Kind Approved for Securing Deposits of Public Moneys. A deposit with the City or a responsible escrow agent or trust company, at the option of the City, of cash and/or negotiable bonds of the kind approved for securing deposits of public moneys; or

d. Lien or Other Security Interests. Any other form of security, including a lien or other security interests in real property, which the City Engineer and the City Attorney may, in their discretion, allow; provided, they determine that it is equivalent to the foregoing forms of security in t erms of security and liquidity. Any written contract or document creating security interests shall be recorded in the Office of the County Recorder. From the time of recordation, a lien shall attach to the real property described therein, which shall have the priority of a judgment lien in the amounts specified.

2. Required Security Amounts.

a. Performance and Guarantee. The subdivider or developer shall provide an amount determined by the City Engineer, up to 100 percent of the total estimated cost of the improvement to be performed, including costs and fees incurred by the City. The estimated cost of improvement shall include a 10 percent contingency and a 10 percent increase for projected inflation computed to the estimated mid-point of construction; and

b. Payment. The subdivider or developer shall provide an amount determined by the City Engineer , up to 100 percent of the total estimated cost of the improvement to be performed, excluding grading and monumentation.

3. Release of Improvement Security. Improvement security may be released upon the final completion and acceptance of the act or work by the City Engineer; provided, however, such release shall not apply to the amount of security deemed necessary by the City Engineer for the guarantee and w arranty period, nor to costs and reasonable expense fees, including reasonable attorney 's fees incurred by the City in enforcing any improvement agreement. The subdivider or developer shall not be entitled to any reduction in security, except pursuant to Paragraph 4 (Partial Release of Improvement Security), below, until all improvements have been completed to the satisfaction of, and have been accepted by, the City Engineer.

556
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-21 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

4. Partial Release of Improvement Security. A partial release of performance security may be requested in writing from the Engineering Department. The portion of the performance security, in conjunction with the satisfactory completion of a part of the improvements as the work progresses, may be released upon the approval of the City Engineer, subject to the following:

a. No release shall be considered until at least 50 percent of the improvements are completed;

b. No release shall be considered for an amount less than 10 percent of the original total improvement security given for performance and guarantee;

c. An amount of up to 200 percent of the revised estimated construction cost for the remaining required improvements shall be required for the substitute security (or the remaining security);

d. The City Engineer is responsible for reviewing all applications and shall determine the amount of substitute security required in accordance with Subparagraph I.4.c, above; and

e. The original performance security may be released only upon receiving the proper substitute security, which has been determined acceptable by the City Attorney and the City Engineer.

J. Completion of Improvements.

1. Public improvements required as a condition of approval shall be completed pursuant to this Division unless they are deferred pursuant to Subsection K (Deferred Improvements) of this Section. The City Engineer shall review and approve any improvement agreement, conduct an inspection, and approve any constructed public improvement necessary to satisfy this provi sion, with the City Council delegating final approval to the City Engineer of any agreement or acceptance of any completed public improvement.

2. Once begun, public improvements for a final tract or parcel map, or development plan when required, shall be constructed to completion without interruption. The subdivider or developer shall exercise due diligence to ensure that this provision is met to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. Construction and inspection of public improvements shall be governed by City standards and the requirements of any applicable permit.

3. Notwithstanding any applicable agreement, the construction and maintenance of any public improvement is the responsibility of the subdivider or developer and shall remain so until such time that the City Council accepts the completed public improvements.

4. Upon acceptance of a public improvement, the City Engineer shall provide a notice of completion for that public improvement and shall release applicable securities for that public improvement. This action shall serve to transfer ownership and maintenance r esponsibility of the public improvement from the subdivider or developer to the City, and to provide full acceptance of the applicable dedication or easement, which acceptance had been contingent upon completion and acceptance of public improvements within said dedication or easement, subject to the terms of any applicable agreement.

K. Deferred Improvements. The Approving Authority for a tentative map or parcel map shall be responsible for approving any request for the deferred construction of on -site and off- site 557
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-22 Ontario Development Code improvements required by a tentative map or parcel map. The City Attorney shall approve the form and content of all deferred improvement agreements prior to the City accepting the document.

6.08.045: Common Interest Subdivisions

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to establish criteria for the establishment of common interest subdivisions. For the purposes of this Section, the term "common interest subdivision" means a community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative.

B. Applicability. The herein prescribed regulations shall be implemented in conjunction with the establishment of any common interest subdivision in the City.

C. Common Interest Subdivisions are Exempt from Minimum Lot Area and Building Setback Requirements. Common interest subdivisions shall be exempt from the minimum lot area and building setback regulations applicable to individually numbered and/or lettered lots identified on a tract or parcel map, excepting one -lot subdivisions. For the purposes of a common interest subdivision, any minimum lot area requirement shall be applied to the overall area of the common interest subdivision. Furthermore, any minimum building setback requirement shall only be applied to the exterior boundary of the common interest subdivision.

D. Recordation of a Tract or Parcel Map is Required. The establishment of a common interest subdivision shall require the approval and recordation of a tract or parcel map pursuant to the provisions of the Subdivision Map Act (commencing with GC Section 66410), Section 4.02.100 (Subdivisions—Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps, and Vesting Maps) and Section 4.03.030 (Final Maps and Parcel Maps) of this Development Code, and all applicable requirements of this Division.

E. Recordation of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&Rs). Covenants, conditions, and restrictions, if required, shall be recorded concurrently with the final map or parcel map, required pursuant to Subsection D (Recordation of a Tract or Parcel Map is Required), above, in the office of the San Bernardino County Recorder.

1. The purpose of the covenants, conditions, and restrictions is to guarantee compatibility and coordination of all lots or units within a common interest subdivision in terms of access, parking, landscaping, recreation facilities, open space, property and la ndscape maintenance, and architecture. Furthermore, the covenants, conditions, and restrictions shall establish a property owner (or homeowner) association for the purpose of maintaining common areas and facilities, enforcement of the covenants, conditions, and restrictions, regulation of operations and uses within the development, and ensuring continued architectural and landscaping compatibility within the development.

2. The covenants, conditions, and restrictions shall be subject to approval and acceptance by the Planning Director and City Engineer prior to recordation. Furthermore, the City may be required to be a non -voting member of the association and maintain the rig ht of enforcement of the covenants, conditions, and restrictions.

3. The covenants, conditions, and restrictions shall include the establishment of a specific methodology or procedure for enforcement of its provisions by the City, if adequate maintenance of the development does not occur. Such procedures may include, but is not 558
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-23 (Rev. 12.01.2020) limited to, granting the City the right of access to correct maintenance issues and assess the property owner (or homeowner) association for all costs incurred by the City.

F. Recordation of a Condominium Plan. The establishment of a condominium shall require the approval of a Condominium Plan by the City and the recordation of said Condominium Plan in the office of the San Bernardino County Recorder, prior to the sale of the first dwelling unit.

6.08.050: Conversion to a Residential Common Interest Project

This Section shall apply to the conversion of any existing residential real property to a common interest project, including condominium, community apartments, stock cooperative project, or any other similar form of common ownership, except conversion projects for which a final or parcel map has been approved prior to the effective date of this Development Code, or where the conversion involved a limited equity housing cooperative as defined in HSC Section 33007.5. All provisions, conditions, and further definitions of condominium development, as included in the California Civil Code, shall apply to the divisions of real property as permitted herein.

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section regulating conversions to a residential common interest project is as follows:

1. Establish criteria for the conversion of existing single -family and multiple -family rental housing to community apartments, condominiums, planned developments, or stock cooperatives;

2. Ensure that converted housing achieves high quality appearance and safety, and is consistent with the goals and policies of The Ontario Plan;

3. Endeavor to maintain a reasonable balance of ownership and rental housing within the City, and a variety of housing choices of varying tenure, type, price, and location;

4. Ensure that the purchasers of community apartments, condominiums, planned developments, or stock cooperatives converted from existing rental housing stock have been properly informed as to the physical condition of dwellings offered for purchase; and

5. Ensure compliance with all requirements of applicable development, building, fire codes, plumbing, and electrical codes, and other applicable State and local laws and regulations, in effect at the time of filing of the tentative subdivision maps for conversion.

B. Applicability. Any conversion to a residential common interest project, including a community apartment, residential condominium, residential planned development, or residential stock cooperative, shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the Subdivision Map Act (commencing with GC Section 66410), the requirements of this Section, and all other applicable requirements of this Development Code and the Ontario Municipal Code.

C. Application Requirements. A residential common interest project conversion request shall consist of the following:

1. Subdivision Application. A subdivision application as required by Section 4.02.100 (Subdivisions—Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps, and Vesting Maps) of this Development Code.

559
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-24 Ontario Development Code

2. Physical Elements Report . A report on the physical elements of all structures and facilities shall be submitted with the tentative or vesting tentative map. The report shall include, but not is limited to, the following:

a. Architect's or Engineer's Report. A report by a licensed architect or engineer detailing the structural condition of all elements of the property, including foundations, electrical, plumbing, utilities, walls, ceiling, windows, recreational equipment, parking facilities, appliances, and fi xtures. The report shall state, to the best knowledge or estimate of the applicant, the following:

(1) When the element was constructed or installed;

(2) The condition of each element;

(3) When the element was replaced;

(4) The approximate condition of each element;

(5) Any variation or non -compliance of the element from this Development Code and the Building Code in effect on the date the last building permit was issued for the subject structure;

(6) The approximate date upon which the application for conversion was filed and accepted by the city; and

(7) The report shall identify any defective or unsafe elements and set forth the proposed corrective measures to be employed.

b. Pest Control Report . A report from a licensed structural pest control operator, approved by the city, on each structure and each unit within the structure.

c. Soils and Geological Hazard Reports . Soils and geological hazard reports prepared pursuant to Section 6.08.025 (Reports) of this Division, regarding soil deposits, rock formations, faults, groundwater, landslides, and liquefaction within the vicinity of the project, and a statement regarding any known evidence of soil problems relating to the structures. Reference shall be made to any previous soils reports for the site and a copy submitted with the report.

d. Repairs and Improvements Report . A statement of repairs and improvements to be made by the subdivider necessary to refurbish and restore the project to achieve a high degree of appearance and safety.

e. Notice to Tenants. The subdivider shall supply proof of all written notices as required by the Subdivision Map Act for conversion projects, as listed in Subsection E (Notice to Tenants) of this Section.

f. Plans and Information . The subdivider shall provide plans, maps, reports, special studies, exhibits, and any other information deemed necessary by the City to process the conversion, as identified on the applicable City application forms.

g. Proposed Declaration. The subdivider shall provide a proposed declaration, as required by CC Section 1353. The declaration shall include an agreement for the 560
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-25 (Rev. 12.01.2020) creation of an association responsible for common area maintenance, a clear designation of parking and signage rights, and a method for resolving differences.

h. Development Plan Application Required . The developer shall s ubmit a Development Plan application for approval of the conversion pursuant to Section 4.02.030 (Development Plans) of this Development Code.

D. Procedures.

1. Notification and Hearing Requirements . A final subdivision map creating a community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative from the conversion of rental housing units, unless the subdivider shows that the following notification procedures have been fulfilled:

a. Each of the tenants or prospective tenants of the proposed community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative project has received or will receive each of the notices included in the Subdivision Map Act (commencing with GC Section 66410), including the following:

(1) Written notification pursuant to GC Section 66452.8 and GC Section 66452.9, of intention to convert, provided at least 60 days prior to the filing of a tentative map;

(2) Written notification at least 10 days prior to the date of the public hearing at which the Approving Authority will review the Conditional Use Permit for the requested conversion in compliance with GC Section 65090 and GC Section 65091. Notice shall also be mailed to the owner of the subject property, as well as all property owners within 300 FT of the subject property, as shown on the last equalized tax assessor roll. In addition, a notice of public hearing shall be published at least once in a newspaper o f general circulation at least 10 days prior to the hearing;

(3) Written notification pursuant to GC Section 66427.1(a) that each tenant shall receive a 10 -day notice that a final public report will be, or has been, submitted to the Department of Real Estate, that the period for each tenant's right to purchase begins with the issuance of the report, and that the report will be available from the City, upon request;

(4) Written notification that the subdivider has received the public report from the Department of Real Estate. This notice shall be provided within 5 days after the date that the subdivider receives the public report from the Department of Real Estate;

(5) Written notification within 10 days following approval of a final map for the proposed conversion;

(6) Upon approval of a final map for the proposed conversion, written notification shall continually be delivered to all prospective tenants prior to execution of a rental agreement using the form in GC Section 66459(a). Failure to do so will not be grounds to deny the conversion, but will require the subdivider to pay each prospective tenant who was entitled to that notice, an amount as indicated in GC Section 66459(f);

(7) Written notification pursuant to GC Section 66452.11 shall be provided to all affected tenants at least 180 days prior to termination of tenancy due to the conversion or proposed conversion, but not before the City has approved a tentative map for the conversion. The notice given pursuant to this subparagraph shall not alter or abridge the rights or 561
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-26 Ontario Development Code obligations of the parties in performance of their covenants, including, but not limited to, the provision of services, payment of rent, or the obligations imposed by CC Section 1941, 1941.1, and 1941.2; and

(8) Notice of an exclusive right to contract for the purchase of a tenant's respective unit upon the same terms and conditions that the unit will be initially offered to the general public, or terms more favorable to the tenant. The exclusive right to purchase shall commence on the date the subdivision public report is issued, as provided in BPC Section 11018.2, and shall run for a period of not fewer than 90 days, unless the tenant gives prior written notice of their intention not to exercise the right. Notice shall be given using the form included in GC Section 66452.12(b).

b. If a rental agreement was negotiated in a language other than English, all required written notices regarding the conversion of residential real property into a community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative project shall be is sued in that language.

2. Division of Airspace Not Required . A map of a community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative project need not show the buildings or the manner in which the buildings or the airspace above the property shown on the map are to be divided. The City does not have th e right to refuse approval, of a conversion project (tentative or final map, or parcel map), based upon the manner in which the airspace is divided or any of the provisions listed in GC Section 66472.

3. Limitation on the Number of Rental Housing Units Converted Within a Current Calendar Year. The conversion of rental housing units to a community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative, shall not result in the conversion of more than 5 percent of the potentially convertible rental units in the City during any current ca lendar year.

E. Notice to Tenants.

1. Tenant Notifications . The developer shall notify current and potential tenants according to Paragraph D.1 (Notification and Hearing Requirements) of this Section and the Subdivision Map Act.

2. Tenant Rights.

a. Tenants Right to Purchase. As provided in GC Section 66427.1(b), any present tenant or tenants of any housing unit shall be given a nontransferable right of first refusal to purchase the unit occupied at a price no greater than the price offered to the general public.

The right of first refusal shall extend for at least 60 days from the date of issuance of the subdivision public report pursuant to BPC Section 11018.2, unless the tenant gives prior written notice of his intent not to exercise the right.

b. Vacation of Units. Each tenant that does not purchase a housing unit, and is not in default under the obligations of the rental agreement or lease under which they occupy the unit, shall have no fewer than 180 days from the date of receipt of notification from the owner of their intent to convert, or from the filing date of the final map, whichever date is later, to find substitute housing and to relocate. Tenants shall have the right to terminate leases at any time after receiving the notice.

562
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-27 (Rev. 12.01.2020) c. Increase in Rents. From the date of submittal of the tentative or vesting tentative map, until the sale of the unit, no tenant 's rent shall be increased more frequently than once every 12 months, at a rate no greater than the Consumer Price Index, as compiled by the Federal Bureau of Labor Statistics. This limitation shall not apply if rent increases are provided for in leases or contracts in existence prior to the filing date of the tentative map.

d. Notice to New Tenants. After submittal of the application to convert, any prospective tenant shall be notified in writing by the developer of the intent to convert prior to leasing or renting any unit and shall not be subject to the provisions of Subparagraph E.2.c (Increase in Rents) of this Section.

e. Senior Citizens, the Handicapped, and the Disabled. The developer shall be required to retain ownership of units occupied at the time of filing of the tentative map by senior citizens (persons 62 years of age or older) or the handicapped (as defined by HSC Section 50072) or the disabled (as defined by 42USC 423), for a period of one year from the date of approval by the Approving Authority.

F. Standards for Conversion.

1. Building and Physical Standards.

a. The community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative conversion project, and all individual units and common areas contained therein, shall comply with all applicable existing and current development, building (including energy conservation and sound transmission), fire, and subdivision requirements, unless legally nonconforming.

b. The community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative conversion project shall comply with all applicable provisions of Ontario Municipal Code Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Building).

c. The consumption of gas, electricity and water within each unit shall be separately metered so that the unit owner can be separately billed for each unit. Each unit shall have its own panel, or access thereto, for all electrical circuits that serve the unit. The requirements of this subsection may be waived where the Approving Authority finds that full compliance with this provision would not be practicable and the developer submits an alternative plan approved by the Approving Authority.

d. The electrical, plumbing, mechanical, fire, and life safety systems of the structure shall be placed in a condition of good repair and maintenance.

e. The buildings and facilities shall be upgraded to meet the requirements of Ontario Municipal Code Title 5, Chapter 29 (Noise). The Approving Authority may require additional insulation or other upgrades to reduce noise to an acceptable level.

f. The developer shall dedicate land or easements for street widening, public access, or other public purposes in connection with the project, where determined necessary by the Approving Authority and in conformance with this Development Code.

g. All on -site and adjacent overhead utility service lines and poles shall be converted to an underground system consistent with the requirements of this Development Code.

563
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-28 Ontario Development Code h. All main buildings, structures, fences, patio enclosures, carports, irrigation systems, landscaped areas, accessory buildings, sidewalks, driveways and additional elements as required by the Approving Authority shall be refurbished and restored as necessary, to achieve a high quality appearance and safety.

i. If Development Impact Fees have not previously been paid for the affected residential units, the required fees shall be paid prior to the recordation of the final map, or as otherwise required by City ordinance.

j. The developer shall provide each purchaser with a copy of the below-listed items, prior to executing any purchase agreement or other contract to purchase a unit within the project and shall give the purchaser sufficient time to review the information. Copies of the information shall also be made available at all times at the sales office and a notice indicating that the reports and documentation are available shall be posted on the project site, at locations approved by the Planning Director. In addition, copies of the required reports and documentation shall be provided to the Homeowners Association upon its formation.

(1) Reports and documentation required by Paragraph C.2 (Physical Elements Report) of this Section, in their final form as accepted by the City; and

(2) A copy of the covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and a project maintenance plan.

k. Other conditions may be applied as deemed necessary by the Approving Authority to further the intent of this Section.

2. Securities and Penalties. All improvements and alterations required pursuant to this Section and all other applicable requirements of this Development Code, the Ontario Municipal Code, and the conditions of project approval, shall be made prior to the approval of the final map or parcel map, or upon approval of the Planning Director, City Engineer, and Building Official, and a deposit paid to the City pursuant to Division 2.06 (Performance Guarantees), to assure the completion of all required work prior to the closing of escrow on any unit within the project. The deposit shall be accompanied by an agreement by the developer, and owner of the project if different from the developer, in a form to be approved by the city attorney, guaranteeing completion of the work.

G. Findings. The Approving Authority, prior to approving a tentative tract or parcel map, or a Conditional Use Permit, for the conversion of rental housing units to a common interest project, including a community apartment, residential condominium, residential planne d development, or residential stock cooperative, shall find and clearly establish the following findings:

1. Not Detrimental. All provisions of this Section have been met and the project will not be detrimental to the health, safety, or welfare of the community;

2. Consistency with The Ontario Plan . The proposed conversion is consistent with the Vision, City Council Priorities, and Policy Plan (General Plan) components of The Ontario Plan;

3. Conformity with Title . The proposed conversion conforms to all applicable requirements of this Development Code; and

564
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-29 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

4. Housing Diversity. The proposed conversion of rental housing units to a community apartment, condominium, planned development, or stock cooperative, will not have an adverse effect on the diversity of housing types available in the City.

6.08.055: Conversion to a Nonresidential Common Interest Project

This Section shall apply to the conversion of any existing nonresidential real property to a common interest project, such as condominiums or any other similar form of common ownership, except conversion projects for which a final or parcel map has been approved prior to the effective date of this Development Code. All provisions, conditions, and further definitions of condominium development, as included in the California Civil Code, shall apply to the divisions of real property as permitted herein.

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to provide a legal process for the conversion of existing nonresidential buildings to a common interest ownership, such as a condominium, so as to protect both the community and the purchasers of units within a common interest project. This Section provides regulations to ensure adequate and safe building design and maintenance for all industrial and commercial common interest conversions, in order to achieve this goal.

B. Applicability. Any conversion to a nonresidential common interest project shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the Subdivision Map Act (commencing with GC Section 66410), the requirements of this Section, and all other applicable requirements of this Development Code and the Ontario Municipal Code.

C. Application Requirements. A request for the approval of a parcel map for a nonresidential common interest project conversion, shall be accompanied by the following items:

1. Subdivision Application. A subdivision application as required by Section 4.02.100 (Subdivisions—Tentative Tract and Parcel Maps, and Vesting Maps) of this Development Code.

2. Physical Elements Report . A physical elements report shall be submitted for each structure and/or facility, as described in Paragraph C.2 (Physical Elements Report) of Section

6.08.045 (Conversion to a Residential Common Interest Project) of this Division.

3. Notice to Tenants. Proof of all written notices required by the Subdivision Map Act for conversion projects, as listed in Subsection E (Notice to Tenants) of Section 6.08.045 (Conversion to a Residential Common Interest Project) of this Division.

4. Plans and Information . Provide plans, maps, reports, special studies, exhibits, and any other information deemed necessary by the City to process the conversion, as identified on the applicable City application forms.

5. Proposed Declaration. Provide a copy of the declaration required by CC Section 1353. The declaration shall include an agreement for the creation of an association responsible for common area maintenance, a clear designation of parking and signage rights, and a method for resolving differences.

6. Development Plan Application Required. The developer shall submit a Development Plan application for approval of the conversion pursuant to Section 4.02.030 (Development Plans) of this Development Code.

565
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-30 Ontario Development Code D. Procedures.

1. Acceptance of Reports. The final form of the reports and other documents required under Subsection C (Application Requirements) of this Section shall be as approved by the City.

The reports, in their accepted form, shall remain on file with the City for review by the public. The subdivider shall provide each purchaser with a copy of the reports in their final, accepted form.

2. Inspection. In conjunction with the filing of a nonresidential common interest project conversion request, the subdivider shall request that an inspection of the premises be made by the Building Official and the City Engineer. The inspection shall include structures, common areas, site improvements, public improvements, and all other related facilities. A deficiency list shall be compiled during the inspection, which lists all necessary corrections required to conform to the requirements of this Section and all other applicable codes and ordinances.

3. Corrective Work . Upon completion of the inspection required pursuant to Paragraph D.2 (Inspection), above, a copy of the deficiency list shall be transmitted to the subdivider. All deficiencies shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the City prior to filing a final map or parcel map. When plans for corrective work are required, they shall be as approved by the appropriate city official, prior to the filing of the final map or parcel map.

4. Payment of Inspection Fees . The City shall charge the usual fees, if applicable, or an hourly fee for the inspection and processing according to an estimated actual hourly cost to the city. The owner shall post a cash deposit in an amount equal to the estimated cost of inspection. The deposit will be applied toward the inspection fee, with any refund or balance due to be resolved before the approval of the final map by the Approving Authority. Any unpaid balances shall be paid prior to recordation of the final map.

E. Standards for Conversion.

1. Building and Physical Standards.

a. Building Regulations. The project shall conform to the applicable standards of the City's Building Code that was in effect at the time the last building permit was issued for the affected structures.

b. Fire Prevention . Each unit shall be provided with a fire -warning system conforming to the City 's Building Code. All fire hydrants, fire alarm systems, portable fire extinguishers and other fire protective appliances shall be retained in an operable condition at all times.

c. Sound Transmission.

(1) Vibration Transmission. All permanent mechanical equipment, such as motors, compressors, pumps, compactors, or any item determined by the Building Official to be a source of structural vibration or structural -borne noise shall be vibration -isolated with inertia blocks or bases, or vibration isolator springs, in a manner approved by the Building Official.

(2) Noise Standards. The structures shall conform to all interior and exterior sound transmission standards of CCR Title 24, the City 's Building Code, and the requirements of Ontario Municipal Code Chapter 29 (Noise). The Approving Authority may require additional insulation or other upgrades to reduce noise to an acceptable level.

566
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-31 (Rev. 12.01.2020) d. Utility Metering . Each unit shall be separately metered for gas, electricity and water, unless the covenants, conditions, and restrictions provide for the property owner association to take responsibility for these utilities.

e. Landscape Maintenance . All landscaping shall be restored, or new landscaping shall be installed, to achieve a high degree of appearance and quality pursuant to Division 6.05 (Landscaping) of this Development Code. Provisions shall be made within the declaration required pursua nt to Paragraph C.5 (Proposed Declaration) of this Section, for continuing maintenance of all landscaped areas. Existing landscaping is subject to review and approval by the Approving Authority. If new landscaping is proposed, the design of all landscaping is subject to review and approval by the City.

f. Off-Street Parking and Loading . Off-street parking and loading shall be provided pursuant to the requirements of Division 6.03 (Off -Street Parking and Loading) this Development Code, for allowed commercial and industrial land uses, as applicable.

g. Refurbishing and Restoration of Improvements . Each main building, structure, fence, accessory building, sidewalk, driveway, landscaped area, utilities, and additional element as required by the department shall be refurbished and restored as necessary to achieve a high degree of appearance, quality and safety. The refurbishing and restoration is subject to review and approval by the department.

h. Building Security Standards . Each unit shall comply with all applicable provisions of Ontario Municipal Code Chapter 11 (Security Standards for Building).

i. Dedication of Land and Easements . The developer shall dedicate land or easements for street widening, public access, or other public purposes in connection with the project, where determined necessary by the Approving Authority, and in conformance with this Development Code.

j. Undergrounding of Overhead Utilities . All on -site and adjacent overhead utility service lines and poles shall be converted to an underground system consistent with the requirements of this Development Code.

k. Copies of Reports and Documentation to be Provided to New Property Owners. The developer shall provide each purchaser with a copy of the below -listed items, prior to executing any purchase agreement or other contract to purchase a unit within the project and shall give the purchaser sufficient time to review the information. In addition, copies of the required reports and documentation shall be provided to the Property Owner Association upon its formation.

(1) Reports and documentation required by Paragraph C.2 (Physical Elements Report) of this Section, in their final form as accepted by the City; and

(2) A copy of the covenants, conditions, and restrictions.

l. Additional Conditions. Additional conditions may be applied as deemed necessary by the Approving Authority to further the intent of this Section.

2. Securities and Penalties. All improvements and alterations required pursuant to this Section and all other applicable requirements of this Development Code, the Ontario Municipal Code, and the conditions of project approval, shall be made prior to the approval of the final 567
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-32 Ontario Development Code map or parcel map, or upon approval of the Planning Director, City Engineer, and Building Official, and a deposit paid to the City pursuant to Division 2.06 (Performance Guarantees), to assure the completion of all required work prior to the closing of escrow on any unit within the project. The deposit shall be accompanied by an agreement by the developer, and owner of the project if different from the developer, in a form to be approved by the city attorney, guaranteeing completion of the work.

F. Findings. The Approving Authority may not approve a request for a conversion to an industrial or commercial common interest project, unless it finds and clearly establishes that the proposed conversion conforms to the requirements of this Section, and is consistent with the Vision, Policy Plan (General Plan), and City Council Priorities components of The Ontario Plan, and all other applicable requirements of this Development Code and the Ontario Municipal Code.

6.08.060: Urban Lot Splits

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to allow and appropriately regulate Urban Lot Splits pursuant to GC Section 66411.7.

B. Definition. For the purposes of this Section, the term " Urban Lot Split " shall mean the subdivision of an existing, legally subdivided lot into two lots pursuant to the requirements of this Section.

C. Application.

1. Only individual property owners may apply for an Urban Lot Split. " Individual property owner" means a natural person holding fee title individually or jointly in the person 's own name or a beneficiary of a trust that holds fee title. " Individual property owner" does not include any corporation or corporate person of any kind (partnership, LP, LLC, C corporation, S corporation, etc.) except for a community land trust (as defined by Revenue and Taxation Code Section 402.1(a)(11)(C)(ii)) or a qualified nonprofit corporation (as defined by Section 214.15).

2. An application for an Urban Lot Split shall be submitted on a City application form.

Only a complete application will be considered. The City will inform the applicant in writing of any incompleteness within 30 days following application submittal.

3. The City may establish a fee to recover its costs for adopting, implementing, and enforcing this Section of the Development Code, pursuant to applicable law. The City council may establish and change the fee by resolution. The fee shall be paid with the application.

D. Approval.

1. An application for a parcel map for an Urban Lot Split is approved or denied ministerially, by the City Engineer, without discretionary review.

2. A tentative parcel map for an Urban Lot Split shall be approved ministerially if it complies with all the requirements of this Section. The tentative parcel map may not be recorded.

A final parcel map shall be approved ministerially as well, but not until the owner demonstrates that all required documents have been recorded, such as the deed restriction and easements.

The tentative parcel map shall expire 3 months following approval.

568
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-33 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

3. The approval shall require the owner and applicant to hold the City of Ontario harmless from all claims and damages related to the approval and its subject matter.

4. The approval shall require the owner and applicant to reimburse the City for all costs of enforcement, including attorneys ' fees and costs associated with enforcing the requirements of this Development Code.

E. Requirements. An Urban Lot Split shall satisfy each of the following requirements:

1. Subdivision Map Act Compliance.

a. The Urban Lot Split shall conform to all applicable objective requirements of the Subdivision Map Act (GC Section 66410 et seq., " SMA"), including implementing requirements in this Development Code, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section.

b. If an Urban Lot Split violates any part of the SMA, the City 's subdivision regulations, including this Section, or any other legal requirement:

(1) The buyer or grantee of a lot that is created by the Urban Lot Split has all the remedies available under the SMA, including but not limited to an action for damages or to void the deed, sale, or contract.

(2) The City has all the remedies available to it under the SMA, including but not limited to the following:

(a) An action to enjoin any attempt to sell, lease, or finance the property.

(b) An action for other legal, equitable, or summary remedy, such as declaratory and injunctive relief.

(c) Criminal prosecution, punishable by imprisonment in county jail or state prison for up to one year, by a fine of up to $10,000, or both, or a misdemeanor.

(d) Record a notice of violation.

(e) Withhold any or all future permits and approvals.

c. Notwithstanding Section 66411.1 of the SMA, no dedication of rights-of-way or construction of offsite improvements is required for an Urban Lot Split.

2. Zoning District. The lot to be split is in a single -family residential zoning district. For purposes of this Section, the term " single-family residential zoning district " shall mean the LDR -5 (Low Density Residential – 2.1 to 5.0 DU/Acre) zoning district.

3. Lot Location. Pursuant to the GC Section 65913.4(a)(6)(B) through (K), the lot to be split shall not be located on a site that is any of the following:

a. Prime farmland, farmland of statewide importance, or land that is zoned or designated for agricultural protection or preservation by the voters.

b. A wetland.
569
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-34 Ontario Development Code

c. Within a very high fire hazard severity zone, unless the site complies with all fire-hazard mitigation measures required by existing building standards.

d. A hazardous waste site that has not been cleared for residential use.

e. Within a delineated earthquake fault zone, unless all development on the site complies with applicable seismic protection building code standards.

f. Within a 100-year flood hazard area, unless the site has either:

(1) Been subject to a Letter of Map Revision prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency and issued to the local jurisdiction; or

(2) Meets Federal Emergency Management Agency requirements necessary to meet minimum flood plain management criteria of the National Flood Insurance Program.

g. Within a regulatory floodway, unless all development on the site has received a no-rise certification.

h. Land identified for conservation in an adopted natural community conservation plan, habitat conservation plan, or other adopted natural resource protection plan.

i. Habitat for protected species.

j. Land under conservation easement.

4. Not Historic. The lot to be split shall not be a historic property or within a historic district that is included on the State Historic Resources Inventory. Nor may the lot be or be within a site that is designated by ordinance as a city or county landmark or as a historic property or district.

5. No Prior Urban Lot Split.

a. The lot to be split was not established through a prior Urban Lot Split.

b. The lot to be split is not adjacent to any lot that was established through a prior Urban Lot Split by the owner of the lot to be split or by any person acting in concert with the owner. For the purposes of this Section, the term "any person acting in concert with the owner " shall include any third -party that coordinates or assists the owners of two adjacent lots with their respective Urban Lot Splits.

6. No Impact on Protected Housing. The Urban Lot Split shall not require or include the demolition or alteration of any of the following types of housing:

a. Housing that is income -restricted for households of moderate, low, or very low income.

b. Housing that is subject to any form of rent or price control through a public entity's valid exercise of its policy power.

570
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-35 (Rev. 12.01.2020) c. Housing, or a lot that used to have housing, that has been withdrawn from rental or lease under the Ellis Act (GC Sections 7060 –7060.7) at any time in the 15 years prior to submission of the Urban Lot Split application.

d. Housing that has been occupied by a tenant in the last 3 years. The applicant and the owner of a property for which an Urban Lot Split is sought shall provide a sworn statement as to this fact with the application for the tentative parcel map. The City may conduct its own inquiries and investigation to ascertain the veracity of the sworn statement, including but not limited to, surveying owners of nearby properties; and the City may require additional evidence of the applicant and owner as necessary to dete rmine compliance with this requirement.

7. Lot Size.

a. The lot to be split shall be at least 2,400 SF.

b. Each lot created by an Urban Lot Split shall be at least 1,200 SF.

c. Each lot created by an Urban Lot Split shall be between 60 percent and 40 percent of the original lot area.

8. Easements.

a. The owner shall enter into an easement agreement with each public - service provider to establish easements that are sufficient for the provision of public services and facilities to each of the resulting lots.

b. Each easement shall be shown on the parcel map.

c. Copies of the unrecorded easement agreements shall be submitted with the application. The easement agreements shall be recorded against the property before the final parcel map may be approved pursuant to subpart D.2 above.

9. Lot Access.

a. Each lot created by an Urban Lot Split shall adjoin a public street right -of- way.

b. Each lot created by an Urban Lot Split shall have frontage on the public street right-of-way of at least 20 FT.

10. Unit Standards.

a. Quantity. No more than two dwelling units of any kind may be built on a lot that results from an Urban Lot Split. For purposes of this paragraph, "unit" means any dwelling unit, including, but not limited to, a primary dwelling unit, a unit created pursuant to State law and Section 5.03.403 (Two -Unit Projects) of this Development Code, or an ADU or JADU created pursuant to Section 5.03.010 (Accessory Dwelling Unit) of this Development Code.

b. Unit Size.

571
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-36 Ontario Development Code (1) The total floor area of each primary dwelling that is developed on a lot resulting from an Urban Lot Split shall be a minimum of 500 SF in area and a maximum of 800 SF in area.

(2) A primary dwelling that was legally established prior to the Urban Lot Split and that is larger than 800 SF is limited to the lawful floor area at the time of the Urban Lot Split and shall not be expanded.

(3) A primary dwelling that was legally established prior to the Urban Lot Split and is smaller than 800 SF may be expanded to a maximum of 800 SF after the Urban Lot Split.

c. Height Restrictions.

(1) On a resulting lot that is 2,000 SF or larger, no new primary dwelling unit may exceed one-story or 16 FT in height, measured from grade to peak of the structure.

(2) On a resulting lot that is smaller than 2,000 SF, no new primary dwelling unit may exceed two -stories or 22 FT in height, measured from grade to peak of the structure. Any portion of a new primary dwelling that exceeds one story in height shall be stepped back by an additional 5 FT from the ground floor; no balcony deck or other portion of the second story may project into the stepback.

(3) No rooftop deck is permitted on any new or remodeled dwelling or structure on a lot resulting from an Urban Lot Split.

d. Lot Coverage. Maximum lot coverage shall conform to the requirement of the underlying zoning district. This lot coverage standard is only enforced to the extent that it does not prevent two primary dwelling units on the lot at 800 SF each.

e. Setback Requirements.

(1) Generally. All setbacks shall conform to the minimum requirements of the underlying zoning district.

(2) Exceptions. Notwithstanding subpart E.10.e above:

(a) Existing Structures . No setback is required for an existing legally established structure or for a new structure that is constructed in the same location and to the same dimensions as an existing legally established structure.

(b) Cannot Preclude Construction of Two 800 -SF Units and 4 -FT Side/Rear Setbacks . The setbacks imposed by the underlying zoning district shall yield to the degree necessary to avoid physically precluding the construction of up to two units on the lot or either of the two units from being at least 800 SF in floor area; but in no event may any structure be less than 4 FT from a side or rear property line.

(3) Front Setback Area . Notwithstanding any other part of this Development Code, dwellings that are constructed after an Urban Lot Split shall conform to the front setback requirement of the underlying zoning district. The front setback area shall:

(a) Be kept free from all structures greater than 3 FT high; and 572
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-37 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

(b) Allow for vehicular and fire -safety access to the front structure.

f. Parking. Each new primary dwelling unit shall have at least one off -street parking space per unit within a fully enclosed garage having a minimum interior clear area measuring 10 FT in width and 20 FT in length, unless one of the following applies:

(1) The lot is located within one-half mile walking distance of either:

(a) A corridor with fixed route bus service with service intervals no longer than 15 minutes during peak commute hours or

(b) A site that contains:

(i) An existing rail or bus rapid transit station,

(ii) A ferry terminal served by either a bus or rail transit service, or

(iii) The intersection of two or more major bus routes with a frequency of service interval of 15 minutes or less during the morning and afternoon peak commute periods.

(2) The site is located within one -block of a permanently established car-share vehicle pickup/drop-off location.

g. Architecture.

(1) If there is a legal primary dwelling on the lot that was established before the Urban Lot Split, any new primary dwelling unit shall match the existing primary dwelling unit with respect to exterior materials, finishes, color, and dominant roof pitch. The dominant roof pitch means the slope shared by the largest portion of the roof.

(2) If there is no legal primary dwelling on the lot before the Urban Lot Split, and if two primary dwellings are developed on the lot, the dwellings shall match each other with respect to exterior materials, finishes, color, and dominant roof pitch. The dominant roof pitch means the slope shared by the largest portion of the roof.

(3) All exterior lighting shall be limited to down-lights.

(4) No window or door of a dwelling that is constructed on the lot may have a direct line of sight to an adjoining residential property. Decorative masonry block walls, dense landscaping, or privacy glass may be used to provide screening and prevent a direct line of sight.

(5) If a dwelling is constructed on a lot after an Urban Lot Split and any portion of the dwelling is less than 30 FT from a property line that is not a public street right -of-way line, then all windows and doors in that portion shall either be (for windows) c lerestory with the bottom of the glass at least 6 FT above the finished floor, or (for windows and for doors) utilize frosted or obscure glass.

573
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-38 Ontario Development Code h. Walls, Fences, and Obstructions.

(1) Lots created as a result of an Urban Lot Split shall be provided with 6-FT high decorative masonry block walls (reduced to 3 FT in height within front setback areas) at the following locations:

(a) Interior side and rear lot lines of each lot; and

(b) Street side property lines and along the rear property line of through lots, setback a minimum of 5 FT behind the sidewalk.

(2) The construction and maintenance of walls, fences, and other obstructions shall comply with the requirements of Division 6.02 (Walls, Fences, and Obstructions) of this Chapter.

i. Landscaping. Lots created as a result of an Urban Lot Split shall be fully landscaped and provided with a permanent automatic irrigation system pursuant to the requirements Division 6.05 (Landscaping) of this Chapter.

j. Nonconforming Conditions . An Urban Lot Split may be approved without requiring a legal nonconforming zoning condition to be corrected.

k. Utilities.

(1) Each primary dwelling unit on the resulting lots shall have its own direct utility connection to the utility service provider.

(2) Each primary dwelling unit on the resulting lots that is or that is proposed to be connected to an onsite wastewater treatment system shall first have a percolation test completed within the last 5 years or, if the percolation test has been recertified, within the last 10 years.

l. Building and Safety. An Urban Lot Split is a change of use. All structures built on a lot resulting from an Urban Lot Split shall comply with all current local building standards .

11. Fire-Hazard Mitigation Measures.

a. A lot in a very high fire hazard severity zone shall comply with each of the following fire-hazard mitigation measures:

(1) It shall have direct access to a public street right -of-way with a paved street with a width of at least 40 FT. The public street right -of-way shall have at least two independent points of access for fire and life safety to access and for residents to evac uate.

(2) All dwellings on the site shall comply with current Fire Code requirements for dwellings in a very high fire hazard severity zone.

(3) All enclosed structures on the site shall have fire sprinklers.

(4) All sides of all dwellings on the site shall be within a 150 -FT hose-pull distance from either the public street right-of-way or of an onsite fire hydrant or standpipe.

574
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
Ontario Development Code Page 6.08-39 (Rev. 12.01.2020) (5) If the lot does not have a swimming pool, the lot shall have a water reservoir of at least 5,000 gallons per dwelling, with fire -authority approved hookups compatible with fire-authority standard pump and hose equipment.

b. Prior to submitting an application for an Urban Lot Split, the applicant shall obtain a certificate of compliance with all applicable fire-hazard mitigation measures pursuant to this subpart E.11. The City or its authorized agent shall inspect the site, including all structures on the site, and certify as to its compliance. The certificate shall be included with the application.

The applicant shall pay the City 's costs for inspection. Failure to pay is grounds for denying the application.

12. Separate Conveyance.

a. On a lot created by an Urban Lot Split:

(1) Primary dwelling units cannot be owned or conveyed separately from each other.

(2) Condominium airspace divisions and common interest
developments are prohibited.

(3) All fee interest in a lot and all dwellings on the lot shall be held equally and undivided by all individual property owners.

(4) Separate conveyance of lots created by an Urban Lot Split is permitted. If dwellings or other structures (such as garages) on different lots are adjacent or attached to each other, the Urban Lot Split boundary may separate them for conveyance purposes if the structures meet Building Code safety standards and are sufficient to allow separate conveyance. If any attached structures span or will span the new lot line, the owner shall record appropriate CC&Rs, easements, or other documentation that is necessary to allocate rights and responsibility between the owners of the two lots.

13. Regulation of Uses.

a. Residential-Only. Nonresidential land uses shall be prohibited on any lot created by Urban Lot Split.

b. No Short Term Rentals. No dwelling unit on a lot that is created by an Urban Lot Split may be rented for a period of less than 30 days.

c. Owner Occupancy . The applicant for an Urban Lot Split shall sign an affidavit stating that the applicant intends to occupy one of the dwelling units on one of the resulting lots as the applicant 's principal residence for a minimum of 3 years after the Urban Lot Split is approved.

14. Notice of Construction.

a. At least 30 business days prior to the starting any construction of a structure on a lot created by an Urban Lot Split, the property owner shall give written notice to all the owners of record of each of the adjacent residential parcels, which notice shall include the following information:

575
Division 6.08—Development Projects and Subdivisions
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.08-40 Ontario Development Code (1) Notice that construction has been authorized,

(2) The anticipated start and end dates for construction,

(3) The hours of construction,

(4) Contact information for the project manager (for construction - related complaints), and

(5) Contact information for the Building & Safety Department.

b. This notice requirement does not confer a right on the noticed persons or on anyone else to comment on the project before permits are issued. The approval of an Urban Lot Split is ministerial and under state law, the City has no discretion in approving or denying a particular project under this Section. This notice requirement is purely to promote neighborhood awareness and expectation.

15. Deed Restriction. The owner shall record a deed restriction, acceptable to the City, that does each of the following:

a. Expressly prohibits any rental of any dwelling on the property for a period of less than 30 days.

b. Expressly prohibits any nonresidential land use of Urban Lot Split.

c. Expressly prohibits any separate conveyance of a primary dwelling on the property, any separate fee interest, and any common interest development within the lot .

d. States that the property is formed by an Urban Lot Split and is, therefore, subject to the City's Urban Lot Split regulations, including all applicable limits on dwelling size and development.

F. Specific Adverse Impacts.

1. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section, the City may deny an application for an Urban Lot Split if the building official makes a written finding, based on a preponderance of the evidence, that the project would have a "specific, adverse impact " on either public health and safety or on the physical environment and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact.

2. The term " specific adverse impact " has the same meaning as in GC Section 65589.5(d)(2): "a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete " and does not include (1) inconsistency with the zoning ordinance or general plan land use designation or (2) the eligibility to claim a welfare exemption under Revenue and Taxation Code Section 214(g).

3. The building official may consult with and be assisted by planning staff and others as necessary in making a finding of specific, adverse impact.

576

Ontario Development Code Page 6.09-1 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Division 6.09—Reserved

**********Reserved for Future Use**********

577
Division 6.09—Reserved

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.09-2 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

578

Ontario Development Code Page 6.10-1 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Division 6.10—Reserved

**********Reserved for Future Use**********

579
Division 6.10—Reserved

(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.10-2 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

580

Ontario Development Code Page 6.11-1 (Rev. 12.01.2020)
Division 6.11—Shopping Cart Retention and Storage

Sections:

6.11.000: Purpose

6.11.005: Applicability

6.11.010: Definitions

6.11.015: Exemption

6.11.020: Mandatory Shopping Cart Retention Plan

6.11.025: Shopping Cart Retention Plan Timeline and Approval Process

6.11.030: Penalties for Failing to Submit a Shopping Cart Retention Plan

6.11.035: Notification for Retrieval of Abandoned Carts

6.11.040: Administrative Costs and Fines

6.11.045: Disposition of Carts after 30 Days

6.11.050: Unmarked Shopping Carts: Public Nuisance

6.11.055: Unmarked Shopping Carts: Destruction

6.11.060: Shopping Cart Collection and Storage Facilities

6.11.000: Purpose

Abandoned shopping carts constitute a nuisance, create potential hazards to the health and safety of the public, and interfere with pedestrian and vehicular traffic within the City. The accumulation of wrecked, dismantled, and abandoned shopping carts on public or private property also tends to create conditions that reduce property values, promoting blight and deterioration in the City. The purpose of this Division is to provide regulations pertaining to abandoned shopping carts, unmarked shopping carts, provide a requirement for a mandatory plan to prevent cart removal, and provide adequate facilities for on-site cart storage.

6.11.005: Applicability

Any business establishment in the City that provides shopping carts for use by their patrons shall develop and implement a Shopping Cart Retention Plan, which is intended to prevent customers from removing carts from their business premises and provide appropriate cart storage areas pursuant to this Division. The Shopping Cart Retention Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Planning Director pursuant to the procedures established for ministerial permits and decisions contained in Subsection 2.02.015.C (Ministerial Permits and Decisions) of this Development Code.

6.11.010: Definitions

As used in this Division, unless otherwise apparent from the context, the words, terms, and phrases listed below, shall have the following meaning:

A. Abandoned Cart. Any cart that has been removed without written permission of the owner, or on-duty manager from the premises of the business establishment, regardless of whether it has been left on either private or public property. This provision shall not apply to cart s that are removed for the purpose of repair or maintenance.

581
Division 6.11—Shopping Cart Retention and Storage
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.11-2 Ontario Development Code
B. Cart. A basket that is mounted on wheels or similar devise provided by a business establishment for use by a customer for the purpose of transporting goods of any kind, including, but not limited to, grocery store shopping carts.

C. Owner. Any person or entity, who in connection with the conduct of a business, owns, possesses, or makes any cart available to customers or the public. For the purposes of this Division, "owner" shall also include the owner's on-site or designated agent or retailer that provides the carts for use by its customers.

D. Premises. The entire area owned and utilized by the business establishment that provides carts for use by customers, including any parking lot or other property provided by the owner for customer parking.

E. Unmarked Cart. Any cart as defined by this Division that is not identified and marked pursuant to PC Section 22435.1.

6.11.015: Exemption

Any owner that agrees to enter into a contract with a City-designated retrieval service to provide for retrieval of abandoned carts, or, individually or as part of a consortium of businesses, enters into a retrieval contract with a retrieval service that is satisfactory to the City, shall be exempt from Section 6.11.025 (Prevention Plan Timeline and Approval Process), Section 6.11.030 (Penalties for Failing to Submit a Shopping Cart Retention Plan), and Section 6.11.035 (Notification for Retrieval of Abandoned Carts), below.

6.11.020: Mandatory Shopping Cart Retention Plan

Every business owner shall develop and implement a Shopping Cart Retention Plan for all businesses that utilize shopping carts for use by business patrons, to prevent customers from removing carts from the business premises. Every Shopping Cart Retention Plan shall include the following elements:

A. Required Signs on Carts. Every cart owned or provided by any business establishment in the City shall have a sign permanently affixed to it that contains all of the following information:

1. Identifies the owner of the cart or the name of the business establishment, or both;

2. Notifies the public of the procedure to be utilized for authorized removal of the cart from the business premises;

3. Notifies the public that the unauthorized removal of the cart from the premises or parking area of the retail establishment, or the unauthorized possession of the cart, is a violation of State law; and

4. Lists a valid telephone number to contact to report the location of the abandoned cart or lists an address for returning the cart to the owner or business establishment.

B. Required Signs on Property. Signs shall be placed in pertinent places near door exits and near parking lot exists that notify customers that cart removal is prohibited and constitutes a violation of State and local law.
582
Division 6.11—Shopping Cart Retention and Storage
Ontario Development Code Page 6.11-3 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

C. Physical Measures.

1. New development, an increase of more than 10 percent in GFA, or the major alteration or remodel of any building occupied by, or proposed to be occupied by, retail commercial uses providing 10 or more shopping carts for use by business patrons, shall install and maintain in good working order, an electronic barrier system at the perimeter of the business site, which, when crossed by a shopping cart, will disable the cart, thereby preventing its removal from the site. Alternate cart retention methods that wou ld achieve the same outcome may be considered by the Planning Director.

2. New and existing businesses providing less than 10 shopping carts for use by patrons, may be required to implement specific physical measures to prevent shopping cart removal from the business premises. These measures may include one or more of the following:

a. Installation of disabling devices on all carts;

b. Posting of a security guard to deter and stop customers who attempt to remove carts from the premises;

c. A decorative bollard and chain system or decorative fencing installed around the business premises to prevent cart removal;

d. Security deposits required for the use of all carts; and/or

e. The rental or sale of carts that can be temporarily or permanently used for the transport of purchases.

6.11.025: Shopping Cart Retention Plan Timeline and Approval Process

The Shopping Cart Retention Plan shall be submitted for approval by the City within 60 days after adoption of this Division, and each time the plan is proposed to be amended. If a new Plan is submitted, the proposed measures shall be implemented no later than 30 days after City approval is given. The prevention measures shall be continued until and unless the City indicates that measures need to be modified. Unless otherwise agreed, any modifications to the Plan imposed by the City shall be implemented within 30 days after the City notifies the retailer of the needed modifications.

6.11.030: Penalties for Failing to Submit a Shopping Cart Retention Plan

Any owner that fails to submit a Shopping Cart Retention Plan, implement the proposed Plan measures, or implement any required modifications to the Plan by the City within the periods specified in this Division, shall be subject to a $1,000 civil penalty, plus an additional penalty of $50 for each day of noncompliance.

583
Division 6.11—Shopping Cart Retention and Storage
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.11-4 Ontario Development Code

6.11.035: Notification for Retrieval of Abandoned Carts

Pursuant to BPC Section 22435.7, the City shall notify the owner of any abandoned carts owned or used by the business establishment that have been located within the City within 24 hours of impoundment. The owner shall have 3 business days from the date that notification is give n to retrieve carts from the City.

6.11.040: Administrative Costs and Fines

Pursuant to BPC Section 22435.7, any owner that fails to retrieve its abandoned cart(s) within 3 business days after receiving notice from the City, shall pay the City 's administrative costs for retrieving the cart(s) and providing the notification to the owner. Any owner who fails to retrieve abandoned carts in accordance with this Division in excess of 3 times during a 6 -month period shall be subject to a $50 fine for each occurrence. An occurrence includes all carts owned by the owner that are impounded by the City in a one-day period.

6.11.045: Disposition of Carts after 30 Days

Pursuant to State law, any cart not reclaimed from the City within 30 days after notification to the owner, shall be sold or otherwise disposed of by the City.

6.11.050: Unmarked Shopping Carts: Public Nuisance

Any unmarked shopping cart is hereby declared a public nuisance if:

A. It is left unattended on a public right-of-way or other public property;

B. It is left unattended on any private property at a location that will impede emergency services;

C. It is left unattended on the front or side setback of any private property without the owner's or occupant's permission; or

D. It is left on private property where it may be viewed from the public right -of-way or adjacent properties for more than 24 hours after the occupant, if any, and the owner of the property has received written notice which states that if the shopping cart is not removed from public view, it will be impounded by the City and may be sold or otherwise disposed of by the City.

6.11.055: Unmarked Shopping Carts: Destruction

Any carts found to be unmarked as defined by this Division, and has been impounded by the City, shall be destroyed without any further notice other than as specified in Subsection 6.11.050.D of this Division.

584
Division 6.11—Shopping Cart Retention and Storage
Ontario Development Code Page 6.11-5 (Rev. 12.01.2020)

6.11.060: Shopping Cart Collection and Storage Facilities

Shopping cart storage facilities shall be provided for commercial- retail uses, including, but not limited to, automotive parts and supplies, food and beverage stores, health and personal care stores, general merchandise stores, and other miscellaneous reta il stores, for 3 separate and distinct purposes: [1] the overnight or long -term storage of shopping carts; [2] the distribution of shopping carts to patrons as they enter the business; and [3] stations for the collection and storage of shopping carts within off-street parking facilities.

A. The Overnight or Long-Term Storage of Shopping Carts.

1. Facilities for the overnight or long -term storage of shopping carts shall be located within the building of the business they serve, or outside, within screened areas. Outside overnight shopping cart storage areas shall be screened and secured by a minimum 3-FT high decorative masonry wall, with a decorative cap, in combination with landscaping. The wall shall be designed to be architecturally consistent with the design of the adjacent building(s).

2. The minimum size, design, and location of overnight shopping cart storage areas shall be subject to Planning Director approval.

B. Stations for the Collection and Storage of Shopping Carts within Off-Street Parking Facilities (Shopping Cart Corrals). Shopping cart corrals shall be provided within off -street parking facilities and shall be distributed throughout parking lots for convenient access by business patrons.

1. At a minimum, shopping cart corrals shall be defined by a landscaped planter on at least two opposing perimeter sides, minimum 3 FT in width, bordered by a raised 6-inch concrete curb, which shall be planted and maintained with a hedgerow that will be allo wed to grow to a minimum height of 3 FT for the purpose of screening shopping carts. The paving at the corral entrance shall be slightly raised to keep shopping carts confined within the corral. Within the required planter area, the construction of a 3 -FT high decorative masonry wall with a decorative cap is encouraged, to provide further screening. The use of pipe corrals shall not be permitted.

2. Shopping cart corrals shall be distributed throughout the off -street parking area.

The minimum number, dimensions, and locations of shopping cart corrals shall be determined by the Planning Director.

585
Division 6.11—Shopping Cart Retention and Storage
(Rev. 12.01.2020) Page 6.11-6 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank

586

Chapter 7.0:

Historic Preservation

Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

587

This page intentionally left blank

588

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-1 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Sections:

7.01.000: Purpose

7.01.005: Applicability

7.01.010: The Ontario Register of Historic Resources

7.01.015: Historic Rehabilitation Financing Program

7.01.020: California Historical Building Code (CHBC)

7.01.025: Incentives for Historic Preservation

7.01.030: Historic Preservation Mitigation Fee

7.01.035: Historic Preservation Trust Fund

7.01.040: Preservation Easements

7.01.045: Owner's Duty to Keep a Historic Resource in Good Repair

7.01.050: Ordinary Maintenance Repair

7.01.055: Unsafe or Dangerous Conditions

7.01.060: Enforcement and Penalties

7.01.065: Guidelines for the Treatment of Historic Properties

7.01.000: Purpose

The purpose of this Division is to specify significance criteria for the designation of historic resources, procedures for designation, and review procedures to:

A. Safeguard the character and history of the City, which is reflected in its unique culturally, historically, and architecturally significant structures and heritage, with emphasis on the "Model Colony," as recognized by an Act of Congress and presented at the St. Louis World 's Fair in 1904;

B. Encourage and promote the adaptive reuse of the City's historic resources;

C. Enhance, perpetuate, and preserve architecturally and historically significant structures and promote revitalization of historic neighborhoods and commercial areas;

D. Ensure that the rights of the owners of historic resources are safeguarded;

E. Foster civic pride in the beauty and noble accomplishments of the past by promoting private stewardship of historic resources that represent these accomplishments;

F. Fulfill the City's responsibilities as a Certified Local Government under Federal preservation laws;

G. Promote the identification, documentation, and evaluation of the significance of individual historic resources and districts;

H. Implement the historic preservation goals, policies, and programs of the Policy Plan (General Plan) component of The Ontario Plan;

I. Promote the City as a destination for tourists and as a desirable location for business;

J. Promote public awareness of the value of rehabilitation, restoration, and maintenance of the existing building stock as a means to conserve reusable material and energy resources; 589
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-2 Ontario Development Code

K. Recognize the City's historic resources as economic assets and provide economic financial incentives for historic preservation;

L. Stabilize and improve property values, and enhance the aesthetic and visual character, place making, diversity, and environmental amenities of the City's historic properties and areas;

M. Promote public knowledge, appreciation, and understanding of the City's past, and foster civic and neighborhood pride in the beauty and accomplishments of the past;

N. Promote the enjoyment and use of historic resources appropriate for the education and recreation of the people of the City;

O. Recognize historic resources and protect areas of historic structures from encroachment of incompatible designs;

P. Promote public awareness of the benefits of preservation; and

Q. Encourage public participation in historic preservation, thereby increasing civic pride in the City's heritage.

7.01.005: Applicability

The provisions of this Division shall apply to all historic resources within the City, including improvements, buildings, structures, signs, features, historic districts, conservation zones, trees, or other objects of cultural, architectural, or historical significance to the City, State of California, the Southern California region, or the nation, which have been determined eligible for nomination or designation, and determined to be appropriate for historic preservation by the City.

7.01.010: The Ontario Register of Historic Resources

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to establish an official local register, which includes an inventory of buildings, structures, sites, objects, and districts worthy of preservation due to their significance in history, architecture, archeology, engineering, and/or culture within the City.

B. Applicability. The Historic Preservation Subcommittee is hereby empowered to review evaluations of potential historic resources, which have been identified, recorded, and documented through a Historic Resource Survey, against criteria for local landmark and district designations for the purpose of approving or denying inclusion of a potential historic resource to the Ontario Register. The Historic Preservation Subcommittee shall be responsible for maintaining the Ontario Register.

C. Historic Resource Surveys. The City shall conduct, from time to time, a survey to identify properties that have the potential to become eligible historic resources, as well as areas and neighborhoods that, due to the geographic or thematic concentration of potential historic resources, have the potential to be historic districts. These properties, surveyed at the reconnaissance level pursuant to standards established by the California Office of Historic Preservation, are identified but not evaluated for his toric significance, and, therefore, are not considered eligible historic structures or eligible historic districts.

590
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-3 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) D. Eligible Historic Resources. Any property or grouping of properties listed on the Ontario Register prior to September 1, 2003, or after September 1, 2003, surveyed at the intensive level pursuant to standards established by the California Office of Historic Preservation, and determined to meet the designation criteria for local historic landmarks or local historic districts set forth in Section 4.02.040 (Historic Preservation —Local Historic Landmark and Local District Designations, Historic Resource Tiering, and Architectural Conservation Areas) of this Development Code, shall be determined by the Approving Authority to be an "eligible" historic resource.

E. Historic Resources. Those Improvements, buildings, structures, signs, features, Historic Districts, conservation zones, trees, or other objects of cultural, architectural, or historical significance to the City, State, Region, or the Nation, which have been determined to be eligible for nomination or designation and determined to be appropriate for historic preservation by the Approving Authority.

7.01.015: Historic Rehabilitation Financing Program

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to establish a program of long term, low interest loans to finance the preservation, restoration, and rehabilitation of historic resources pursuant to the provisions of the Marks Historic Rehabilitation Act of 1976.

B. Applicability. The City hereby establishes a Historic Rehabilitation Financing Program pursuant to the provisions of the Marks Historic Rehabilitation Act of 1976. Any building, structure, object, or site that is eligible for funding pursuant to the Historic Rehabilitation Financing Program, shall be within a rehabilitation area, as defined in Subsection C (Rehabilitation Areas), below, and shall consist of one or more of the following:

1. The building, structure, object, or site shall be a designated local historic landmark;

2. The building, structure, object, or site shall be a contributing structure to a designated local historic district; or

3. The building, structure, object, or site shall be listed, or determined eligible for listing, on the California Register of Historic Resources or the National Register of Historic Places.

C. Rehabilitation Areas.

1. Original Downtown and Euclid Avenue Area. This area consists of the City's original downtown, and extends north to include the historic districts adjacent to Euclid Avenue, the boundary of which is as follows:

Beginning at the intersection of the centerlines of State Street and San Antonio Avenue, thence north to the northernmost city boundary, thence east to the centerline of Sultana Avenue, thence south to the centerline of G Street, thence east to the centerline of Campus Avenue, thence south to the centerline of State Street, thence west to the point of beginning.

2. Guasti. This area consists of the Historic Guasti Winery, the boundary of which is as follows:

Beginning at the intersection of the centerline of Archibald Avenue and the Southern Pacific Railroad Mainline, thence east to a point 550.19 FT east of the 591
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-4 Ontario Development Code centerline of Turner Avenue, thence north 492.08 FT, thence west to the centerline of Turner Avenue, thence north to the centerline of Interstate 10 (San Bernardino Freeway), thence west to the centerline of Archibald Avenue, thence south to the point of beginning.

D. Rehabilitation Requirements. Any building, structure, object, or site that is rehabilitated with funds from the Historic Rehabilitation Financing Program, shall comply with the following:

1. Rehabilitation Standards. Any rehabilitation must use the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabilitating, Restoring, or Reconstructing Historic Buildings, and any local preservation and design guidelines.

2. Maintenance. Any building, structure, object, or site rehabilitated with funding from the Historic Rehabilitation Financing Program shall be maintained for a period of at least 10 years, beginning on the date of completion of the rehabilitation.

E. Advisory Board. An advisory board shall be established pursuant to, and in accord with, the provisions of State law, if and when the implementation of the provisions of this Section are deemed warranted.

7.01.020: California Historical Building Code (CHBC)

The CHBC provides alternative building regulations to address unique construction issues inherent in the maintenance, rehabilitation, preservation, restoration, adaptive reuse, or relocation of structures surveyed and identified as a historic resource. The CHBC may be used for any historic resource in the City's building permit procedure.

7.01.025: Incentives for Historic Preservation

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to allow for the use of certain incentives to support the preservation, maintenance, and appropriate rehabilitation of the City 's designated historic resources.

B. Applicability.

1. Qualifying Properties. Preservation incentives shall be made available to owners of the following types of properties:

a. Properties listed on the National Register of Historic Places;

b. Properties listed on the California Register of Historic Resources;

c. Properties designated as Local Historic Landmarks; or

d. Properties that are contributing structures within designated local historic districts.

2. Qualifying Projects. The below-listed project types shall be eligible for the receipt of preservation incentives. Qualifying project types shall comply with the Secretary of the Interior 's 592
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-5 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties and shall be approved by the City 's Historic Preservation Commission.

a. Restoration or exterior rehabilitation that includes the restoration, repair, or replacement, in kind, of significant architectural features, and that complies with the Secretary 's Standards;

b. Roof replacement with similar material, or repair and replacement of roofing where the roof is a significant architectural feature;

c. Relocation to another site;

d. Restoration of designated interior spaces, which complies with the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties;

e. Seismic reinforcement or structural rehabilitation;

f. Replacement of building systems that will further the preservation of the historic resource; or

g. Additions (eligible for development incentives only).

C. Types of Incentives. The below -listed incentives may be used for the eligible projects identified in Subsection B (Applicability) of this Section.

1. Economic and Financial Incentives . The following economic and financial incentives may be applied to a project following approval by the Historic Preservation Commission or the Historic Preservation Trust Board of Trustees, as applicable, and approval by the City Manager or the City Council, as applicable:

a. Grants or loans approved through the Historic Preservation Trust pursuant to Section 7.01.030 (Historic Preservation Trust Fund) of this Division;

b. Approval of a Mills Act contract pursuant to Section 4.02.070 (Historic Preservation—Mills Act Contracts) of this Development Code;

c. Approval of funding through the Historic Rehabilitation Financing Program pursuant to Section 7.01.015 (California Historical Building Code) of this Division;

d. Grants or loans through other City funding sources, including, but not limited to, redevelopment and housing funds;

e. Preservation easements;

f. Reduction or elimination of building plan check or permit fees;

g. Reduction or elimination of development impact fees;

h. Reduction or elimination of any other applicable City fees; or

i. Federal rehabilitation tax credits (applied through the California Office of Historic Preservation).
593
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-6 Ontario Development Code

2. Development Incentives. The following development incentives to be applied to the project:

a. California Historical Building Code. Use of the CHBC pursuant to Section

7.01.015 (California Historical Building Code) of this Division.

b. Parking Reduction. For existing single -family dwellings with a one -car garage, the Planning Director may waive the requirement for 2 off -street parking spaces within a garage when adding floor area, if an existing one -car garage contributes to the significance of the property and/or district, and the existing garage is in good condition, or, if deteriorated, will be returned to good condition as part of the work to add new living space to the residence.

c. Setback Reductions and Increases in Maximum Building Height. The Planning Director may grant reductions in required building setbacks or increases in the maximum allowed building height when the setback reduction or increase in allowed building height allows for the restoration of a character- defining feature, or a llows character -defining features to be replicated in additions to historic structures. In no case, however, shall a reduction in a setback be granted when the reduction will cause an adverse effect to the property or neighboring property, or cause an adverse effect to the character of the neighborhood or district.

d. Adaptive Reuse. Departures from certain development standards may be waived to encourage adaptive reuse of qualified historic buildings pursuant to, and in accord with, the provisions of Section 4.03.010 of this Development Code.

7.01.030: Historic Preservation Mitigation Fee

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to establish the Historic Preservation Mitigation Fee whereby the impacts resulting from the demolition (either in part or whole) of historic resources may be lessened by the collection of fees that will provide a source of funds for the conservation, preservation, restoration, and rehabilitation of historic resources within the City.

B. Applicability.

1. A mitigation fee, in an amount established by this Section, shall be paid prior to the issuance of any permit for demolition or subject to the terms of an agreement approved by the City Manager or his or her designee and recorded against the property, whether in whole or in part, of any historic resource, including accessory buildings and structures that do not contain living space, such as garages and workshops, which contribute to the historic significance of a property. The mitigation fee shall be deposi ted in the Historic Preservation Trust Fund established pursuant to Section 7.01.030 (Historic Preservation Trust Fund) of this Division.

2. The Historic Preservation Commission may reduce the amount of mitigation fee to be paid if it can be clearly established that the amount of fee to be paid would amount to a regulatory taking of property.

3. Additions and accessory buildings and structures determined not to be contributing to the significance of the property shall not be assessed a mitigation fee.

4. The mitigation fee structure shall be based on the most current International Code Council (ICC) Building Valuation Data. Fees can range from 10 to 30 percent of the square foot 594
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-7 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) cost to construct the building or structure that is being demolished. The square foot construction cost is determined by the construction type (building occupancy group) of the demolished building or structure. The percentage (or fee amount) that is assessed is determined by historic significance and is applied to the cost per square foot of the building or structure that is being demolished.

a. The mitigation fee for historic resources listed on the Ontario Register shall be determined based upon a 3-tier system, established pursuant to Subsection 4.02.040.G (Historic Resource Tiering System) of this Development Code, which ranks historical resources within the City, based upon their size, type, and significance. Tier III historic resources are 10 percent, Tier II are 20 percent, and Tier I are 30 percent of the price per square foot construction cost as established in the most current ICC Building Valuation Data.

b. The mitigation fee for historic resources determined through survey evaluation, completed by individual(s) meeting the Secretary of the Interior Professional Standards, which are not listed in the Ontario Register, shall be determined by the level of historic integrity. Moderate-level integrity shall be 10 percent and high-level integrity shall be 20 percent of the price per square foot construction cost as established in the most current ICC Building Valuation Data.

7.01.035: Historic Preservation Trust Fund

A. Purpose. The purpose of the Historic Preservation Trust Fund is to provide funding, under direction of the City Council, for the conservation, preservation, restoration, and rehabilitation of historic resources within the City.

B. Applicability. The Historic Preservation Trust Fund is hereby established as means to receive, recycle, and replenish monies to assist the funding of historic preservation projects within the City.

All funds deposited in the Historic Preservation Trust Fund shall be used solely for the conservation, preservation, restoration, and rehabilitation of historic resources, as provided in this Section.

C. Trust Fund Administration.

1. The City Council shall have authority for establishing policy for Historic Preservation Trust Fund expenditures.

2. The Historic Preservation Commission shall have authority to make recommendations to the City Council regarding grant and loan applications, acquisition of property, contracts and lease agreements, and any other action or activity necessary or appropriate to implement its powers or duties to fulfill the objectives of the Historic Preservation Trust Fund.

3. The City Manager, or designee of the City Manager, shall serve as financial administrator of the Historic Preservation Trust Fund and shall be responsible for management of its finances, which shall be carried-out pursuant to all applicable federal, State and local laws.

D. Historic Preservation Trust Fund Proceeds.
595
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-8 Ontario Development Code

1. Deposits. All funds received by the City for historic preservation purposes shall be deposited in the Historic Preservation Trust Fund. The City 's Fiscal Services Department may establish separate accounts within the Trust Fund for the purpose of separating deposits according to their origin or intended purpose.

2. Grants, Gifts, and Donations. In addition to any public funds appropriated expressly for the purpose of this Subsection, the program administrator may apply for grants, gifts, donations, subventions, rents, royalties, and other financial support, or real or personal property, from private sources, pursuant to City policies. All money received from private sources shall be deposited in a separate account established pursuant to Paragraph D.1 (Deposits), above, and shall be appropriated to the program adminis trator for expenditures for historic preservation projects pursuant to this Section.

3. Deposit of Proceeds from Any Lease, Rental, Sale, Exchange, or Transfer of Real Property. All proceeds from any lease, rental, sale, exchange, or transfer of real property, or any interest therein or option thereon, shall be deposited in the Historic Preservation Trust Fund, together with any other reimbursements, repayments, and income received by the program administrator.

E. Historic Preservation Trust Fund Program Activities.

1. Properties.

a. Acquisition. Pursuant to State Property Acquisition Law (GC Section 15850, et seq.), the City may acquire, fee title, or any lesser interest, in any real property whose preservation is required to meet the policies and objectives of the City 's historic preservation program. The City may accept gifts or dedications of real property and may enter into an option to purchase real property in order to meet the purposes of this provision.

b. Agreements for Preservation and Management. In order to carry out historic preservation projects, the financial administrator may initiate, negotiate, and participate in agreements with public agencies, nonprofit organizations, private entities, or individuals for the preservation and management of historic resources under their control, and enter into any other agreements authorized by state law, as approved by the City Council.

c. Real Property Transactions; Authorization. Notwithstanding any other provision of federal, State or local law, the financial administrator may lease, rent, sell, exchange, or otherwise transfer any real property acquired under this section, or interest therein or option to purchase, provided that the City Council first determines that the action is in the best interests of the City.

d. Acquisition, Conservation, Return, and Transfer of Title.

(1) The City Council may acquire any interest in real property pursuant to Paragraph E.1 (Properties) of this Section, with historic (including archaeological) significance, or necessary for the preservation or management of a property, in order to prevent the loss of historic integrity, prevent imminent destruction, or to otherwise secure the preservation of the historical resource.

(2) The program administrator may undertake conservation or preservation activities for historic resources acquired Pursuant to this Section. 596
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-9 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026)

(3) The program administrator shall encourage, to the greatest extent feasible, the acquisition of historic resources by other qualified purchasers.

(4) The City Council shall take all feasible action to return or transfer title to historic resources, to a nonprofit organization, another public agency, private entity, or individual, for all properties acquired for historic resource preservation pursuant to this Section.

2. Loans and Grants. Money in the Historic Preservation Trust Fund shall be available, upon recommendation of the Historic Preservation Commission and appropriation by the City Council, for all loans and grants to public agencies, nonprofit organizations and private entities, to carry out the purposes of this Section.

a. Qualifying Properties. The City Council may award a grant or loan for properties that are designated a local historic landmark or a contributing structure in a designated local historic district, or are listed on the California Register of Historic Resources or the National Register of Historic Places, excepting those projects that are " interpretative," as described in Subparagraph E.3.c (Interpretive Projects) of this Section.

b. Agreements. No loan or grant shall be made except pursuant to an agreement with the City, and subject to terms and conditions approved by the City Council, upon recommendation of the Historic Preservation Commission, which shall ensure that each requested loan or grant carries out the purposes of this Section.

c. Authorization to Contract and Issue Grants or Loans. The financial administrator may, upon City Council approval, enter into contracts and make grants or loans with public agencies, nonprofit organizations, or private entities, to further the purposes of City 's historic preservation program, and to carry out activities for this purpose.

d. Matching Funds. All grants and loans should include a cash match for the historic preservation project. Guidelines for determining the amount of required matching funds, if any, shall be adopted by resolution of the City Council. Donated materials and services, staff salaries and organizational overhead costs may be eligible sources of match. The City Council may waive the matching funds requirement.

e. Excess Funds. After completion of a historic preservation project, a grant or loan recipient shall return to the Historic Preservation Trust Fund, the amount of the grant or loan that exceeds the eligible project's costs

3. Qualifying Projects for Competitive Grants and Loans . Competitive Grants and loans are hereby established for the following project types:

a. Construction Projects. Construction projects include the preservation, restoration, exterior rehabilitation, or rehabilitation of the foundation, structural, electrical, or plumbing systems of a historic resource. Qualifying construction projects do not include new additions, routine maintenance such as simple, small-scale activities requiring only minimal skills or training associated with regular (daily, weekly, monthly, etc.) and general upkeep of a property against normal wear and tear), reconstruction, demolition, or relocation;

b. Planning Projects. Planning projects identify, document, and record historic resources according to applicable local, state, and federal standards, and/or contribute to the 597
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-10 Ontario Development Code development of the City 's historic context, and/or contribute to the development of a Historic Structures Report, Building Conditions Assessment, conservation plan or preservation plan; and

c. Interpretative Projects. Interpretative projects consist of the creation of interpretative media to educate the public on the City's history and/or historic resources.

4. Project Selection Criteria . The award of a grant or loan for a historic preservation project shall be based upon consideration of the following criteria:

a. Level of historic significance of the resource, based upon the Tier Designation;

b. Level of urgency for the project to avoid the loss of a historic resource;

c. Value of improvement to ensure preservation of the historic resource;

d. Overall benefit to the community through the public's ability to observe and experience the historic resource;

e. Ability to match funds, if required; and

f. Level of professional qualifications for administrating project to demonstrate the ability to successfully complete the project.

5. Qualifying Projects for Emergency Non-Competitive Grants and Loans. In the event that a historic resource is in need of immediate and unanticipated work to prevent its demolition resulting from an unforeseen disaster, such as fire, flood, wind, earthquake or other calamity, the public enemy, or other cause that is beyond the control of the property owner and could not otherwise have been prevented by reasonable care and maintenance of the structure, the City Council may establish a non -competitive emergency grant and/or loan for the following emergency project types, which are not otherwise covered by property owner insurance:

a. Securing, shoring and/or stabilizing a historic resource;

b. Abatement of hazardous health materials and sources which lead to structural deterioration; and

c. Preparing a historic Structure Report and/or Preservation Plan approved by Planning Director.

7.01.040: Preservation Easements

Preservation easements on the facades of buildings designated historic resources may be acquired by the City, or on the City's behalf, by a nonprofit group designated by the City through purchase, donation, or condemnation pursuant to Section CC 815.

7.01.045: Owner's Duty to Keep a Historic Resource in Good Repair

A. Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to ensure the upkeep and maintenance of historic resources within the City by their owner or other responsible party. 598
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-11 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026)

B. Applicability. It shall be the duty of the owner of a historic resource, or any such person responsible for upkeep and maintenance of a historic resource other than the property owner, to keep in good repair, all exterior and interior features of such historic resources, which if not maintained, may cause or tend to cause the exterior features of such resources to deteriorate, decay, become damaged, or fall into a state of disrepair.

C. Protection against Deterioration, Damage, and Decay. The owner of a historic resource, or any such person responsible for upkeep and maintenance of a historic resource other than the property owner, shall preserve such historic resource against deterioration, damage, and decay, and further, shall keep such historic resource free from structural defects through the prompt repair of the below-listed items:

1. Facades that may fall and injure a member of the public or property;

2. Deteriorated or inadequate foundation, defective or deteriorated flooring or floor supports, deteriorated walls, or other vertical structural supports;

3. Members of ceilings, roofs and roof supports, or other horizontal members that age, split, or buckle due to defective material or deterioration;

4. Deteriorated or insufficient waterproofing of exterior walls, roofs, foundations, or floors, including broken windows or doors;

5. Defective or insufficient weather protection for exterior wall covering, including lack of paint, or weathering due to lack of paint or other protective covering; and/or

6. Any fault or defect in the building, which renders the building not properly watertight or structurally unsafe.

D. Failure of Owner to Comply with this Section. A Certificate of Appropriateness shall not be issued for the demolition of a historic resource resulting from failure of the owner to comply with the provisions of this Section.

E. Enforcement of this Section. It shall be the duty of the Building Official to enforce this Section with guidance from the Historic Preservation Commission.

7.01.050: Ordinary Maintenance Repair

Nothing in this Division shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any exterior architectural feature within or on any property covered by this Division, which does not involve a change in design, material, or external appearance thereof (refer to Section 7.01.065 (Guidelines for the Treatment of Historic Properties)).

7.01.055: Unsafe or Dangerous Conditions

Nothing contained in this Division shall prohibit the construction, alteration, restoration, demolition, or relocation of any historic resource when such action is required to protect the public safety due to an unsafe or dangerous condition, which cannot be rectified through use of the CHBC. In such case, upon assessment and recommendation by the Building Official, the Planning Director shall 599
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-12 Ontario Development Code certify to the Historic Preservation Commission that such condition exists, which shall not require the issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness.

7.01.060: Enforcement and Penalties

In addition to the requirements of Section 1.02.010 (Enforcement) of this Development Code, the following enforcement and penalty provisions shall apply:

A. Misdemeanor. Anyone violating a requirement of this Division or failing to obey an order issued by the Historic Preservation Commission or Historic Preservation Subcommittee, or comply with a condition of approval of any certificate or permit issued pursuant to this Development Code shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, unless the citing official or the prosecuting attorney determines that it would be in the interests of justice to prosecute the offense as an infraction.

B. Demolition of a Historic Resource in Violation of this Division. Any alteration or demolition (including partial demolition) of a historic resource in violation of this Division is expressly declared to be a nuisance and shall be abated by restoring or reconstructing the property to its original condition prior to the violation. Any person or entity who demolishes or substantially alters or causes substantial alteration or demolition through deferred maintenance of a structure in violation of the provisions of this Division, shall be liable for civil penalties.

C. Temporary Moratorium. Alteration or demolition (including partial demolition) of a historic resource in violation of this Division shall authorize the City to issue a temporary moratorium for the development of the subject property for a period not to exceed 24 months from the date the City becomes aware of the alteration or demolition in violation of this Development Code. The purpose of the moratorium is to provide the City an opportunity to study and determine appropriate mitigation measures for the alteration or removal of the historic structure, and to ensure measures are incorporated into any future development plans and approvals for the subject property.

Mitigation measures determined by the Planning Director, Historic Preservation Subcommittee, and/or Historic Preservation Commission, shall be imposed as a condition of any subsequent permit for development of the subject property.

D. Notification of Violation(s) and Assessment of Civil Penalties.

1. The Planning Director shall issue a Notification of Violation and Assessment Civil Penalties to the applicant, property owner, or entity responsible for the property of the alleged violation(s). The Notification of Violation and Assessment Civil Penalties shall include a description of the conditions that gave rise to the violation(s), and the civil penalties to be assessed pursuant to this Section. The notification shall be served by certified mail or may be delivered.

2. In the case of demolition (including partial demolition), the civil penalty to be assessed shall be equal to one -half the assessed value of the historic resource prior to the demolition. The assessed valuation prior to demolition shall be determined using the most recently published International Code Council (ICC) Building Valuation Data. In the case of alteration, the civil penalty shall be equal to one-half the cost of restoration of the altered portion of the historic resource. The cost of restoration shall be determined by the Building Official.

3. Upon payment of civil penalties, building and construction permits, and/or a Certificate of Occupancy, may be issued.

600
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-13 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026)

4. All monies collected pursuant to this Section shall be deposited into the City 's Historic Preservation Trust Fund.

E. Appeal of Assessed Civil Penalties.

1. An appeal of a civil penalty may be filed with the Planning Department on a City application form, within 10 days following the date of the Notification of Violation and Assessment Civil Penalties issued pursuant to Paragraph D.1 of this Section. The appeal shall include a statement identifying the specific violation and civil penalty that is being appealed, the specific grounds for the appeal, and the relief requested from the Planning Director.

2. Within 45 days following receipt of an appeal, the Planning Director shall hold a hearing, which is open to the public, to hear and consider objections and/or protest of the alleged violation(s) and assessment of civil penalties stated in the appeal application. The Planning Director shall hear and receive all evidence and testimony relative to the violation(s) and assessment of civil penalties and shall consider all evidence. Within 15 days following conclusion of the hearing, the Planning Director shall render a decision in writing, determining the amount (if any) of civil penalties to be assessed. The decision of the Planning Director shall be final and conclusive in the absence of the filing of an appeal.

3. The Planning Director 's decision may be appealed to the City Manager. The appeal shall be filed with the Planning Department on a City application form, within 10 days following issuance of the Planning Director's decision.

4. Within 30 days following receipt of the appeal of the Planning Director 's decision, the City Manager shall hold a hearing, which is open to the public, to hear and consider the evidence and reasons not to uphold the Planning Director 's decision. Within 15 days following conclusion of the hearing, the City Manager shall render a decision in writing, determining the amount (if any) of civil penalties to be assessed. The decision of the City Manager shall be final and conclusive.

F. Injunctive Relief. The City Attorney may maintain an action for injunctive relief to restrain a violation or cause, where possible, the complete or partial restoration, reconstruction or replacement of any structure demolished, partially demolished, altered, or partially altered in violation of this Division.

7.01.065: Guidelines for the Treatment of Historic Properties

A. In order to ensure that Ontario's historic resources are preserved for future generations, any proposed work on a historic resource shall follow the Secretary of the Interior 's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabilitating, Restoring and Reconstructing Historic Buildings. The standards were developed by the federal government to be guiding principles regarding the treatment of historic properties.

B. In addition to the Secretary of the Interior 's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabilitating, Restoring and Reconstructing Historic Buildings, any proposed work on a historic resource shall follow the standards and guidelines set forth by Division 6.01 (District Standards and Guidelines) of this Development Code, and the design guidelines established by Subsection D (Historic Preservation Design Guidelines) of this Section, as applicable.

601
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-14 Ontario Development Code C. The design guidelines referenced in this Section shall be enforceable in the same manner and to the same extent as any other provision of this Development Code.

D. The following design guidelines are intended to assist the designer in understanding the City's goals and objectives for the applicable development type. Furthermore, the guidelines are intended to compliment the mandatory development regulations contained in this Development Code by providing examples of potential design solutions and recommendations, and by providing design interpretations of the various mandatory regulations contained herein.

1. Additions.

a. Converting Existing Space. Using existing areas of the structure can provide additional usable square footage. Conversions of basements and attics to habitable space are the most preferred way of adding square footage. Consider introducing dormers to facilitate conversions. Small bays, if strategically spaced and in keeping with the overall design of the house, can accommodate more habitable space while maintaining the integrity of the overall design.

b. New Construction. All new construction shall be consistent with the existing structure. Large additions should be placed at the rear or side of structures to minimize visual impacts. New additions should be handled in one of two ways: [i] seamless additions that form a new dominant building mass consistent with the historic style and uses materials and architectural designs indistinguishable from what exists; and [ii] accented additions that express a new building projection as an additive element, reinforcing the identity of the original building, and is made from compatible, but not necessarily identical materials.

(1) New construction along the front of a building should generally maintain the proportion and arrangement of openings, projections, and other features.

(2) Upper-story additions are discouraged unless they are consistent with the original design and character of the house style.

(3) The architectural style shall be consistent with the original structure and shall use material similar to those used on the main structure, including siding treatment, windows, doors, trim, roof pitch, etc.

(4) Details on the addition shall match the architectural details on the original structure such as latticework projecting beams, etc.

c. Garages and other Accessory Structures. Garages and other accessory structures shall be consistent with the historic character of the main structure.

(1) The architectural style shall be consistent with the main structure and shall use material similar to those used on the main structure, including siding treatment, windows, doors, trim, roof pitch, etc.

(2) Details on the accessory structure shall match the architectural details on the main structure such as latticework, projecting beams, etc.

(3) Garages shall be located to the rear of the property and detached from the main structure.

602
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-15 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026)

2. Architectural Features.

a. Common Features.

Traditional buildings and houses have many
common features, regardless of the style of
architecture.

 Raised front porch;
 Massed columns on porch supports;
 Vertical orientation of windows;
 Window and door trim;
 Garage door (facing street) treatment
(recessed, windows, ornamentation, etc.);
 Consistency of materials and colors with style of architecture;  Detailed porch supports and railings;
 Dormers;
 Chimney;
 Balconies;
 Window Boxes; and
 Ornamentation (grill work over windows, tile accents, pop outs, relief bands, etc).

b. Doors. Traditional doors relate to the style of architecture of the building.

Shown top right, are examples of door styles.

c. Windows. Traditional windows relate to the style of architecture of the building. Shown bottom right, are examples of window styles.

d. Architectural Styles.

Architectural styles should be used for new
development that is compatible with the
architecture of the neighborhood. Refer to
Reference "B" (Architectural Styles Guide) of
this Development Code for an architectural
styles guide containing a list of architectural
styles and some common features found with
the style. This list of architectural styles has
been developed with the assistance of the
California Office of Historic Preservation and
these styles are the only styles approved,
except where noted, for use with Historic
Resource Surveys. The list is based on the
following books about California Architecture:

 The Guide to architecture in San
Francisco and Northern California by
David Gebhard, Robert Winter and
Eric Sandweiss.
 Guide to the Architecture of Los
Angeles and Southern California by
David Gebhard and Robert Winter.

The list of architectural styles has been
revised to include only those styles

Massed Columns on Porch Support

Porch Supports and Railings

Dormer Examples

Door Examples

Window Proportions

Window Examples
603
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-16 Ontario Development Code either present in Ontario, or those styles, which could be used for infill development. In addition, the descriptive drawings are taken from the following books:
 A Field Guide to American Houses by Virginia & Lee McAlester; an American Shelter by Lester Walker.

3. Wood Siding and Architectural Details.

a. Preservation. All original wood siding and architectural details should be identified, retained, and preserved. All wall coverings that hide original wood siding and architectural details should be removed.

b. Protection. All causes of wood siding and architectural detail deterioration should be identified, evaluated and treated. Causes may include faulty flashing, leaking gutters, breaks and cracks, open joints, deteriorated caulking and sealants, insect or fungus infesta tion, and deteriorated coating such as paint or stain.

c. Cleaning. All deteriorated paint or stain should be removed by the gentlest method possible such as hand scraping, hand sanding, hot air heat guns, and chemical strippers.

Paint shall not be removed by the propane butane torches, sandblasting, or water blasting. All wood surfaces that have had paint or stain removed shall be given new coatings to protect the wood.

d. Repairs. All deteriorated wood elements that cannot be repaired shall be removed. All removed wood elements shall be replaced with new wood details that match the size, shape and profile of the original element.

4. Concrete Walls.

a. Preservation. All original exterior concrete walls should be identified, retained and preserved. All original finish materials and coatings that have been applied should be identified.

b. Protection. All causes of concrete deterioration should be identified, evaluated and treated. Causes may include exposed steel reinforcing members or metal ties that are rusting, cracked broken concrete, flat surfaces that permit water to penetrate concrete, faulty flashing, and leaking gutters.

c. Cleaning. All concrete walls shall be cleaned with gentle methods that will not damage the plaster finish or concrete surface such as water and detergents applied with natural bristle brushes and low water pressure. After adequate testing, other cleaning methods, such as liquid chemical cleaners, that do not damage the concrete or cause ecological damage, high pressure water, and paint removal strippers may be permitted. Sandblasting is not permitted.

d. Repairs. All rusted steel reinforcing and metal ties shall be removed . All broken and loose concrete shall be removed . All concrete shall be patched using appropriate repair procedures all original finish materials shall be repaired.

e. Replace Missing Concrete Details. All missing or broken concrete details shall be replaced with new details that match the size, shape, color, and texture of the original detail.

604
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-17 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026)

5. Masonry Walls.

a. Preservation. All original exterior masonry walls should be identified, retained, and preserved. All finish materials and coatings that have been applied should be identified.

b. Protection. All causes of concrete deterioration should be identified, evaluated, and treated. Causes may include deteriorated roofs, insufficient drainage, deferred pointing, application of coatings and finish materials, faulty flashing, and leaking gutters.

c. Cleaning. All concrete walls shall be cleaned with gentle methods such water and detergents applied with natural bristle brushes and low water pressure as not to cause damage to the masonry or mortar. After adequate testing, cleaning methods such as liquid chemical cleaners that do not damage the masonry or mortar or cause ecological damage, high pressure water, and paint removal strippers may be permitted. Cleaning methods such as sandblasting, acid wash on limestone and marble, and metal bristle brushes are not pe rmitted.

Prior to initiating the work, all cleaning procedures should be tested to ensure that the masonry will not be damaged.

d. Pointing Repair. Deteriorated pointing will be repaired when it is identified.

Deteriorated mortar will be removed using hand tools. Power tools shall not be used to remove deteriorated pointing. The new mortar should match the strength of the original. The new mortar should match the color, texture and style of the original mortar. The new pointing shall match the width and profile of the original.

e. Repairing the Masonry. Masonry units shall be replaced with new masonry units that match the size, texture and color of the original material. Broken masonry units should be patch rather than replaced.

f. Replacing Masonry. All missing or broken masonry units that cannot be repaired shall be replace with masonry units that match the size, shape, color and texture of the original detail.

6. Architectural Metals.

a. Preservation. All original metal architectural features should be identified, retained and preserved. Metal architectural features which are important in defining the historic character of the building shall not be removed.

b. Protection. All causes of metal corrosion should be identified, evaluated and treated. Causes may include exposing bare metal to water and moisture, deterioration of protective coatings, and galvanic action between two incompatible metals.

c. Cleaning Non Ferrous Materials and Alloys. The type of metal material shall be identified in order to determine the type of cleaning to be used. Non -ferrous metals (lead, tin, copper, zinc) whose natural patina should be preserved shall be identified. Non -ferrous materials with a natural patina shall have cleaned using gentle methods used in order to clean the surface without damaging the patina or coating. Alloys that may require protective coatings shall be identified. A gentle cleaning method that will not abrade the protective coating shall be used.

d. Cleaning Ferrous Metals. The type of ferrous material (cast iron, wrought iron, steel) shall be identified. The type of coating and condition of metal shall be determined. 605
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-18 Ontario Development Code Hand scraping shall be used to remove corrosion and deteriorated paint. Low pressure grit blasting may be used to remove corrosion and coatings when hand scraping is ineffective . Cleaned ferrous metals should be painted immediately with a corrosive resistant coating.

e. Repair. Metal features that are broken or dented shall be repaired. Metal features that are broken or dented shall not be replaced.

f. Replacement. Metal features that are too deteriorated to be repaired should be replaced. The original metal feature shall be used as a model for the new feature.

Missing features shall not be replaced with details that do not convey the same visual appearance.

7. Exterior Plaster (Stucco).

a. Preservation. All original exterior plaster features should be identified, retained and preserved. Original exterior plaster features that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building shall not be removed.

b. Protection. All causes of plaster deterioration should be identified, evaluated and treated. Causes may include leaking roofs, faulty flashing, leaking gutters, broken concrete substrate, deteriorated or rusted metal lath, and deteriorated wood members.

c. Cleaning. All plaster shall be cleaned with gentle methods that will not damage the plaster. Use water and detergent with a soft natural bristle brush. Cleaning methods such as sandblasting or high pressure water are not permitted.

d. Repairs. All types of deterioration shall be identified such as spalling, broken, or cracked plaster and missing plaster details. All deteriorated substrate material shall be removed. All plaster shall be patched using industry approved repair procedures and mater ials.

Where a large area of plaster needs to be replaced, the adjacent panel should be completely replaced in order to avoid a patched appearance.

8. Roofs.

a. Preservation. All original character defining features of the roof should be identified, retained and preserved. Features include shape, slope, roofing materials, and decorative details. The original defining features that have been removed or altered should be identified. The character defining features of the roof shall not be altered. Sound character defining features of the roof shall not be removed.

b. Protection. All causes of roof deterioration should be identified, evaluated and treated. Causes may include blocked drains and gutters, moisture condensation, faulty flashing, overhanging tree limbs, insect and fungus infestation, deteriorated roofing material, faulty application of roof fasteners, and deteriorated fasteners.

c. Repairs. All features shall be repaired with similar materials.

d. Replacement. All features that are not repairable shall be replaced. The deteriorated elements of the roof should be replaced with new material that preserves the overall shape and slope of the roof. Materials that do not convey the visual appearance of the original roof shall not be used.

606
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-19 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) e. Additions to Buildings. Roofs over additions should retain the character defining features of the original roof.

f. Additions to Original Roofs. Mechanical or solar collection should be installed do that they are not visible from the public right of way. Unless an original decorative feature on a house, downspouts should be located in an inconspicuous place, such as the corner, side or back of a building.

9. Doors.

a. Preservation. All original character defining features of doors should be identified, retained and preserved. Features include frames, jambs, door, transoms, sills, trim, screen door, and fan lights and sidelights. Doors that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building shall not be removed or radically changed. The pattern of the door shall not be changed. The historic appearance of doors through the use of inappropriate design, materials, finishes or color shall not be changed. Original fittings on doors shall not be stripped.

b. Protection. All causes of deterioration should be identified, evaluated and treated. Causes may include weathering due to paint deterioration, rusting due to paint deterioration, and sealant and caulking deterioration.

c. Repairs. Original broken door detail should be repaired. When repair of material or missing parts is appropriate, the entire door shall not be replaced.

d. Replacement. When a door can no longer be repaired, or is missing, replace it with a new door that matches the original. Character defining doors should not be replaced with new doors that do not convey the same visual appearance of the original.

e. Doors in Additions to the Original Buildings. New doors in additions to the original buildings should be compatible with the overall design of the original building, but not duplicate the pattern of the original door.

10. Windows.

a. Preservation. All original character defining features of windows should be identified, retained and preserved. Features include frames, heads, sills, trim, jambs, muntins, shutters, awnings, sash, glazing, blinds, and screens. Windows that are important in defining th e overall historic character of the building shall not be removed or radically changed. The number, location, size or glazing pattern of windows shall not be changed. The historic appearance of windows through the use of inappropriate design, materials, finishes or color shall not be changed.

Window trim should not be obscured with other materials. Original fittings on windows shall not be stripped.

b. Protection. All causes of deterioration should be identified, evaluated, and treated. Causes may include water penetration, weathering due to paint deterioration, rusting due to paint deterioration, and sealant and caulking deterioration.

c. Repairs. Original broken window features should be repaired. When repair of material or missing parts is appropriate, entire windows shall not be replaced.

607
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-20 Ontario Development Code d. Replacement. When a window can no longer be repaired, or is missing, replace it with a new window that matches the original. Character defining windows should not be replaced with new windows that do not convey the same visual appearance of the original.

e. Windows in Additions to the Original Buildings. New windows in additions to the original buildings should be compatible with the overall design of the original building, but not duplicate the fenestration pattern and detailing of the original window.

11. Entrances and Porches.

a. Preservation. All original entrance or porch, including doors, entablatures, columns, balustrades, and stairs should be identified, retained and preserved. If replacement is necessary, the proportion and composition of original design should be retained, preferably by using traditional moldings and balusters. An entrance or porch shall not be removed in order to reorient the building for a new use. Columns and railings for porches, stoops and front steps should be substantial looking and not be replaced with pipes, wrought iron or " ranch-style" members.

Brick stairs are rarely appropriate; wood stairs are most appropriate to Late Victorian and Classical Revival houses. New entrances shall not be cut into the primary façade. Utilitarian or service entrances shall not be altered so they appear to be the formal entrance.

c. Repairs. The historic materials used in the character defining features should be repaired. Original materials should be used for repairs or substitute materials that are compatible. Substitute materials or features that do not convey the visual appearance of the original features shall not be used.

d. Replacement. When an entrance or porch can no longer be repaired, or is missing, replace it with a new entrance or porch that conveys the same visual appearance .

e. A New Entrance or Porch on Additions to the Original Building. A new entrance or porch should be designed to be compatible to the original buildings.

12. Storefronts.

a. Preservation. All original storefront should be identified, retained, and preserved. Store front features include bulkhead, window frames, door transom, recessed ceiling, lighting, wall material, display window, entry door, awnings, recessed paving, and parapets. The original features of the storefront shall not be removed. The location of the storefront main entrance shall not be changed. The original configuration of the storefront shall not be altered.

Inappropriate materials shall not be added over original ones.

b. Protection. All causes of deterioration on the storefront should be identified, evaluated, and treated. Causes may include, water penetration, weathering due to paint deterioration, rusting due to paint deterioration, and sealant and caulking deterioration. Historic materials shall not be stripped from the storefront.

c. Repairs. The historic materials used in the character defining features of the storefront should be repaired. Original Materials or substitute materials that are compatible should 608
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

Ontario Development Code Page 7.01-21 (Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) be used for repair. Materials or features that do not convey the visual appearance of the original features should not be substituted.

d. Replacement. If there is insufficient information about the original appearance of the storefront, it should be rebuilt using a new design whose size, scale, style, detail, and color are compatible with the original appearance. When a storefront can no longer be repaired, or is missing, replace it with a reconstructed storefront based on the available historical, pictorial and physical documentation available. A new design that is incompatible in size, scale, material, style and color with the original appearance is not allowed.

13. Significant Interior Space Features and Finishes.

a. Preservation of Interior Spaces. A floor plan or significant interior spaces that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building should be identified, retained, and preserved. Elements to be considered of the interior space are size, proportions, configuration, relationship of rooms, individual room or space, and relationship of features to spaces or rooms. The floor plan or significant interior spaces that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building shall not be radically changed. Interior space should not be altered or destroyed by inserting floors, cutting through floors, lowering ceilings, or adding or removing walls. A feature should not be relocated so that a historic relationship between the feature and the space is altered.

b. Preservation of Interior Features and Finishes. Interior features and finishes that are important in defining the overall historic character of the building should be identified, retained and preserved and shall not be removed or radically changed. New features or finishes that obscure the character defining features of the building should not be applied.

c. Protection. All causes of deterioration should be identified, evaluated, and treated. Causes include surface dirt, moisture penetration from the exterior, insect and fungus infestation, excessive moist or dry air, vandalism, improper cleaning procedures, and excessive use. The original features and finishes should be protected from inappropriate changes: removal of original features, replacement of original features, repainting of original finishes, and introduction of new mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems that cause damage when they are installed.

d. Repairs. Deteriorated features or finishes should be repaired using the same or compatible materials. Do not make repairs with incompatible materials.

e. Replacement. Un-repairable features or finishes should be replaced with new features or finishes that match the original. Features or finishes should not be replaced with new features or finishes that do not convey the same visual appearance of the original.

609
Division 7.01—Historic Preservation

(Rev. 11.05.202401.20.2026) Page 7.01-22 Ontario Development Code

This page intentionally left blank
610

Chapter 8.0:

Sign Regulations

Division 8.01—Sign Regulations

611

This page intentionally left blank

612

Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-1 (Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) Division 8.01—Sign Regulations

Sections:

8.01.000: Purpose

8.01.005: Applicability

8.01.010: Exempt Signs

8.01.015: Prohibited Signs

8.01.020: Sign Standards

8.01.025: Design Guidelines

8.01.000: Purpose

A. The regulations set forth by this Division contain the primary tools for implementing the sign policies, standards, and regulations of the City pursuant to the provisions of the State Outdoor Advertising Act (BPC Section 5200 et seq.), and other applicable state and local requirements, and prescribe standards for the type, placement, size, number, height, and illumination of signs in order to achieve the following purposes:

1. Maintain the attractiveness and orderliness of the City 's appearance by avoiding sign clutter;

2. Protect agricultural, residential, commercial, industrial, civic, open space and utilities, from the loss of visual prominence resulting from excessive signing on nearby sites;

3. Protect public and private investment in buildings and open spaces;

4. Protect residentially zoned areas lying adjacent to commercial and industrial areas from the negative effects of excessive signs;

5. Enable users of goods and services to identify establishments offering services to meet their needs;

6. Encourage sound signing practices as an aid to business and inform the public, but to prevent excessive and confusing sign displays;

7. Regulate the number, size, height, and location of signs according to standards consistent with the types of establishments in each zoning district;

8. Promote traffic safety through appropriate and reasonable controls on signs;

9. Promote the public health, safety, and welfare by regulating and controlling all matters relating to signs; and

10. Protect the health, safety, and welfare of City residents from hazards resulting from improper, excessive, distracting and otherwise unsafe signage.

B. It is the determination of the City Council that a sign is intended to serve primarily to identify the general nature of an establishment, or to direct attention to a product, activity, place, person, organization or enterprise. The City Council further determines that as identification devices, signs should not subject the citizenry to excessive competition for their visual attention, and as 613
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) Page 8.01-2 Ontario Development Code appropriate identification devices, signs should harmonize with the building or activity they serve, the neighborhood in which they are located, and other signs within the surrounding area and in the same zoning district.

C. The installation of signs that improve the appearance of a building and neighborhood is encouraged. As such, The City Council hereby promotes the use of artistry and innovation in the design of signs is decidedly encouraged.

8.01.005: Applicability

A. No sign , including copy change or a temporary sign, shall be approved and a permit therefore issued, except in conformance with the requirements of Table 2.02 -1 (Review Matrix) and Section 4.03.020 (Sign Plans) of this Development Code, and the requirements of this Division.

B. No sign shall be erected, constructed, attached, affixed, or maintained on any property, except in conformity with the provisions of this Division, and expressly exempted by the provisions of Section 8.01.010 (Exempt Signs) of this Division.

C. It shall be illegal to use, occupy, or maintain property in violation of this Division. Any violation or failure to comply with the provisions of this Division shall render a person guilty of such violation, punishable in accordance with OMC Title 1, Chapter 2 (Penalty Provisions).

8.01.010: Exempt Signs

No sign, including copy change or a temporary sign, shall be placed, installed, constructed, displayed, or altered without a Sign Plan approved by the City pursuant to Section 4.03.020 (Sign Plans) of this Development Code, excepting the following:

A. Official Notices. Any sign, posting, notice or other indication used exclusively to display official notices, notices of any court or public office, or posted by a public officer in the performance of a public duty, or required by a public entity in carrying out its responsibility to protect the public health, safety or welfare, or otherwise required by law.

B. Street and Traffic Control Signs. Street name and traffic control signs, directional signs, informational signs of a public or semi-public nature, historical markers placed by a governmental or non -profit organization, and railroad crossing, danger, or other emergency warning signs, provided that no individual sign exceeds 4 SF in area.

C. Directional Signs. Signs guiding and directing traffic in parking lots and facilities, provided that no individual signs exceed 4 SF in area and 4 FT in height.

D. Public Convenience Signs. Signs showing the location of public restrooms, telephones, other public conveniences, and underground utilities, provided no individual sign exceeds 2 SF in area.

E. Business Hours, Emergency Phone Numbers, Honoring Credit Cards, and Association Membership Signs. Signs indicating business hours, emergency phone numbers, honoring credit cards, association memberships and similar types of sign, provided no individual sign exceeds one SF in area and the total area of all such signs does not exceed 4 SF.

614
Division 8.01—General Sign Provisions
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-3 (Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) F. Interior Signs. Signs located entirely within a building, structure or complex of buildings, which are not visible from a public street or from other adjacent properties.

G. Menu Boards for Drive -In, Drive -Through, and Walk -Up Restaurants. Menu boards not exceeding 36 SF in area and 6 FT in height for drive-in, drive-through, and walk-up restaurants, not to exceed 2 menu boards per restaurant.

H. Building Plaques. The names of buildings and dates of erection and dedicatory, memorial or historical plaques not exceeding 4 SF in area, which are constructed of bronze or other nonflammable material.

I. Political Signs. Political campaign signs installed pursuant to Subsection 8.01.025.J (Political Signs) of this Division.

J. Posters and Bulletin Boards. Temporary posters on private property, not exceeding 4 SF in area, which are located in windows or on bulletin boards, advertising benefit activities and events sponsored by local nonprofit organizations.

K. Holiday Lights and Displays. Holiday lights and displays that do not advertise any business establishment, product, or other commercial activity, limited to 30 days within any 60-day period.

L. Real Estate and Construction Signs. Temporary real estate and construction signs allowed pursuant to Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division.

M. Home Occupation Signs. Signs attached to the exterior wall of a dwelling, at or near the building entrance, which identify a legally established home occupation conducted therein, not to exceed one sign per dwelling, maximum 18 inches square in size, and mounted at eye level, no higher than 6 FT above finished floor of the dwelling, measured at the top edge of the sign.

8.01.015: Prohibited Signs

The following signs and circumstances are expressly prohibited within the City, except as otherwise provided by this Division:

A. Any sign not specifically allowed by this Division; however, nothing in this Division shall be construed to prohibit any sign, notice, or advertisement required by Federal, State, or local laws.

B. Billboards, including vehicle -mounted billboards (roving or stationary), excepting [i] billboards established pursuant to a Billboard Relocation Agreement, implemented pursuant to Section 4.02.010 (Billboard Relocation Agreements) ; and [ii] billboards located within the ONT zoning district, established pursuant to the requirements of Table 8.01 -1 (Sign Regulations Matrix) of this Development Code.

C. Rotating, revolving, or otherwise moving signs designed to attract attention by visual means through the movement or semblance of movement of the whole or any part of the sign, including rotation, special lighting or wind actuated devices, and signs that flash, blink or reflect light by means of a glossy, polished, or mirrored surface, excepting barber poles, time and temperature signs, and electronic message displays allowed pursuant to Paragraph C.3 (Electronic Message Displays) of this Section.

615
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) Page 8.01-4 Ontario Development Code D. Searchlights, open flames, or loudspeakers used to call attention to a product, service or property.

E. Signs that float in the air, such as signs affixed to, or printed on, hot air balloons, helium balloons, or kites, inflated signs, and any other type of aerial sign, except as temporary signs or displays allowed pursuant to Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division.

F. Banner signs, except as temporary promotional or special event signs allowed pursuant to Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division.

G. Signs that emit or amplify any sounds or noise.

H. Signs illuminated by lighting that changes in color or intensity of color, excepting electronic message displays allowed pursuant to Paragraph C.3 (Electronic Message Displays) of this Section.

I. Signs that generate particulate matter, including but not limited to, bubbles, smoke, fog, confetti or ashes.

J. Swooper signs, except as temporary promotional or special event sign s allowed pursuant to Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division.

K. Signs placed on, affixed to, or erected on or over public rights -of-way, excepting street banners allowed pursuant to Subsection 8.01.025.G (Street Banner Program and Street Banners) of this Division.

L. Signs that identify or advertise a product or service not available on the premises, excepting offsite real estate signs allowed pursuant to Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division.

M. Signs erected on roofs, or that project above the eave, parapet line or roofline, or above a canopy of a building.

N. Internally illuminated signs with a directly exposed source of light.

O. Lit borders consisting of neon or LED fixtures, which are affixed around the interior or exterior perimeter of windows, excepting holiday and/or seasonal lights and displays allowed pursuant to Subsection 8.01.010.K of this Division.

P. Externally illuminated signs where the source of light is directly visible to pedestrians or vehicular traffic.

Q. Signs that emit or reflect light by means of direct fluorescence, phosphorescence, or "day- glow" colors.

R. Signs that obstruct the visual lines of sight at corners or intersections for drivers of motor vehicles.

S. Signs that may obstruct the free use of any exit, entrance, window, vent, emergency access, fire lane, fire hydrant, or standpipe.

T. Signs that may interfere with, obstruct, confuse, or mislead pedestrian or vehicular traffic.

616
Division 8.01—General Sign Provisions
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-5 (Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) U. Any sign illumination that, in the opinion of the Zoning Administrator, exhibits undue glare.

V. Signs affixed to trucks, automobiles, trailers or any other vehicle that advertise, identify, or provide direction to a use or activity not related to its lawful making of deliveries or sales of merchandise, or rendering of services from such vehicles.

W. Parking of legitimate delivery, sales, or service vehicles in an off -site location, or on -site, within a parking lot adjacent to a public street for the purpose of advertising.

X. Any sandwich board, "A" frame sign, or other portable sign, except as temporary signs or displays allowed pursuant to Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division.

Y. Signs affixed to, or painted on, a rock, tree, or any other natural feature.

Z. Changeable copy signs, excepting electronic message displays allowed pursuant to Paragraph 8.01.020.C.3 (Electronic Message Displays) of this Division, and those changeable copy signs specifically allowed pursuant to Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division.

AA. Any sign having a dimension in excess of 1.5 FT in height and 1.5 FT in width, which identifies a home occupation.

BB. Any sign consisting of several sheets of paper connected together by perforations, tape, staples or any other means.

CC. Signage painted on the exterior walls or fascia of a building or structure.

DD. Supergraphics.

EE. Human signs, including human billboards, human directionals, and sign walkers , wavers and twirlers (holding or wearing a sign, or the act of spinning or dancing while holding or wearing a sign, or wearing a costume, in order to attract attention).

8.01.020: Sign Standards

A. General Regulations.

1. No sign shall be placed on private property, including vacant property, without written authorization from the owner or the occupant, and approval of plans by the City, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.03.020 (Sign Plans) of this Development Code.

2. No sign shall be placed on public property or within the public right-of-way without written City approval. Signs placed on public property or in the public right-of-way without specific approval, shall be deemed illegal and shall be abated pursuant to the provisions of Section

3.02.015 (Illegal Signs) of this Development Code.

3. Creative and imaginative signage is strongly encouraged and is the standard by which Sign Plan applications will be judged, together with the specific architectural style of adjacent buildings.

617
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) Page 8.01-6 Ontario Development Code

4. There are many acceptable sign treatments that may be used; however, a mixed media, three -dimensional approach, which incorporates a combination of fabrication and lighting techniques, is preferred.

5. Consider [i] the overall concept of the project a proposed sign will serve, [ii] the scale of the proposed sign, and [iii] the critical viewing angles and sight lines when designing appropriate graphics and signs for site and storefront installations.

6. A sign shall be located on the same site as the use, activity, or structure it identifies, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Division.

7. No sign shall resemble a traffic safety or control device or, by intensity of illumination, location or design, impair the vision of, or create a hazard for, motorists on a public street or highway.

8. Lateral and columnar sign supports are to be designed to be architecturally integrated with the building to which it is attached, or so that required bracing, including but not limited to, angle irons, guy wires, cables or other appurtenances, shall not be exposed to public view.

9. All signs shall be constructed to conceal conduits and raceways, exposed wiring, and electrical appurtenances.

B. Sign Regulations.

1. Sign Regulation Matrix. Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division, identifies the sign classification, type, number, location, area, height, length, allowed within each zoning district of the City, along with any applicable special regulations. The standards contained in the Sign Regulation Matrix are maximums, unless otherwise stated. The maximum standard established by Table 8.01- 1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) may be reduced by the Approving Authority in cases when the Approving Authority can clearly establish by written decision that that implementation of the maximum standard would:

a. Adversely affect the public health, safety or welfare; or

b. Result in a sign design and/or placement inconsistent with the requirements of this Section; or

c. Be contrary to the aesthetic sensibilities of the neighborhood in which the sign is proposed.

2. Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines. The Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines, included as Reference "C" of this Development Code, establishes a set of architectural, graphic, and lighting design principles for the rehabilitation of properties within the City 's historic original downtown area (project area). Signs proposed within the project area shall be subject to the sign requirements contained within the Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines. The affected area is bordered by I Street on the north, Vine Street on the west, Sultana Avenue on the east, and railroad tracks on the south, and is defined in Figure 1.4 (Land Use Districts) of the Downtown Ontario Design Guidelines. The design guidelines also apply to those properties located across the street from, and directly abut, the project area.

618
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-7 (Rev. 08.19.2025)

Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations A. ALL ZONING DISTRICTS (excepting those "specialty signs" listed in Subsection G (Standards for Specialty Signs) of this Table)

1. Temporary Signs
a. Construction Signs One freestanding sign or wall
sign per parcel.
32 SF per sign face. 8 FT No restriction. [1] Signs shall be nonilluminated.
[2] Signs shall be removed
within 5 days following the
sale or lease of the last unit,
or final Building Department
inspection.
b. Off-Site Residential
Subdivision Signs
Number and location subject
to Planning Director
approval; however, a sign
shall not be located more
than 600 FT from any other
Off-Site Residential
Subdivision Sign location.
35 SF Sign: 7 FT (overall)
Business Panel Signs : 10
inches (each)
Panel: 5 FT (each) [1] The design, construction
materials, and color scheme
of Off- Site Residential
Subdivision Signs shall be
pursuant to an Off -Site
Residential Subdivision Sign
Program approved by the
Planning Director. No more
than 6 sign panels shall be
affixed to any one structure.
[2] Each sign panel may only
contain the name of the
residential subdivision and a
directional arrow.
[3] The placement of Off-Site
Residential Subdivision Signs
within the public right-of-way
shall be subject to approval
of an encroachment permit
by the City Engineer.
[4] No flags, balloons,
pennants, or other riders or
decorations are permitted.

The illumination of Off -Site
Subdivision Signs is not
permitted.
[5] Signs shall not advertise
residential subdivisions
619
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-8 Ontario Development Code
Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations located outside of the city
limits.
[6] Individual directional
panels shall be allowed to
remain until such time that
the respective subdivision is
sold-out.
[7] It shall be unlawful for any
person to place or erect an
Off-Site Residential
Subdivision Sign, except in
conformity with the herein
stated provisions
[8] The City Council may by
resolution, authorize the
administration of an Off -Site
Residential Subdivision Sign
Program by one or more
organizations of its choosing.
c. Off-Site Business
Signs
Number and location subject
to Planning Commission
approval.
35 SF Sign: 7 FT (overall)
Business Panel Signs : 10
inches (each)
Business Panel Signs : 5 FT
(each)
[1] A maximum of 2 Off -Site
Business Signs may be
permitted for a business, or
group of businesses, when
the Planning Commission
can make each of the
following findings:
 Five or more businesses
are affected by the same
special circumstances;
and
 Special circumstances
exist which adversely
affect the businesses,
such as temporary
closure of a public street,
which provides main
access to the businesses.
[2] The design, construction
materials, and color scheme
of an Off -Site Business Sign
620
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-9 (Rev. 08.19.2025)
Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations shall be subject to approval
by the Planning Commission.
[3] No more than 6 business
panel signs shall be affixed to
any one structure.
[4] The placement of Off-Site
Business Signs within the
public right- of-way shall be
subject to approval of an
encroachment permit by the
City Engineer.
[5] No flags, balloons,
pennants, or other riders or
decorations are permitted.

The illumination of Off -Site
Business Signs is not
permitted.
[6] It shall be unlawful for any
person to place or erect an
Off-Site Business Sign, except
in conformity with the herein
stated provisions.
[7] An Off -Site Business Sign
shall be removed within 30
days following the special
circumstances that allowed
the sign, ceases to exist.
[8] No otherwise eligible
business shall be allowed an
Off-Site Business Sign until all
illegal signs associated with
such businesses are
removed.
d. Political Signs Refer to Paragraph

8.01.020.K (Political Signs) of
this Division for political sign
regulations.
e. Street Banners Pursuant to Subsection

8.01.020.G (Street Banners
No restriction. No restriction. No restriction. Comply with the requirements of Subsection
621
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-10 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations and Street Banner Programs)
of this Division.

8.01.020.G (Street Banners
and Street Banner Programs)
f. Large Public
Notification Signs
Refer to Division 2.03 (Public
Hearings), Paragraph

2.03.010.C.4 (Supplemental
Public Noticing Requirements
– Posting) for large public
notification sign regulations.

2. Permanent Signs
a. Address Signs One wall sign and rooftop
sign per building or divided
tenant space.

Street addresses shall be
posted pursuant to
Subsections 6.06.020.B
(Posting of Street Address
Numbers) and D (Posting of
Rooftop Address Numbers) of
this Development Code.
b. Directional Signs Pole, monument, or wall sign. 4 SF per sign face. Pole or monument signs shall not exceed 4 FT in height.

Signs shall be for the purpose
of serving the public safety or
convenience (e.g., signs
such as "parking," "entrance,"
"exit" and the like). The sign
may include the name/logo
of the business it serves.
c. Directory Signs Monument or wall sign. The
number and location shall be
at the discretion of the
Planning Director.
6 SF per sign face. 6 FT Directory signs should include a plot plan showing all
private drives and roads,
building locations with unit
numbers and addresses, and
fire hydrant locations. The
directory should also include
a reference point on the plot
plan indicating the location
of the directory and a north
arrow.
d. Government Flags
and Emblems
No restrictions. No restriction. No restriction. No restriction. Includes flags or emblems of the United States of America,
the State of California, the
County of San Bernardino
and the City of Ontario.
622
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-11 (Rev. 08.19.2025) Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations e. Wall Murals Murals shall be original, non -
commercial works of art;
uniquely designed for the
specific location it is
proposed. Ideally, murals
should depict the historic
character of the community
or reflect Ontario 's
environmental setting.

There is no maximum allowed
sign area; however, murals
must complement the scale
and architectural features of
the building on which they
are located.

No restriction. No restriction. [1] Murals are intended to enhance the quality of the
area in which it is located,
and the community as a
whole. They should not serve
to direct attention to a
specific business, product, or
service.
[2] Wall murals may be
approved by the Planning
Commission, upon
consideration of the
following:
 Compatibility of the
design with the
immediate environment
of the site;
 Appropriateness of the
design and size to the
function of the site;
 Compatibility of the
design and location
within a unified theme;
and
 Appropriateness of the
design as a public work of
art. The design may
portray, but not be limited
to, a cultural, historical, or
scenic subject.

B. RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICTS (excepting those "specialty signs" listed in Subsection G (Standards for Specialty Signs) of this Table)

1. Temporary Signs
a. Real Estate Signs
(signs identifying properties
and dwellings for resale)
One freestanding sign per
lot, which identifies a
property as "For Sale, " " For
Lease" or "For Rent."
8 SF per sign face.

4 SF per sign face.

5 FT

3 FT

[1] Only nonilluminated signs
shall be allowed.
[2] A sign identifying a
property for sale/lease/rent
shall be removed within 5
623
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-12 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations One on-site freestanding sign
per event, which identifies an
"Open House."
Four off -site freestanding
directional signs, which
identifies the location of an
"Open House" event.

4 SF per sign face.

3 FT
days following the close of
escrow.
[3] Open House" signs shall be
allowed as follows:
 Signs may be placed
between the hours of
8:00 AM and 8:00 PM, on
Friday, Saturday, Sunday,
and legal holidays;
 Off-site directional signs
shall be located no
farther than 0.5-mile from
the Open House
location;
 Signs shall not be placed
on the public sidewalk;
and
 No flags, balloons,
pennants, or other sign
riders or decorations shall
be used.
b. Subdivision Sales
Offices and Model Home
Gran Openings < 5 acres
One freestanding or wall sign
per subdivision.
32 SF per sign face. 12 FT [1] Only nonilluminated signs shall be allowed.
[2] Signs shall be removed
within 30 days following the
sale of the last unit in the
complex.
[3] No flags, balloons, or
pennants shall be used.
c. Subdivision Sales
Offices and Model Home
Grand Openings > 5 acres
One freestanding or wall
signs per street frontage of a
subdivision, not to exceed a
total of 3 signs.
32 FT per sign face. 12 FT

2. Permanent Signs
a. Single-Family Signs
 Subdivision Signs One monument sign or wall
sign per subdivision, located
at the subdivision entry or at
major intersecting boundary
streets.
12 SF per sign face. 4 FT (freestanding) [1] Only nonilluminated signs shall be allowed.
[2] The Planning Director may
implement measures to
ensure sign maintenance,
such as the establishment of
a homeowners association
624
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-13 (Rev. 08.19.2025) Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations and the recordation of
appropriate CC&Rs with the
San Bernardino County
Recorder's office, or other
suitable measures.
 Home
Occupation Signs
One wall sign per dwelling,
located at or near the
building entrance.

2.25 SF 1.5 FT 1.5 FT Home occupation signs shall
be mounted at eye level, no
higher than 6 FT above
finished floor of the dwelling,
measured at the top edge of
the sign.
b. Multiple-Family
Signs

 Complex Signs One monument sign or wall
sign per street frontage.
24 SF per sign face. 6 FT (freestanding) [1] Signs shall be nonilluminated.
[2] Wall signs shall comply
with Subsection 8.01.020.D
(Building Wall and Fascia
Signs) of this Division.
[3] Monument signs shall
comply with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.1 of this Division.
 Site Directory
Signs
One monument or wall site
directory sign per vehicle
entry.
12 SF per sign face. 6 FT (freestanding)
c. Institutional User
Signs (e.g., day care
facilities, religious assembly,
schools, etc.)
Wall Signs: One sign per street
frontage, not to exceed 2
signs per building.

Monument Signs: One sign
per street frontage.

Wall Signs: 24 SF per building
elevation.

Monument Signs: 24 SF per
sign face.

Wall Signs : 2 FT maximum
alphanumeric character
height.

Monument Signs: 6 FT
Wall Signs : Not to exceed
80% of the elevation width
upon which the sign is
located.

Wall Signs: Signs shall comply
with Subsection 8.01.020.D
(Building Wall and Fascia
Signs) of this Division.

Monument Signs: Signs shall
comply with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.1 of this Division.

C. COMMERCIAL ZONING DISTRICTS (excepting those "specialty signs" listed in Subsection G (Standards for Specialty Signs) of this Table)

1. Temporary Signs
a. Real Estate Signs One freestanding sign or wall
sign per parcel.
32 SF per sign face. 8 FT [1] Signs shall be
nonilluminated.
625
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-14 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations [2] Signs shall be removed
within 5 days following the
sale or lease of the last unit
has been completed.
b. Window Signs and
Displays
Window signs Limited to 25% of the window
area, excepting within the
area covered by the
Downtown Ontario Design
Guidelines ( see Reference
"C" of this Development
Code for applicable
standards).
[1] Window signs shall be
allowed only on windows
located on the ground floor
of a building frontage.
[2] Window signs shall be
painted or mounted only on
the inside of doors and
windows.
[3] Signs placed on the
interior of a building, which
are located within 3 FT of a
storefront window and are
visible from the building
exterior, shall be deemed a
window sign.
c. On-Site
Promotional and Special
Event Signs and Banners

 < 8.000 SF of
tenant GFA
One wall-mounted banner
per tenant.
50 SF per sign face. 3 FT Not to exceed 50% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.
[1] Business Grand Opening .

A new business may be
allowed temporary signage
identifying its grand opening,
one time, for a maximum of
30 days duration.
[2] Retail Sales and Business
Events. A Retail Sales or
Business Event pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.1 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 3
periods of 30 days duration
per calendar year. Periods
may be used consecutively.
[3] Holiday Retail Sales .

Holiday Retail Sales
 > 8,000 SF of
tenant GFA
One wall-mounted banner
per tenant.
75 SF per sign face. 5 FT Not to exceed 50% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.
626
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-15 (Rev. 08.19.2025) Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.2 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 30
days duration.
[4] Shows and Exhibits. Shows
and Exhibits established
pursuant to Paragraph

5.03.395.G.3 of this
Development Code may be
allowed temporary signage
for maximum 30 days
duration.
[5] Amusement and/or
Sporting Events. Amusement
and/or Sporting Events
established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.4 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 30
days duration per calendar
year, which may be used in a
single period, or in 2 periods
of 15 days duration.
[6] Tent Revivals. Tent Revivals
established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.5 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 30
days duration per calendar
year, which may be used in a
single period, or in 2 periods
of 15 days duration.
[7] Charitable and Fund
Raising Events . Charitable
and Fund Raising Events
established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.6 of
this Development Code may
627
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-16 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations be allowed temporary
signage during the specified
"holiday periods, " and the
specified "additional events"
for which a Temporary Use
Permit has been issued.

2. Permanent Signs
a. Wall Signs
 Retail: Businesses
Occupying > 100,000 SF
One primary wall sign per
building elevation, not to
exceed 3 signs , plus 2
descriptor signs.
200 SF per building elevation. Primary Signs : 6 FT for alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Descriptor Signs : 2 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
 Retail: Businesses
Occupying 50,000 SF to
99,999 SF
One primary wall sign per
building elevation, not to
exceed 3 signs , plus 2
descriptor signs.
175 SF per building elevation. Primary Signs : 5 FT for alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Descriptor Signs : 2 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

 Retail: Businesses
Occupying 20,000 SF to
49,999 SF
One primary wall sign per
building e levation, not to
exceed 3 signs, plus 2
descriptor signs.
150 SF per building elevation. Primary Signs : 4 FT for alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Descriptor Signs : 1.5 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

 Retail: Businesses
Occupying 8,000 SF to
19,999 SF
One primary wall sign per
building elevation, not to
exceed 3 signs, plus 2
descriptor signs.
100 SF per building elevation. Primary Signs : 3 FT for alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Descriptor Signs: 12 inches for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

 Retail: Businesses
Occupying < 8,000 SF
One wall sign per building
elevation, not to exceed 3
signs.
50 SF per building elevation. Alphanumeric Characters: 2 FT.

Logos/Icons: 4 FT.

628
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-17 (Rev. 08.19.2025) Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations  Office: Multiple-
Story Building Identification
One wall sign per building
elevation, not to exceed 2
signs.
100 SF per building elevation. 3 FT for alphanumeric
characters and graphic
logos/icons.
[1] Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
[2] Signage shall be limited to
identification of the building,
and not individual tenants.
 Office: Multiple
Story Building—Tenant
Identification
One wall sign per building
elevation, not to exceed 2
signs.
50 SF per building elevation. 2 FT for alphanumeric
characters and graphic
logos/icons.
[1] Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
[2] A maximum of 2 tenant
identification signs shall be
permitted regardless of the
number of tenants
contained within the
building.
 Office: Single
Story Building—Tenant
Identification
One wall sign per building
elevation, not to exceed 2
signs. Alternately, for multiple
tenant buildings, one
nameplate may be provided
for each tenant (2
nameplates may be
provided for end/corner-unit
tenants).

Wall Signs: 50 SF.

Nameplates: 15 SF.

Wall Signs : 2 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Nameplates: 1.5 FT for
nameplates and 12 -inches
for alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.
[1] Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
[2] Nameplates shall not be
illuminated.
b. Monument Signs
 Commercial
Center Identification Signs
One monument sign for
each 500 FT (lineal) of street
frontage, with a minimum
300 FT spacing between
signs.
50 SF per sign face. 7 FT (3.5 FT for a sign installed
within the corner cut-off area
of intersecting streets).

Comply with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.1 (Monument
Signs) of this Division.
 Building
Identification Signs (not a
part of a center or complex)
One monument sign per
street frontage.
36 SF per sign face. 6 FT
c. Directional Signs
(On-Site)
Freestanding directional
signs (on -site only) shall be
permitted as determined
appropriate by the Planning
Director.
4 SF per sign face 4 FT The design of directional
signs shall be consistent with
the architectural design of
the buildings they serve.
629
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-18 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations d. Freeway Signs [1] One sign per parcel
having a minimum of 600 FT
of freeway frontage and is
developed as a single entity.
[2] Two signs per parcel
having a minimum of 1,800 FT
of freeway frontage, a
minimum of 10 acres in area,
and is developed as a single
entity.
[3] Three signs per parcel
having a minimum of 3,000 FT
of freeway frontage, a
minimum of 10 acres in area,
and is developed as a single
entity.
150 SF per sign face. 35 FT maximum; however,
the height may be increased
to 45 FT if the site is at least 10
FT lower than the freeway
finish surface.

No sign face shall exceed 25
FT in any direction.
[1] Comply with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.2 (Freeway Signs)
of this Division.
[2] No advertising display
shall contain flashing,
intermittent, or moving lights,
other than that part
necessary to give public
service information,
including, but not limited to,
the time, date, temperature,
weather, or similar
information, or an Electronic
Message Display that
complies with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.3 (Electronic
Message Displays) of this
Division.

D. MIXED-USE ZONING DISTRICTS (excepting those "specialty signs" uses listed in Subsection F (Standards for Specialty Signs) of this Table) All Signs Rely upon the sign standards for residential land uses established by Subsection B (Residential Zoning Districts) of this Table; and rely upon the sign standards for commercial land uses established by Subsection C (Commercial Zoning Districts) of this Table

E. INDUSTRIAL ZONING DISTRICTS (excepting those "specialty signs" uses listed in Subsection G (Standards for Specialty Signs) of this Table)

1. Temporary Signs
a. Real Estate Signs One freestanding sign or wall
sign per parcel.
32 SF per sign face. 8 FT. [1] Signs shall be
nonilluminated.
[2] Signs shall be removed
within 5 days following the
sale or lease of the last unit
has been completed.
b. Window Signs and
Displays
Window signs Limited to 25% of the window
area.
[1] Window signs shall be
allowed only on windows
located on the ground floor
of a building frontage.
[2] Window signs shall be
painted or mounted only on
630
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-19 (Rev. 08.19.2025) Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations the inside of doors and
windows.
[3] Signs placed on the
interior of a building, which
are located within 3 FT of a
storefront window and are
visible from the building
exterior, shall be deemed a
window sign.
c. On-Site
Promotional and Special
Event Signs and Banners
One wall-mounted banner
per tenant.

One-half the area allowed
for permanent tenant
identification signage, not to
exceed 50 SF.

Not to exceed 50% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.
[1] Business Grand Opening .

A new business may be
allowed temporary signage
identifying its grand opening,
one time, for a maximum of
30 days duration.
[2] Retail Sales and Business
Events. A Retail Sales or
Business Event pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.1 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 3
periods of 30 days duration
per calendar year . Periods
may be used consecutively.
[3] Holiday Retail Sales .

Holiday Retail Sales
established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.2 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 30
days duration.
[4] Shows and Exhibits. Shows
and Exhibits established
pursuant to Paragraph

5.03.395.G.3 of this
Development Code may be
allowed temporary signage
for maximum 30 days
duration.
631
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-20 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations [5] Amusement and/or
Sporting Events. Amusement
and/or Sporting Events
established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.4 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 30
days duration per calendar
year, which may be used in a
single period, or in 2 periods
of 15 days duration.
[6] Tent Revivals. Tent Revivals
established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.5 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage for maximum 30
days duration per calendar
year, which may be used in a
single period, or in 2 periods
of 15 days duration.
[7] Charitable and Fund
Raising Events . Charitable
and Fund Raising Events
established pursuant to
Paragraph 5.03.395.G.6 of
this Development Code may
be allowed temporary
signage during the specified
"holiday periods, " and the
specified "additional events"
for which a Temporary Use
Permit has been issued.

2. Permanent Signs
a. Wall Signs
 Businesses
Occupying > 250,000 SF
One wall sign per street
frontage, and/or at a public
entrance facing a parking
250 SF per wall sign Wall Signs : 6 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Not to exceed 75% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.

Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
632
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-21 (Rev. 08.19.2025) Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations lot, not to exceed 2 signs per
tenant.
 Businesses
Occupying 249,999 SF to
100,000 SF
One wall sign per street
frontage, and/or at a public
entrance facing a parking
lot, not to exceed 2 signs per
tenant.
200 SF per wall sign Wall Signs : 5 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Not to exceed 75% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.
 Businesses
Occupying 99,999 SF to
50,000 SF
One wall sign per street
frontage, and/or at a public
entrance facing a parking
lot, not to exceed 2 signs per
tenant.
150 SF per wall sign Wall Signs : 4 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Not to exceed 75% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.
 Businesses
Occupying 49,999 SF to
20,000 SF
One wall sign per street
frontage, and/or at a public
entrance facing a parking
lot, not to exceed 2 signs per
tenant.
100 SF per wall sign Wall Signs : 3 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Not to exceed 75% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.
 Businesses
Occupying < 20,000 SF
One wall sign per street
frontage, and/or at a public
entrance facing a parking
lot, not to exceed 2 signs per
tenant.
50 SF per wall sign Wall Signs : 2 FT for
alphanumeric characters
and graphic logos/icons.

Not to exceed 75% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.
[b] Monument Signs
 Industrial Park,
Center or Complex
Identification Sign
One sign per street frontage,
not to exceed 2 signs.
36 SF per sign face. 6 FT (3.5 FT for a sign installed
within the corner cut-off area
of intersecting streets).

Comply with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.1 (Monument
Signs) of this Division.
 Single or Multiple-
Tenant Building Identification
Signs—Not a Part of a Park,
Center or Complex
One sign per street frontage,
not to exceed 2 signs.
36 SF per sign face. 6 FT (3.5 FT for a sign installed
within the corner cut-off area
of intersecting streets).

F. SPECIAL USE ZONING DISTRICTS (excepting those "Specialty Signs" listed in Subsection F (Standards for Specialty Signs) of this Table) 633
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-22 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations

1. Agriculture Residential Uses: Rely upon the sign standards for residential land uses established by Subsection B (Residential Zoning Districts) of this Table.

Retail Commercial and Office Uses: Rely upon the sign standards for retail commercial and office land uses established by Subsection C (Commercial Zoning Districts) of this Table.

Industrial Uses: Rely upon the sign standards for single -family residential land uses established by Subsection B (Residential Zoning Districts) of this Table.

2. Civic Rely upon the sign standards for office land uses established by Subsection C (Commercial Zoning Districts) of this Table.

3. Mobile Home Park One monument sign per
street frontage.
24 SF per sign face. 6 FT [1] Non-illuminated or
indirect illumination only.
[2] Signs shall not be located
within a required setback
area.

4. Ontario International
Airport

a. Temporary Signs
 Real Estate Signs One freestanding or wall
sign per parcel.
24 SF per sign face. 7 FT [1] Only nonilluminated signs shall be allowed.
[2] Signs shall be removed
within 5 days following the
sale or lease of the last unit,
or final Building Department
inspection.
 Window Signs
and Displays
Window signs Limited to 25% of the window
area.
[1] Window signs shall be
allowed only on windows
located on the ground floor
of a building frontage.
[2] Window signs shall be
painted or mounted only on
the inside of doors and
windows.
[3] Signs placed on the
interior of a building that are
located within 3 FT of a
storefront window and are
visible from the building
634
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-23 (Rev. 08.19.2025) Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations exterior shall be deemed a
window sign.
 On-Site Signs and
Banners
One wall-mounted sign or
banner per business.
50 SF per sign face.
b. Permanent Signs
 Wall Signs As allowed by a Sign Program established pursuant to Subsection F (Sign Program) of Development Code Section 8.01.020 (Sign Standards).

 Monument Sign As allowed by a Sign Program established pursuant to Subsection F (Sign Program) of Development Code Section 8.01.020 (Sign Standards).

 Wayfinding and
Directional Signs
As allowed by a Sign Program established pursuant to Subsection F (Sign Program) of Development Code Section 8.01.020 (Sign Standards).

 Billboards Three LED signs and three
static message signs.

LED Signs : 675 SF per sign
face.

Static Signs : 250 SF per sign
face.

Total Sign Area : The
combined area of all
billboard signs shall not
exceed 2,500 SF.

LED Signs: 35 FT
Static Signs: 35 FT
LED Signs: 48 FT
Static Signs: 11 FT
All billboard signs shall be
located in close proximity to
the terminals and/or rental
car area of the airport.

5. Open Space—
Cemetery
As determined appropriate by the Planning Director.

6. Open Space—
Recreation
As determined appropriate by the Planning Director.

7. Rail Corridor As determined appropriate by the Planning Director.

8. Utilities Corridor As determined appropriate by the Planning Director.

G. STANDARDS FOR SPECIALTY SIGNS (Note: The below-listed standards are for the placement of permanent signs. Refer to the general zoning district standards contained in this t able for the standards for temporary sign standards)

1. Fuel Sales (Service
Stations) Signs

a. Wall Signs One primary wall sign per
building elevation, not to
exceed 3 signs.
50 SF per building elevation. [1] 2 FT alphanumeric
characters.
[2] 2.5 FT graphic icons/logos.

Not to exceed 80% of the
elevation width upon which
the sign is located.

Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
635
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 08.19.2025) Page 8.01-24 Ontario Development Code Table 8.01-1: Sign Regulation Matrix
Sign Classification Sign Type, Maximum
Number, and Location Maximum Sign Area Maximum Height Maximum Sign Length Special Regulations b. Fuel Island Canopy
Sign
One fuel island canopy sign
per elevation, not to exceed
2 signs.
16 SF per building elevation. [1] 2 FT alphanumeric
characters.
[2] 2.5 FT graphic logos/icons
may be installed in place of
alphanumeric characters.
4 FT graphic logos/icons in
place of alphanumeric
characters.

Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
c. Fuel Pump
Identification
One logo/icon identification
sign per fuel pump face, not
to exceed 2 signs per pump.

2.25 SF 1.5 FT graphic logo/icon
d. Monument Signs One monument fuel pricing
sign per street frontage.
[1] 25 SF per sign face.
[2] 50 SF per sign face, when
combined with business
identification signage.
7 FT Comply with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.1 (Monument
Signs) of this Division.

2. Drive-Thru Restaurant
Signs

a. Wall Signs One wall sign per building
elevation, not to exceed 3
signs.
25 SF per sign face. [1] 2 FT alphanumeric
characters.
[2] 2.5 FT graphic icons/logos.

Comply with Subsection

8.01.020.D (Building Wall and
Fascia Signs) of this Division.
b. Menu Boards One pre -order board and
one order board per
business.
36 SF per sign face. 6 FT (freestanding)
c. Monument Signs One monument sign per
business.
50 SF per sign face. 6 FT Comply with Paragraph

8.01.020.C.1 (Monument
Signs) of this Division.

636
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
Ontario Development Code Page 8.01-25 (Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) C. Freestanding Signs. The following requirements apply generally to the design and placement of freestanding signs, including monument signs and freeway signs, and the use of electronic message or text display:

1. Monument Signs. Any freestanding sign that identifies: [i] a residential subdivision; [ii] a multiple-family or mixed-use development project; [iii] an individual building on an individual lot containing one or more nonresidential uses; or [iv] a center or complex consisting of 2 or more buildings containing one or more nonresidential uses per building, shall be designed as a monument sign, which complies with the following:

a. Table 8.01-1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division establishes the number, location, area, height, and additional regulations applicable to monument signs.

b. The minimum letter height shall be 8 inches.

c. Monument signs for centers/complexes shall be limited to the display of the name of the center/complex and the identification of a maximum of 7 tenants within the center/complex.

d. Monument signs shall have a maximum of 2 sign faces.

e. Monument signs may be oriented toward arterial, collector and/or local streets, or private drives, and shall not be oriented toward freeways.

f. No monument sign shall be located within a public right -of-way and must be wholly located behind the right-of-way line (street property line) for its full height. Furthermore, such signs shall be located a minimum of 10 FT behind the adjacent curb face (public and private streets).

g. A monument sign shall be located a minimum of 30 FT from a monument sign on an adjacent lot, and a minimum of 5 FT from an interior property line or driveway that intersects a public street.

h. Monument signs shall contain an address (or range of addresses) identifying the property on which the sign is located. Address numbers shall be a minimum of 6 inches in height and shall be clearly visible from the adjacent public street. The area of the ad dress numerals shall not be calculated against the allowed sign area.

i. Unless otherwise specifically prohibited by Table 8.01 -1 (Sign Regulation Matrix) of this Division, a monument sign may be internally or externally illuminated , provided that the illumination is not harsh or overly bright. Signs shall consist of individual letters/characters affixed to an opaque, matte finished background. The sign background shall not be internally illuminated; only letters/characters shall be internally illuminated.

2. Freeway Signs. Freeway signs may be allowed on lots with property lines that are common with the right -of-way of Interstate 10, Interstate 15, or State Route 60 freeways, which have at least 600 linear FT of freeway frontage, and are subject to the following:

a. Table 8.01- 1 (Sign Regulation Matrix), above, establishes the number, location, area, height, and additional regulations applicable to freeway signs.

637
Division 8.01—Sign Regulations
(Rev. 12.03.202401.20.2026) Page 8.01-26 Ontario Development Code b. The maximum vertical or horizontal dimension of any freeway sign display surface is 25 FT.

c. A freeway sign shall be placed a minimum of 600 FT from any other freeway sign on the same property or on an adjacent property and shall be placed no further than 40 FT from the freeway right-of-way.

d. Freeway signs shall consist of no more than 2 faces unless alternative configurations are approved by the Planning Commission.

e. No tentative tract or parcel map, or lot merger shall be granted, which would result in the consolidation of multiple lots into a single lot with freeway signs in excess of the maximum number, location, area, and/or spacing of signs prescribed by this Sect ion.

f. A freeway sign shall be placed no closer than 10 FT to an interior property line, drive aisle, or private drive.

g. A digital freeway sign with electronic display shall be permitted on public and/or private property subject to City Manager review and approval of the following:

Ontario City CouncilFebruary 17, 2026

Ontario City Council
February 17, 2026